Science.gov

Sample records for group field theory

  1. Colored Group Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gurau, Razvan

    2011-05-01

    Random matrix models generalize to Group Field Theories (GFT) whose Feynman graphs are dual to higher dimensional topological spaces. The perturbative development of the usual GFT's is rather involved combinatorially and plagued by topological singularities (which we discuss in great detail in this paper), thus very difficult to control and unsatisfactory. Both these problems simplify greatly for the "colored" GFT (CGFT) model we introduce in this paper. Not only this model is combinatorially simpler but also it is free from the worst topological singularities. We establish that the Feynman graphs of our model are combinatorial cellular complexes dual to manifolds or pseudomanifolds, and study their cellular homology. We also relate the amplitude of CGFT graphs to their fundamental group.

  2. Diffeomorphisms in group field theories

    SciTech Connect

    Baratin, Aristide; Girelli, Florian; Oriti, Daniele

    2011-05-15

    We study the issue of diffeomorphism symmetry in group field theories (GFT), using the noncommutative metric representation introduced by A. Baratin and D. Oriti [Phys. Rev. Lett. 105, 221302 (2010).]. In the colored Boulatov model for 3d gravity, we identify a field (quantum) symmetry which ties together the vertex translation invariance of discrete gravity, the flatness constraint of canonical quantum gravity, and the topological (coarse-graining) identities for the 6j symbols. We also show how, for the GFT graphs dual to manifolds, the invariance of the Feynman amplitudes encodes the discrete residual action of diffeomorphisms in simplicial gravity path integrals. We extend the results to GFT models for higher-dimensional BF theories and discuss various insights that they provide on the GFT formalism itself.

  3. Continuous point symmetries in group field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kegeles, Alexander; Oriti, Daniele

    2017-03-01

    We discuss the notion of symmetries in non-local field theories characterized by integro-differential equations of motion, from a geometric perspective. We then focus on group field theory (GFT) models of quantum gravity and provide a general analysis of their continuous point symmetry transformations, including the generalized conservation laws following from them.

  4. Conformal field theory on affine Lie groups

    SciTech Connect

    Clubok, Kenneth Sherman

    1996-04-01

    Working directly on affine Lie groups, we construct several new formulations of the WZW model, the gauged WZW model, and the generic affine-Virasoro action. In one formulation each of these conformal field theories (CFTs) is expressed as a one-dimensional mechanical system whose variables are coordinates on the affine Lie group. When written in terms of the affine group element, this formulation exhibits a two-dimensional WZW term. In another formulation each CFT is written as a two-dimensional field theory, with a three- dimensional WZW term, whose fields are coordinates on the affine group. On the basis of these equivalent formulations, we develop a translation dictionary in which the new formulations on the affine Lie group are understood as mode formulations of the conventional formulations on the Lie group. Using this dictionary, we also express each CFT as a three-dimensional field theory on the Lie group with a four-dimensional WZW term. 36 refs.

  5. Working Group Report: Lattice Field Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Blum, T.; et al.,

    2013-10-22

    This is the report of the Computing Frontier working group on Lattice Field Theory prepared for the proceedings of the 2013 Community Summer Study ("Snowmass"). We present the future computing needs and plans of the U.S. lattice gauge theory community and argue that continued support of the U.S. (and worldwide) lattice-QCD effort is essential to fully capitalize on the enormous investment in the high-energy physics experimental program. We first summarize the dramatic progress of numerical lattice-QCD simulations in the past decade, with some emphasis on calculations carried out under the auspices of the U.S. Lattice-QCD Collaboration, and describe a broad program of lattice-QCD calculations that will be relevant for future experiments at the intensity and energy frontiers. We then present details of the computational hardware and software resources needed to undertake these calculations.

  6. Homogeneous cosmologies as group field theory condensates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gielen, Steffen; Oriti, Daniele; Sindoni, Lorenzo

    2014-06-01

    We give a general procedure, in the group field theory (GFT) formalism for quantum gravity, for constructing states that describe macroscopic, spatially homogeneous universes. These states are close to coherent (condensate) states used in the description of Bose-Einstein condensates. The condition on such states to be (approximate) solutions to the quantum equations of motion of GFT is used to extract an effective dynamics for homogeneous cosmologies directly from the underlying quantum theory. The resulting description in general gives nonlinear and nonlocal equations for the `condensate wavefunction' which are analogous to the Gross-Pitaevskii equation in Bose-Einstein condensates. We show the general form of the effective equations for current quantum gravity models, as well as some concrete examples. We identify conditions under which the dynamics becomes linear, admitting an interpretation as a quantum-cosmological Wheeler-DeWitt equation, and give its semiclassical (WKB) approximation in the case of a kinetic term that includes a Laplace-Beltrami operator. For isotropic states, this approximation reproduces the classical Friedmann equation in vacuum with positive spatial curvature. We show how the formalism can be consistently extended from Riemannian signature to Lorentzian signature models, and discuss the addition of matter fields, obtaining the correct coupling of a massless scalar in the Friedmann equation from the most natural extension of the GFT action. We also outline the procedure for extending our condensate states to include cosmological perturbations. Our results form the basis of a general programme for extracting effective cosmological dynamics directly from a microscopic non-perturbative theory of quantum gravity.

  7. A simple proof of orientability in colored group field theory

    PubMed Central

    2012-01-01

    Background Group field theory is an emerging field at the boundary between Quantum Gravity, Statistical Mechanics and Quantum Field Theory and provides a path integral for the gluing of n-simplices. Colored group field theory has been introduced in order to improve the renormalizability of the theory and associates colors to the faces of the simplices. The theory of crystallizations is instead a field at the boundary between graph theory and combinatorial topology and deals with n-simplices as colored graphs. Several techniques have been introduced in order to study the topology of the pseudo-manifold associated to the colored graph. Although of the similarity between colored group field theory and the theory of crystallizations, the connection between the two fields has never been made explicit. Findings In this short note we use results from the theory of crystallizations to prove that color in group field theories guarantees orientability of the piecewise linear pseudo-manifolds associated to each graph generated perturbatively. Conclusions Colored group field theories generate orientable pseudo-manifolds. The origin of orientability is the presence of two interaction vertices in the action of colored group field theories. In order to obtain the result, we made the connection between the theory of crystallizations and colored group field theory. PMID:23984224

  8. Emergent geometry from field theory: Wilson's renormalization group revisited

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Ki-Seok; Park, Chanyong

    2016-06-01

    We find a geometrical description from a field theoretical setup based on Wilson's renormalization group in real space. We show that renormalization group equations of coupling parameters encode the metric structure of an emergent curved space, regarded to be an Einstein equation for the emergent gravity. Self-consistent equations of local order-parameter fields with an emergent metric turn out to describe low-energy dynamics of a strongly coupled field theory, analogous to the Maxwell equation of the Einstein-Maxwell theory in the AdSd +2 /CFTd +1 duality conjecture. We claim that the AdS3 /CFT2 duality may be interpreted as Landau-Ginzburg theory combined with Wilson's renormalization group, which introduces vertex corrections into the Landau-Ginzburg theory in the large-Ns limit, where Ns is the number of fermion flavors.

  9. Quantum group symmetry of N=1 superconformal field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jiménez, F.

    1990-12-01

    We use the Gómez-Sierra contour deformation techniques to show that N=1 superconformal field theories with {2c}/{3<1}, in their Coulomb gas version, contain a quantum group structure as an underlying symmetry. In particular, we construct from the thermal subalgebras of these theories, the representation spaces of the quantized universal enveloping superalgebra U q osp(2, 1) and show how to compute its R-matrix, the comultiplication rules and its quantum Clebsch-Gordan coefficients by using a convenient definition of the screened vertex operators and an explicit realization of its generators.

  10. Mean field theory for U(n) dynamical groups

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rosensteel, G.

    2011-04-01

    Algebraic mean field theory (AMFT) is a many-body physics modeling tool which firstly, is a generalization of Hartree-Fock mean field theory, and secondly, an application of the orbit method from Lie representation theory. The AMFT ansatz is that the physical system enjoys a dynamical group, which may be either a strong or a weak dynamical Lie group G. When G is a strong dynamical group, the quantum states are, by definition, vectors in one irreducible unitary representation (irrep) space, and AMFT is equivalent to the Kirillov orbit method for deducing properties of a representation from a direct geometrical analysis of the associated integral co-adjoint orbit. AMFT can be the only tractable method for analyzing some complex many-body systems when the dimension of the irrep space of the strong dynamical group is very large or infinite. When G is a weak dynamical group, the quantum states are not vectors in one irrep space, but AMFT applies if the densities of the states lie on one non-integral co-adjoint orbit. The computational simplicity of AMFT is the same for both strong and weak dynamical groups. This paper formulates AMFT explicitly for unitary Lie algebras, and applies the general method to the Lipkin-Meshkov-Glick {\\mathfrak s}{\\mathfrak u} (2) model and the Elliott {\\mathfrak s}{\\mathfrak u} (3) model. When the energy in the {\\mathfrak s}{\\mathfrak u} (3) theory is a rotational scalar function, Marsden-Weinstein reduction simplifies AMFT dynamics to a two-dimensional phase space.

  11. Cosmology from group field theory formalism for quantum gravity.

    PubMed

    Gielen, Steffen; Oriti, Daniele; Sindoni, Lorenzo

    2013-07-19

    We identify a class of condensate states in the group field theory (GFT) formulation of quantum gravity that can be interpreted as macroscopic homogeneous spatial geometries. We then extract the dynamics of such condensate states directly from the fundamental quantum GFT dynamics, following the procedure used in ordinary quantum fluids. The effective dynamics is a nonlinear and nonlocal extension of quantum cosmology. We also show that any GFT model with a kinetic term of Laplacian type gives rise, in a semiclassical (WKB) approximation and in the isotropic case, to a modified Friedmann equation. This is the first concrete, general procedure for extracting an effective cosmological dynamics directly from a fundamental theory of quantum geometry.

  12. Renormalizable Models in Rank Tensorial Group Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Geloun, Joseph Ben

    2014-11-01

    Classes of renormalizable models in the Tensorial Group Field Theory framework are investigated. The rank d tensor fields are defined over d copies of a group manifold or with no symmetry and no gauge invariance assumed on the fields. In particular, we explore the space of renormalizable models endowed with a kinetic term corresponding to a sum of momenta of the form . This study is tailored for models equipped with Laplacian dynamics on G D (case a = 1) but also for more exotic nonlocal models in quantum topology (case 0 < a < 1). A generic model can be written , where k is the maximal valence of its interactions. Using a multi-scale analysis for the generic situation, we identify several classes of renormalizable actions, including matrix model actions. In this specific instance, we find a tower of renormalizable matrix models parametrized by . In a second part of this work, we study the UV behavior of the models up to maximal valence of interaction k = 6. All rank tensor models proved renormalizable are asymptotically free in the UV. All matrix models with k = 4 have a vanishing β-function at one-loop and, very likely, reproduce the same feature of the Grosse-Wulkenhaar model (Commun Math Phys 256:305, 2005).

  13. Group field theory for quantum gravity minimally coupled to a scalar field

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Yang; Oriti, Daniele; Zhang, Mingyi

    2017-10-01

    We construct a group field theory model for quantum gravity minimally coupled to relativistic scalar fields, defining as well a corresponding discrete gravity path integral (and, implicitly, a coupled spin foam model) in its Feynman expansion. We also analyze a number of variations of the same model, the corresponding discrete gravity path integrals, its generalization to the coupling of multiple scalar fields and discuss its possible applications to the extraction of effective cosmological dynamics from the full quantum gravity formalism, in the context of group field theory condensate cosmology.

  14. Flat connection, conformal field theory and quantum group

    SciTech Connect

    Kato, Mitsuhiro.

    1989-07-01

    General framework of linear first order differential equation for four-point conformal block is studied by using flat connection. Integrability and SL{sub 2} invariance restrict possible form of flat connection. Under a special ansatz classical Yang-Baxter equation appears as an integrability condition and the WZW model turns to be unique conformal field theory in that case. Monodromy property of conformal block can be easily determined by the flat connection. 11 refs.

  15. Replica field theory and renormalization group for the Ising spin glass in an external magnetic field.

    PubMed

    Temesvári, T; De Dominicis, C

    2002-08-26

    We use the generic replica symmetric cubic field theory to study the transition of short-range Ising spin glasses in a magnetic field around the upper critical dimension. A novel fixed point is found from the application of the renormalization group. In the spin-glass limit, this fixed point governs the critical behavior of a class of systems characterized by a single cubic parameter. For this universality class, the spin-glass susceptibility diverges at criticality, whereas the longitudinal mode remains massive. The third mode, however, behaves unusually. The physical consequences of this unusual behavior are discussed, and a comparison with the conventional de Almeida-Thouless scenario is presented.

  16. Functional renormalization group for the U (1 )-T56 tensorial group field theory with closure constraint

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lahoche, Vincent; Ousmane Samary, Dine

    2017-02-01

    This paper is focused on the functional renormalization group applied to the T56 tensor model on the Abelian group U (1 ) with closure constraint. For the first time, we derive the flow equations for the couplings and mass parameters in a suitable truncation around the marginal interactions with respect to the perturbative power counting. For the second time, we study the behavior around the Gaussian fixed point, and show that the theory is nonasymptotically free. Finally, we discuss the UV completion of the theory. We show the existence of several nontrivial fixed points, study the behavior of the renormalization group flow around them, and point out evidence in favor of an asymptotically safe theory.

  17. Renormalization group equations and matching in a general quantum field theory with kinetic mixing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fonseca, Renato M.; Malinský, Michal; Staub, Florian

    2013-11-01

    We work out a set of simple rules for adopting the two-loop renormalization group equations of a generic gauge field theory given in the seminal works of Machacek and Vaughn to the most general case with an arbitrary number of Abelian gauge factors and comment on the extra subtleties possibly encountered upon matching a set of effective gauge theories in such a framework.

  18. Crystal Field Theory and the Angular Overlap Model Applied to Hydrides of Main Group Elements.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Moore, E. A.

    1990-01-01

    Described is how crystal field theory and the angular overlap model can be applied to very simple molecules which can then be used to introduce such concepts as bonding orbitals, MO diagrams, and Walsh diagrams. The main-group compounds are used as examples and a switch to the transition metal complexes. (KR)

  19. Comment on 'Lost in translation: topological singularities in group field theory'

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Smerlak, Matteo

    2011-09-01

    Gurau argued in (Gurau R 2010 Class. Quantum Grav. 27 235023) that the gluing spaces arising as Feynman diagrams of three-dimensional group field theory are not all pseudo-manifolds. I dispute this conclusion: albeit not properly triangulated, these spaces are genuine pseudo-manifolds, namely their singular locus is of codimension at least 2.

  20. Crystal Field Theory and the Angular Overlap Model Applied to Hydrides of Main Group Elements.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Moore, E. A.

    1990-01-01

    Described is how crystal field theory and the angular overlap model can be applied to very simple molecules which can then be used to introduce such concepts as bonding orbitals, MO diagrams, and Walsh diagrams. The main-group compounds are used as examples and a switch to the transition metal complexes. (KR)

  1. Renormalizable group field theory beyond melonic diagrams: An example in rank four

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Carrozza, Sylvain; Lahoche, Vincent; Oriti, Daniele

    2017-09-01

    We prove the renormalizability of a gauge-invariant, four-dimensional group field theory (GFT) model on SU(2), whose defining interactions correspond to necklace bubbles (found also in the context of new large-N expansions of tensor models), rather than melonic ones, which are not renormalizable in this case. The respective scaling of different interactions in the vicinity of the Gaussian fixed point is determined by the renormalization group itself. This is possible because the appropriate notion of canonical dimension of the GFT coupling constants takes into account the detailed combinatorial structure of the individual interaction terms. This is one more instance of the peculiarity (and greater mathematical richness) of GFTs with respect to ordinary local quantum field theories. We also explore the renormalization group flow of the model at the nonperturbative level, using functional renormalization group methods, and identify a nontrivial fixed point in various truncations. This model is expected to have a similar structure of divergences as the GFT models of 4D quantum gravity, thus paving the way to more detailed investigations on them.

  2. Renormalization of Tensorial Group Field Theories: Abelian U(1) Models in Four Dimensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Carrozza, Sylvain; Oriti, Daniele; Rivasseau, Vincent

    2014-04-01

    We tackle the issue of renormalizability for Tensorial Group Field Theories (TGFT) including gauge invariance conditions, with the rigorous tool of multi-scale analysis, to prepare the ground for applications to quantum gravity models. In the process, we define the appropriate generalization of some key QFT notions, including connectedness, locality and contraction of (high) subgraphs. We also define a new notion of Wick ordering, corresponding to the subtraction of (maximal) melonic tadpoles. We then consider the simplest examples of dynamical 4-dimensional TGFT with gauge invariance conditions for the Abelian U(1) case. We prove that they are super-renormalizable for any polynomial interaction.

  3. Group field theory as the second quantization of loop quantum gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oriti, Daniele

    2016-04-01

    We construct a second quantized reformulation of canonical loop quantum gravity (LQG) at both kinematical and dynamical level, in terms of a Fock space of spin networks, and show in full generality that it leads directly to the group field theory (GFT) formalism. In particular, we show the correspondence between canonical LQG dynamics and GFT dynamics leading to a specific GFT model from any definition of quantum canonical dynamics of spin networks. We exemplify the correspondence of dynamics in the specific example of 3d quantum gravity. The correspondence between canonical LQG and covariant spin foam models is obtained via the GFT definition of the latter.

  4. Reply to comment on 'Lost in translation: topological singularities in group field theory'

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gurau, Razvan

    2011-09-01

    In Smerlak (2011 Class. Quantum. Grav. 28 178001) the author disputes the conclusion of our paper (Gurau 2010 Class. Quantum Grav. 27 235023). He claims that the Feynman graphs of three-dimensional group field theory always represent pseudo-manifolds. However, Smerlak (2011) uses a different definition for pseudo-manifolds. In order to apply the new definition Smerlak (2011) proposes a construction which cannot be implemented in a path integral by Feynman rules.These two points invalidate the claims of Smerlak (2011).

  5. Renormalization-group theory for the phase-field crystal equation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Athreya, Badrinarayan P.; Goldenfeld, Nigel; Dantzig, Jonathan A.

    2006-07-01

    We derive a set of rotationally covariant amplitude equations for use in multiscale simulation of the two-dimensional phase-field crystal model by a variety of renormalization-group (RG) methods. We show that the presence of a conservation law introduces an ambiguity in operator ordering in the RG procedure, which we show how to resolve. We compare our analysis with standard multiple-scale techniques, where identical results can be obtained with greater labor, by going to sixth order in perturbation theory, and by assuming the correct scaling of space and time.

  6. Impact of nonlinear effective interactions on group field theory quantum gravity condensates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pithis, Andreas G. A.; Sakellariadou, Mairi; Tomov, Petar

    2016-09-01

    We present the numerical analysis of effectively interacting group field theory models in the context of the group field theory quantum gravity condensate analog of the Gross-Pitaevskii equation for real Bose-Einstein condensates including combinatorially local interaction terms. Thus, we go beyond the usually considered construction for free models. More precisely, considering such interactions in a weak regime, we find solutions for which the expectation value of the number operator N is finite, as in the free case. When tuning the interaction to the strongly nonlinear regime, however, we obtain solutions for which N grows and eventually blows up, which is reminiscent of what one observes for real Bose-Einstein condensates, where a strong interaction regime can only be realized at high density. This behavior suggests the breakdown of the Bogoliubov ansatz for quantum gravity condensates and the need for non-Fock representations to describe the system when the condensate constituents are strongly correlated. Furthermore, we study the expectation values of certain geometric operators imported from loop quantum gravity in the free and interacting cases. In particular, computing solutions around the nontrivial minima of the interaction potentials, one finds, already in the weakly interacting case, a nonvanishing condensate population for which the spectra are dominated by the lowest nontrivial configuration of the quantum geometry. This result indicates that the condensate may indeed consist of many smallest building blocks giving rise to an effectively continuous geometry, thus suggesting the interpretation of the condensate phase to correspond to a geometric phase.

  7. Relational evolution of effectively interacting group field theory quantum gravity condensates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pithis, Andreas G. A.; Sakellariadou, Mairi

    2017-03-01

    We study the impact of effective interactions onto relationally evolving group field theory (GFT) condensates based on real-valued fields. In a first step we show that a free condensate configuration in an isotropic restriction settles dynamically into a low-spin configuration of the quantum geometry. This goes hand in hand with the accelerated and exponential expansion of its volume, as well as the vanishing of its relative uncertainty which suggests the classicalization of the quantum geometry. The dynamics of the emergent space can then be given in terms of the classical Friedmann equations. In contrast to models based on complex-valued fields, solutions avoiding the singularity problem can only be found if the initial conditions are appropriately chosen. We then turn to the analysis of the influence of effective interactions on the dynamics by studying in particular the Thomas-Fermi regime. In this context, at the cost of fine-tuning, an epoch of inflationary expansion of quantum geometric origin can be implemented. Finally, and for the first time, we study anisotropic GFT condensate configurations and show that such systems tend to isotropize quickly as the value of the relational clock grows. This paves the way to a more systematic investigation of anisotropies in the context of GFT condensate cosmology.

  8. Emergence of a low spin phase in group field theory condensates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gielen, Steffen

    2016-11-01

    Recent results have shown how quantum cosmology models can be derived from the effective dynamics of condensate states in group field theory (GFT), where ‘cosmology is the hydrodynamics of quantum gravity’: the classical Friedmann dynamics for homogeneous, isotropic universes, as well as loop quantum cosmology (LQC) corrections to general relativity have been shown to emerge from fundamental quantum gravity. We take one further step towards strengthening the link with LQC and show, in a class of GFT models for gravity coupled to a free massless scalar field and for generic initial conditions, that GFT condensates dynamically reach a low spin phase of many quanta of geometry, in which all but an exponentially small number of quanta are characterised by a single spin j 0 (i.e. by a constant volume per quantum). As the low spin regime is reached, GFT condensates expand to exponentially large volumes, and the dynamics of the total volume follows precisely the classical Friedmann equations. This behaviour follows from a single requirement on the couplings in the GFT model under study. We present one particular simple case in which the dominant spin is the lowest one: {j}0=0 or, if this is excluded, {j}0=1/2. The type of quantum state usually assumed in the derivation of LQC is hence derived from the quantum dynamics of GFT. These results confirm and extend recent results by Oriti, Sindoni and Wilson-Ewing in the same setting.

  9. Using a stochastic field theory to understand group behavior in microswimmer suspensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Underhill, Patrick; Qian, Yuzhou; Kramer, Peter

    2015-11-01

    Active suspensions of microswimmers appear both in natural biological systems (e.g. bacteria or algae) and in synthetic systems. Even without external forcing they are out of equilibrium, which gives rise to interesting properties in both small and large concentrations of the particles. These properties have been observed in experiments as well as simulation/modeling approaches. It is important to understand how hydrodynamic interactions between active swimmers cause and/or alter the suspension properties including enhanced transport and mixing. One of the most successful approaches has been a mean field theory. However, in some situations the mean field theory makes predictions that differ significantly from experiments and direct (agent or particle based) simulations. There are also some quantities that cannot be calculated by the mean field theory. In this talk, we will describe our new approach which uses a stochastic field to overcome the limitations of the mean field assumption. It allows us to calculate how interactions between organisms alter the correlations and mixing in conditions where the mean field theory cannot.

  10. Using a stochastic field theory to understand group behavior in microswimmer suspensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Underhill, Patrick; Qian, Yuzhou; Kramer, Peter

    Active suspensions of microswimmers appear both in natural biological systems (e.g. bacteria or algae) and in synthetic systems. Even without external forcing they are out of equilibrium, which gives rise to interesting properties in both small and large concentrations of the particles. These properties have been observed in experiments as well as simulation/modeling approaches. It is important to understand how hydrodynamic interactions between active swimmers cause and/or alter the suspension properties including enhanced transport and mixing. One of the most successful approaches has been a mean field theory. However, in some situations the mean field theory makes predictions that differ significantly from experiments and direct (agent or particle based) simulations. There are also some quantities that cannot be calculated by the mean field theory. In this talk, we will describe our new approach which uses a stochastic field to overcome the limitations of the mean field assumption. It allows us to calculate how interactions between organisms alter the correlations and mixing in conditions where the mean field theory cannot.

  11. Derivative expansions of renormaliztion group effective potentials for {phi}{sup 4} field theories

    SciTech Connect

    Shepard, J.R.; McNeil, J.A.

    1995-10-01

    We approximate an exact Renormalization Group (RG) equation for the flow of the effective action of {phi}{sup 4} field theories by including next-to-leading order (NLO) terms in a derivative expansion. This level of approximation allows us to treat effects of wavefunction renormalization which are beyond the scope of the leading order (LO) formulation. We compare calculations based on a {open_quote}latticized {close_quotes} version of our RG equation in 3 Euclidean dimensions directly with Monte Carlo (MC) results and find excellent overall agreement as well as substantial improvement over LO calculations. We solve the continuum form of our equation to find the Wilson fixed point and determine the critical exponent {eta} (0.046). We also find the critical exponents {nu} (0.666) and {omega} (0.735). These latter two are in much improved agreement with {open_quote}world`s best{close_quotes} values com- pared to those obtained at LO (where no prediction for {eta} is possible). We also find that the {open_quote}universal potential{close_quote} determined via MC methods by Tsypin can be understood quantitatively using our NLO RG equations. Careful analysis shows that ambiguities which plague {open_quote}smooth cutoff{close_quotes} formulations do not arise with our RG equations.

  12. Quantum Field Theories with Symmetries in the Wilsonian Exact Renormalization Group

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vian, F.

    1999-05-01

    The purpose of the present thesis is the implementation of symmetries in the Wilsonian Exact Renormalization Group (ERG) approach. After recalling how the ERG can be introduced in a general theory (i.e. containing both bosons and fermions, scalars and vectors) and having applied it to the massless scalar theory as an example of how the method works, we discuss the formulation of the Quantum Action Principle (QAP) in the ERG and show that the Slavnov-Taylor identities can be directly derived for the cutoff effective action at any momentum scale. Firstly the QAP is exploited to analyse the breaking of dilatation invariance occurring in the scalar theory in this approach. Then we address SU(N) Yang-Mills theory and extensively treat the key issue of the boundary conditions of the flow equation which, in this case, have also to ensure restoration of symmetry for the physical theory. In case of a chiral gauge theory, we show how the chiral anomaly can be obtained in the ERG. Finally, we extend the ERG formulation to supersymmetric (gauge) theories. It is emphasized regularization is implemented in such a way that supersymmetry is preserved.

  13. Renormalization group and Pade applications to perturbative and non-perturbative quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chishtie, Farrukh Ahmed

    Pade approximants (PA) have been widely applied in practically all areas of physics. This thesis focuses on developing PA as tools for both perturbative and non-perturbative quantum field theory (QFT). In perturbative QFT, we systematically estimate higher (unknown) loop terms via the asymptotic formula devised by Samuel et al. This algorithm, generally denoted as the asymptotic Pade approximation procedure (APAP), has greatly enhanced scope when it is applied to renormalization-group-(RG-) invariant quantities. A presently-unknown higher-loop quantity can then be matched with the approximant over the entire momentum region of phenomenological interest. Furthermore, the predicted value of the RG coefficients can be compared with the RG-accessible coefficients (at the higher-loop order), allowing a clearer indication of the accuracy of the predicted RG-inaccessible term. This methodology is applied to hadronic Higgs decay rates (H → bb¯ and H → gg, both within the Standard Model and its MSSM extension), Higgs-sector cross-sections ( W+LW- L→ZL ZL ), inclusive semileptonic b → u decays (leading to reduced theoretical uncertainties in the extraction of |Vub|), QCD (Quantum Chromodynamics) correlation functions (scalar-fermionic, scalar-gluonic and vector correlators) and the QCD static potential. APAP is also applied directly to RG beta- and gamma-functions in massive φ4 theory. In non-perturbative QFT we use Pade summation methods to probe the large coupling regions of QCD. In analysing all the possible Pade-approximants to truncated beta-function for QCD, we are able to probe the singularity structure corresponding to the all orders beta-function. Noting the consistent ordering of poles and roots for such approximants (regardless of the next unknown higher-loop contribution), we conclude that these approximants are free of defective (pole) behaviour and hence we can safely draw physical conclusions from them. QCD is shown to have a flavour threshold (6

  14. Field-theory representation of gauge-gravity symmetry-protected topological invariants, group cohomology, and beyond.

    PubMed

    Wang, Juven C; Gu, Zheng-Cheng; Wen, Xiao-Gang

    2015-01-23

    The challenge of identifying symmetry-protected topological states (SPTs) is due to their lack of symmetry-breaking order parameters and intrinsic topological orders. For this reason, it is impossible to formulate SPTs under Ginzburg-Landau theory or probe SPTs via fractionalized bulk excitations and topology-dependent ground state degeneracy. However, the partition functions from path integrals with various symmetry twists are universal SPT invariants, fully characterizing SPTs. In this work, we use gauge fields to represent those symmetry twists in closed spacetimes of any dimensionality and arbitrary topology. This allows us to express the SPT invariants in terms of continuum field theory. We show that SPT invariants of pure gauge actions describe the SPTs predicted by group cohomology, while the mixed gauge-gravity actions describe the beyond-group-cohomology SPTs. We find new examples of mixed gauge-gravity actions for U(1) SPTs in (4+1)D via the gravitational Chern-Simons term. Field theory representations of SPT invariants not only serve as tools for classifying SPTs, but also guide us in designing physical probes for them. In addition, our field theory representations are independently powerful for studying group cohomology within the mathematical context.

  15. Random pinning glass transition: hallmarks, mean-field theory and renormalization group analysis.

    PubMed

    Cammarota, Chiara; Biroli, Giulio

    2013-03-28

    We present a detailed analysis of glass transitions induced by pinning particles at random from an equilibrium configuration. We first develop a mean-field analysis based on the study of p-spin spherical disordered models and then obtain the three-dimensional critical behavior by the Migdal-Kadanoff real space renormalization group method. We unveil the important physical differences with the case in which particles are pinned from a random (or very high temperature) configuration. We contrast the pinning particles approach to the ones based on biasing dynamical trajectories with respect to their activity and on coupling to equilibrium configurations. Finally, we discuss numerical and experimental tests.

  16. Renormalization-group theory of first-order phase transition dynamics in field-driven scalar model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhong, Fan

    2017-10-01

    Through a detailed study of the mean-field approximation, the Gaussian approximation, the perturbation expansion, and the field-theoretic renormalization-group analysis of a φ 3 theory, we show that the instability fixed points of the theory, together with their associated instability exponents, are quite probably relevant to the scaling and universality behavior exhibited by the first-order phase transitions in a field-driven scalar ϕ 4 model, below its critical temperature and near the instability points. Finitetime scaling and leading corrections to the scaling are considered. We also show that the instability exponents of the first-order phase transitions are equivalent to those of the Yang-Lee edge singularity, and employ the latter to improve our estimates of the former. The outcomes agree well with existing numerical results.

  17. Accelerated expansion of the Universe without an inflaton and resolution of the initial singularity from Group Field Theory condensates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    de Cesare, Marco; Sakellariadou, Mairi

    2017-01-01

    We study the expansion of the Universe using an effective Friedmann equation obtained from the dynamics of GFT (Group Field Theory) isotropic condensates. The evolution equations are classical, with quantum correction terms to the Friedmann equation given in the form of effective fluids coupled to the emergent classical background. The occurrence of a bounce, which resolves the initial spacetime singularity, is shown to be a general property of the model. A promising feature of this model is the occurrence of an era of accelerated expansion, without the need to introduce an inflaton field with an appropriately chosen potential. We discuss possible viability issues of this scenario as an alternative to inflation.

  18. Modern Quantum Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Banks, Tom

    2008-09-01

    1. Introduction; 2. Quantum theory of free scalar fields; 3. Interacting field theory; 4. Particles of spin one, and gauge invariance; 5. Spin 1/2 particles and Fermi statistics; 6. Massive quantum electrodynamics; 7. Symmetries, Ward identities and Nambu Goldstone bosons; 8. Non-abelian gauge theory; 9. Renormalization and effective field theory; 10. Instantons and solitons; 11. Concluding remarks; Appendices; References; Index.

  19. Dissipative Field Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Kheirandish, F.; Amooshahi, M.

    2008-11-18

    Quantum field theory of a damped vibrating string as the simplest dissipative scalar field theory is investigated by introducing a minimal coupling method. The rate of energy flowing between the system and its environment is obtained.

  20. Covariant Noncommutative Field Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Estrada-Jimenez, S.; Garcia-Compean, H.; Obregon, O.; Ramirez, C.

    2008-07-02

    The covariant approach to noncommutative field and gauge theories is revisited. In the process the formalism is applied to field theories invariant under diffeomorphisms. Local differentiable forms are defined in this context. The lagrangian and hamiltonian formalism is consistently introduced.

  1. Field theory representation of mixed gauge-gravity symmetry-protected topological invariants, group cohomology and beyond

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Juven; Gu, Zheng-Cheng; Wen, Xiao-Gang

    The challenge of identifying symmetry-protected topological states (SPTs) is due to their lack of symmetry-breaking order parameters and intrinsic topological orders. For this reason, it is impossible to formulate SPTs under Ginzburg-Landau theory or probe SPTs via fractionalized bulk excitations and topology-dependent ground state degeneracy. However, the partition functions from path integrals with various symmetry twists are universal SPT invariants, fully characterizing SPTs. In this work, we use gauge fields to represent those symmetry twists in closed spacetimes of any dimensionality and arbitrary topology. This allows us to express the SPT invariants in terms of continuum field theory. We show that SPT invariants of pure gauge actions describe the SPTs predicted by group cohomology, while the mixed gauge-gravity actions describe the beyond-group-cohomology SPTs, recently observed by Kapustin. We find new examples of mixed gauge-gravity actions for U(1) SPTs in 3+1D and 4+1D via the Stiefel-Whitney class and the gravitational Chern-Simons term. [Work based on Phys. Rev. Lett. 114, 031601 (2015) arXiv:1405.7689

  2. Theory and modeling group

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Holman, Gordon D.

    1989-01-01

    The primary purpose of the Theory and Modeling Group meeting was to identify scientists engaged or interested in theoretical work pertinent to the Max '91 program, and to encourage theorists to pursue modeling which is directly relevant to data which can be expected to result from the program. A list of participants and their institutions is presented. Two solar flare paradigms were discussed during the meeting -- the importance of magnetic reconnection in flares and the applicability of numerical simulation results to solar flare studies.

  3. Parametric representation of rank d tensorial group field theory: Abelian models with kinetic term ∑ s|ps| + μ

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ben Geloun, Joseph; Toriumi, Reiko

    2015-09-01

    We consider the parametric representation of the amplitudes of Abelian models in the so-called framework of rank d tensorial group field theory. These models are called Abelian because their fields live on copies of U(1)D. We concentrate on the case when these models are endowed with particular kinetic terms involving a linear power in momenta. A new dimensional regularization is introduced for particular models in this class: a rank 3 tensor model, an infinite tower of matrix models ϕ2n over U(1), and a matrix model over U(1)2. We prove that all divergent amplitudes are meromorphic functions in the complexified group dimension D ∈ ℂ. From this point, a standard subtraction program yielding analytic renormalized integrals could be applied. Furthermore, we identify and study in depth the Symanzik polynomials provided by the parametric amplitudes of generic rank d Abelian models. We find that these polynomials do not satisfy the ordinary Tutte's rules (contraction/deletion). By scrutinizing the "face"-structure of these polynomials, we find a generalized polynomial which turns out to be stable only under contraction.

  4. Diffeomorphism groups and anyon fields

    SciTech Connect

    Goldin, G.A.; Sharp, D.H.

    1995-09-01

    We make use of unitary representations of the group of diffeomorphisms of the plane to construct an explicit field theory of anyons. The resulting anyon fields satisfy q-commutators, where q is the well-known phase shift associated with a single counterclockwise exchange of a pair of anyons. Our method uses a realization of the braid group by means of paths in the plane, that transform naturally under diffeomorphisms of R{sup 2}.

  5. Group Theory and Crystal Field Theory: A Simple and Rigorous Derivation of the Spectroscopic Terms Generated by the t[subscript 2g][superscript 2] Electronic Configuration in a Strong Octahedral Field

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Morpurgo, Simone

    2007-01-01

    The principles of symmetry and group theory are applied to the zero-order wavefunctions associated with the strong-field t[subscript 2g][superscript 2] configuration and their symmetry-adapted linear combinations (SALC) associated with the generated energy terms are derived. This approach will enable students to better understand the use of…

  6. Group Theory and Crystal Field Theory: A Simple and Rigorous Derivation of the Spectroscopic Terms Generated by the t[subscript 2g][superscript 2] Electronic Configuration in a Strong Octahedral Field

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Morpurgo, Simone

    2007-01-01

    The principles of symmetry and group theory are applied to the zero-order wavefunctions associated with the strong-field t[subscript 2g][superscript 2] configuration and their symmetry-adapted linear combinations (SALC) associated with the generated energy terms are derived. This approach will enable students to better understand the use of…

  7. Group theories: relevance to group safety studies.

    PubMed

    Benevento, A L

    1998-01-01

    Promoting safety in the workplace has been attempted in a variety of ways. Increasingly, industries are using groups such as safety teams and quality circles to promote worker safety. Group influences on individual behavior and attitudes have long been studied in the social psychology literature, but the theories have not been commonly found outside the psychology arena. This paper describes the group theories of group polarization, risky shift, social loafing, groupthink and team think and attempts to apply these theories to existing studies that examine work group influences on safety. Interesting parallels were found but only one study examined group influences as their primary focus of research. Since groups are increasingly used for safety promotion, future research on safety that studies group influences with respect to current group theories is recommended.

  8. Logarithmic conformal field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gainutdinov, Azat; Ridout, David; Runkel, Ingo

    2013-12-01

    Conformal field theory (CFT) has proven to be one of the richest and deepest subjects of modern theoretical and mathematical physics research, especially as regards statistical mechanics and string theory. It has also stimulated an enormous amount of activity in mathematics, shaping and building bridges between seemingly disparate fields through the study of vertex operator algebras, a (partial) axiomatisation of a chiral CFT. One can add to this that the successes of CFT, particularly when applied to statistical lattice models, have also served as an inspiration for mathematicians to develop entirely new fields: the Schramm-Loewner evolution and Smirnov's discrete complex analysis being notable examples. When the energy operator fails to be diagonalisable on the quantum state space, the CFT is said to be logarithmic. Consequently, a logarithmic CFT is one whose quantum space of states is constructed from a collection of representations which includes reducible but indecomposable ones. This qualifier arises because of the consequence that certain correlation functions will possess logarithmic singularities, something that contrasts with the familiar case of power law singularities. While such logarithmic singularities and reducible representations were noted by Rozansky and Saleur in their study of the U (1|1) Wess-Zumino-Witten model in 1992, the link between the non-diagonalisability of the energy operator and logarithmic singularities in correlators is usually ascribed to Gurarie's 1993 article (his paper also contains the first usage of the term 'logarithmic conformal field theory'). The class of CFTs that were under control at this time was quite small. In particular, an enormous amount of work from the statistical mechanics and string theory communities had produced a fairly detailed understanding of the (so-called) rational CFTs. However, physicists from both camps were well aware that applications from many diverse fields required significantly more

  9. Diffeomorphism groups, gauge groups, and quantum theory

    SciTech Connect

    Goldin, G.A.; Menikoff, R.; Sharp, D.H.

    1983-12-19

    Unitary representations of the infinite parameter group Diff(R/sup 3/) are presented which describe particles with spin as well as tightly bound composite particles. These results support the idea that Diff(R/sup 3/) can serve as a ''universal group'' for quantum theory.

  10. Field theories for gauged symmetry-protected topological phases: Non-Abelian anyons with Abelian gauge group Z2⊗3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    He, Huan; Zheng, Yunqin; von Keyserlingk, Curt

    2017-01-01

    Dijkgraaf-Witten (DW) theories are of recent interest to the condensed matter community, in part because they represent topological phases of matter, but also because they characterize the response theory of certain symmetry protected topological (SPT) phases. However, as yet there has not been a comprehensive treatment of the spectra of these models in the field theoretic setting even for Abelian gauge groups, the goal of this work is to fill the gap in the literature, especially for a selection of DW models with Abelian gauge groups but non-Abelian topological order. Particularly, we focus on the appearance of non-Abelian statistics in type-III twisted DW theories with Abelian gauge groups Z2⊗3. There are only 22 distinguishable line operators, and their fusion rules and correlation functions are calculated. The flux insertion operators have quantum dimension 2, which clearly demonstrates the non-Abelian topological order of type-III twisted DW theories.

  11. Naive Theories of Social Groups

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rhodes, Marjorie

    2012-01-01

    Four studies examined children's (ages 3-10, Total N = 235) naive theories of social groups, in particular, their expectations about how group memberships constrain social interactions. After introduction to novel groups of people, preschoolers (ages 3-5) reliably expected agents from one group to harm members of the other group (rather than…

  12. (Studies in quantum field theory)

    SciTech Connect

    Not Available

    1990-01-01

    During the period 4/1/89--3/31/90 the theoretical physics group supported by Department of Energy Contract No. AC02-78ER04915.A015 and consisting of Professors Bender and Shrauner, Associate Professor Papanicolaou, Assistant Professor Ogilvie, and Senior Research Associate Visser has made progress in many areas of theoretical and mathematical physics. Professors Bender and Shrauner, Associate Professor Papanicolaou, Assistant Professor Ogilvie, and Research Associate Visser are currently conducting research in many areas of high energy theoretical and mathematical physics. These areas include: strong-coupling approximation; classical solutions of non-Abelian gauge theories; mean-field approximation in quantum field theory; path integral and coherent state representations in quantum field theory; lattice gauge calculations; the nature of perturbation theory in large order; quark condensation in QCD; chiral symmetry breaking; the 1/N expansion in quantum field theory; effective potential and action in quantum field theories, including OCD; studies of the early universe and inflation, and quantum gravity.

  13. Remainder Wheels and Group Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Brenton, Lawrence

    2008-01-01

    Why should prospective elementary and high school teachers study group theory in college? This paper examines applications of abstract algebra to the familiar algorithm for converting fractions to repeating decimals, revealing ideas of surprising substance beneath an innocent facade.

  14. Remainder Wheels and Group Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Brenton, Lawrence

    2008-01-01

    Why should prospective elementary and high school teachers study group theory in college? This paper examines applications of abstract algebra to the familiar algorithm for converting fractions to repeating decimals, revealing ideas of surprising substance beneath an innocent facade.

  15. Beyond mean field theory: statistical field theory for neural networks

    PubMed Central

    Buice, Michael A; Chow, Carson C

    2014-01-01

    Mean field theories have been a stalwart for studying the dynamics of networks of coupled neurons. They are convenient because they are relatively simple and possible to analyze. However, classical mean field theory neglects the effects of fluctuations and correlations due to single neuron effects. Here, we consider various possible approaches for going beyond mean field theory and incorporating correlation effects. Statistical field theory methods, in particular the Doi–Peliti–Janssen formalism, are particularly useful in this regard. PMID:25243014

  16. Reverse engineering quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oeckl, Robert

    2012-12-01

    An approach to the foundations of quantum theory is advertised that proceeds by "reverse engineering" quantum field theory. As a concrete instance of this approach, the general boundary formulation of quantum theory is outlined.

  17. Renormalisation-group improved analysis of μ → e processes in a systematic effective-field-theory approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Crivellin, A.; Davidson, S.; Pruna, G. M.; Signer, A.

    2017-05-01

    In this article, a complete analysis of the three muonic lepton-flavour violating processes μ → eγ, μ → 3 e and coherent nuclear μ → e conversion is performed in the framework of an effective theory with dimension six operators defined below the electroweak symmetry breaking scale m W . The renormalisation-group evolution of the Wilson coefficients between m W and the experimental scale is fully taken into account at the leading order in QCD and QED, and explicit analytic and numerical evolution matrices are given. As a result, muonic decay and conversion rates are interpreted as functions of the Wilson coefficients at any scale up to m W . Taking the experimental limits on these processes as input, the phenomenology of the mixing effects is investigated. It is found that a considerable set of Wilson coefficients unbounded in the simplistic tree-level approach are instead severely constrained. In addition, correlations among operators are studied both in the light of current data and future experimental prospects.

  18. Lectures on Matrix Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ydri, Badis

    The subject of matrix field theory involves matrix models, noncommutative geometry, fuzzy physics and noncommutative field theory and their interplay. In these lectures, a lot of emphasis is placed on the matrix formulation of noncommutative and fuzzy spaces, and on the non-perturbative treatment of the corresponding field theories. In particular, the phase structure of noncommutative $\\phi^4$ theory is treated in great detail, and an introduction to noncommutative gauge theory is given.

  19. Self-Consistent-Field Method and τ-Functional Method on Group Manifold in Soliton Theory: a Review and New Results

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nishiyama, Seiya; Providência, João Da; Providência, Constança; Cordeiro, Flávio; Komatsu, Takao

    2009-01-01

    The maximally-decoupled method has been considered as a theory to apply an basic idea of an integrability condition to certain multiple parametrized symmetries. The method is regarded as a mathematical tool to describe a symmetry of a collective submanifold in which a canonicity condition makes the collective variables to be an orthogonal coordinate-system. For this aim we adopt a concept of curvature unfamiliar in the conventional time-dependent (TD) self-consistent field (SCF) theory. Our basic idea lies in the introduction of a sort of Lagrange manner familiar to fluid dynamics to describe a collective coordinate-system. This manner enables us to take a one-form which is linearly composed of a TD SCF Hamiltonian and infinitesimal generators induced by collective variable differentials of a canonical transformation on a group. The integrability condition of the system read the curvature C = 0. Our method is constructed manifesting itself the structure of the group under consideration. To go beyond the maximaly-decoupled method, we have aimed to construct an SCF theory, i.e., υ (external parameter)-dependent Hartree-Fock (HF) theory. Toward such an ultimate goal, the υ-HF theory has been reconstructed on an affine Kac-Moody algebra along the soliton theory, using infinite-dimensional fermion. An infinite-dimensional fermion operator is introduced through a Laurent expansion of finite-dimensional fermion operators with respect to degrees of freedom of the fermions related to a υ-dependent potential with a Υ-periodicity. A bilinear equation for the υ-HF theory has been transcribed onto the corresponding τ-function using the regular representation for the group and the Schur-polynomials. The υ-HF SCF theory on an infinite-dimensional Fock space F∞ leads to a dynamics on an infinite-dimensional Grassmannian Gr∞ and may describe more precisely such a dynamics on the group manifold. A finite-dimensional Grassmannian is identified wi th a Gr∞ which is

  20. Computational quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grobe, Rainer

    2006-05-01

    I will give an overview on recent attempts to solve the time-dependent Dirac equation for the electron-positron field operator. These numerical solutions permit a first temporally and spatially resolved insight into the mechanisms of how an electron-positron pair can be created from vacuum in a very strong force field. This approach has helped to illuminate a wide range of controversial questions. Some of these questions arise for complicated physical situations such as how an electron scatters off a supercritical potential barrier (Klein paradox). This requires the application of quantum field theory to study the combined effect of the pair-production due to the supercriticality of the potential together with the scattering at the barrier involving the Pauli-principle. Other phenomena include Schr"odinger's Zitterbewegung and the localization problem for a relativistic particle. This work has been supported by the NSF and Research Corporation. P. Krekora, K. Cooley, Q. Su and R. Grobe, Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 070403 (2005). P. Krekora, Q. Su and R. Grobe, Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 043004 (2004). P. Krekora, Q. Su and R. Grobe, Phys. Rev. Lett. 92, 040406 (2004).

  1. Quantum field theory of fluids.

    PubMed

    Gripaios, Ben; Sutherland, Dave

    2015-02-20

    The quantum theory of fields is largely based on studying perturbations around noninteracting, or free, field theories, which correspond to a collection of quantum-mechanical harmonic oscillators. The quantum theory of an ordinary fluid is "freer", in the sense that the noninteracting theory also contains an infinite collection of quantum-mechanical free particles, corresponding to vortex modes. By computing a variety of correlation functions at tree and loop level, we give evidence that a quantum perfect fluid can be consistently formulated as a low-energy, effective field theory. We speculate that the quantum behavior is radically different from both classical fluids and quantum fields.

  2. Field theory of pattern identification

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Agu, Masahiro

    1988-06-01

    Based on the psychological experimental fact that images in mental space are transformed into other images for pattern identification, a field theory of pattern identification of geometrical patterns is developed with the use of gauge field theory in Euclidean space. Here, the ``image'' or state function ψ[χ] of the brain reacting to a geometrical pattern χ is made to correspond to the electron's wave function in Minkowski space. The pattern identification of the pattern χ with the modified pattern χ+Δχ is assumed to be such that their images ψ[χ] and ψ[χ+Δχ] in the brain are transformable with each other through suitable transformation groups such as parallel transformation, dilatation, or rotation. The transformation group is called the ``image potential'' which corresponds to the vector potential of the gauge field. An ``image field'' derived from the image potential is found to be induced in the brain when the two images ψ[χ] and ψ[χ+Δχ] are not transformable through suitable transformation groups or gauge transformations. It is also shown that, when the image field exists, the final state of the image ψ[χ] is expected to be different, depending on the paths of modifications of the pattern χ leading to a final pattern. The above fact is interpreted as a version of the Aharonov and Bohm effect of the electron's wave function [A. Aharonov and D. Bohm, Phys. Rev. 115, 485 (1959)]. An excitation equation of the image field is also derived by postulating that patterns are identified maximally for the purpose of minimizing the number of memorized standard patterns.

  3. Groups in the radiative transfer theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nikoghossian, Arthur

    2016-11-01

    The paper presents a group-theoretical description of radiation transfer in inhomogeneous and multi-component atmospheres with the plane-parallel geometry. It summarizes and generalizes the results obtained recently by the author for some standard transfer problems of astrophysical interest with allowance of the angle and frequency distributions of the radiation field. We introduce the concept of composition groups for media with different optical and physical properties. Group representations are derived for two possible cases of illumination of a composite finite atmosphere. An algorithm for determining the reflectance and transmittance of inhomogeneous and multi-component atmospheres is described. The group theory is applied also to determining the field of radiation inside an inhomogeneous atmosphere. The concept of a group of optical depth translations is introduced. The developed theory is illustrated with the problem of radiation diffusion with partial frequency distribution assuming that the inhomogeneity is due to depth-variation of the scattering coefficient. It is shown that once reflectance and transmittance of a medium are determined, the internal field of radiation in the source-free atmosphere is found without solving any new equations. The transfer problems for a semi-infinite atmosphere and an atmosphere with internal sources of energy are discussed. The developed theory allows to derive summation laws for the mean number of scattering events underwent by the photons in the course of diffusion in the atmosphere.

  4. Functional renormalization-group approaches, one-particle (irreducible) reducible with respect to local Green's functions, with dynamical mean-field theory as a starting point

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Katanin, A. A.

    2015-06-01

    We consider formulations of the functional renormalization-group (fRG) flow for correlated electronic systems with the dynamical mean-field theory as a starting point. We classify the corresponding renormalization-group schemes into those neglecting one-particle irreducible six-point vertices (with respect to the local Green's functions) and neglecting one-particle reducible six-point vertices. The former class is represented by the recently introduced DMF2RG approach [31], but also by the scale-dependent generalization of the one-particle irreducible representation (with respect to local Green's functions, 1PI-LGF) of the generating functional [20]. The second class is represented by the fRG flow within the dual fermion approach [16, 32]. We compare formulations of the fRG approach in each of these cases and suggest their further application to study 2D systems within the Hubbard model.

  5. Dynamical Mean-Field Theory Plus Numerical Renormalization-Group Study of Spin-Orbital Separation in a Three-Band Hund Metal

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stadler, K. M.; Yin, Z. P.; von Delft, J.; Kotliar, G.; Weichselbaum, A.

    2015-09-01

    We show that the numerical renormalization group is a viable multi-band impurity solver for dynamical mean-field theory (DMFT), offering unprecedented real-frequency spectral resolution at arbitrarily low energies and temperatures. We use it to obtain a numerically exact DMFT solution to the Hund metal problem for a three-band model on a Bethe lattice at 1 /3 filling. The ground state is a Fermi liquid. The one-particle spectral function undergoes a coherence-incoherence crossover with increasing temperature, with spectral weight being transferred from low to high energies. Further, it exhibits a strong particle-hole asymmetry. In the incoherent regime, the self-energy displays approximate power-law behavior for positive frequencies only. The spin and orbital spectral functions show "spin-orbital separation": spin screening occurs at much lower energies than orbital screening. The renormalization group flows clearly reveal the relevant physics at all energy scales.

  6. Dynamical Mean-Field Theory Plus Numerical Renormalization-Group Study of Spin-Orbital Separation in a Three-Band Hund Metal.

    PubMed

    Stadler, K M; Yin, Z P; von Delft, J; Kotliar, G; Weichselbaum, A

    2015-09-25

    We show that the numerical renormalization group is a viable multi-band impurity solver for dynamical mean-field theory (DMFT), offering unprecedented real-frequency spectral resolution at arbitrarily low energies and temperatures. We use it to obtain a numerically exact DMFT solution to the Hund metal problem for a three-band model on a Bethe lattice at 1/3 filling. The ground state is a Fermi liquid. The one-particle spectral function undergoes a coherence-incoherence crossover with increasing temperature, with spectral weight being transferred from low to high energies. Further, it exhibits a strong particle-hole asymmetry. In the incoherent regime, the self-energy displays approximate power-law behavior for positive frequencies only. The spin and orbital spectral functions show "spin-orbital separation": spin screening occurs at much lower energies than orbital screening. The renormalization group flows clearly reveal the relevant physics at all energy scales.

  7. Functional renormalization-group approaches, one-particle (irreducible) reducible with respect to local Green’s functions, with dynamical mean-field theory as a starting point

    SciTech Connect

    Katanin, A. A.

    2015-06-15

    We consider formulations of the functional renormalization-group (fRG) flow for correlated electronic systems with the dynamical mean-field theory as a starting point. We classify the corresponding renormalization-group schemes into those neglecting one-particle irreducible six-point vertices (with respect to the local Green’s functions) and neglecting one-particle reducible six-point vertices. The former class is represented by the recently introduced DMF{sup 2}RG approach [31], but also by the scale-dependent generalization of the one-particle irreducible representation (with respect to local Green’s functions, 1PI-LGF) of the generating functional [20]. The second class is represented by the fRG flow within the dual fermion approach [16, 32]. We compare formulations of the fRG approach in each of these cases and suggest their further application to study 2D systems within the Hubbard model.

  8. Field theory and particle physics

    SciTech Connect

    Eboli, O.J.P.; Gomes, M.; Santoro, A.

    1990-01-01

    This book contains the proceedings of the topics covered during the fifth Jorge Andre Swieca Summer School. The first part of the book collects the material devoted to quantum field theory. There were four courses on methods in Field Theory; H. O. Girotti lectured on constrained dynamics, R. Jackiw on the Schrodinger representation in Field Theory, S.-Y. Pi on the application of this representation to quantum fields in a Robertson-Walker spacetime, and L. Vinet on Berry Connections. There were three courses on Conformal Field Theory: I. Todorov focused on the problem of construction and classification of conformal field theories. Lattice models, two-dimensional S matrices and conformal field theory were looked from the unifying perspective of the Yang-Baxter algebras in the lectures given by M. Karowski. Parasupersymmetric quantum mechanics was discussed in the lectures by L. Vinet. Besides those courses, there was an introduction to string field theory given by G. Horowitz. There were also three seminars: F. Schaposnik reported on recent applications of topological methods in field theory, P. Gerbert gave a seminar on three dimensional gravity and V. Kurak talked on two dimensional parafermionic models. The second part of this proceedings is devoted to phenomenology. There were three courses on Particle Physics: Dan Green lectured on collider physics, E. Predrazzi on strong interactions and G. Cohen-Tanoudji on the use of strings in strong interactions.

  9. Algebraic orbifold conformal field theories

    PubMed Central

    Xu, Feng

    2000-01-01

    The unitary rational orbifold conformal field theories in the algebraic quantum field theory and subfactor theory framework are formulated. Under general conditions, it is shown that the orbifold of a given unitary rational conformal field theory generates a unitary modular category. Many new unitary modular categories are obtained. It is also shown that the irreducible representations of orbifolds of rank one lattice vertex operator algebras give rise to unitary modular categories and determine the corresponding modular matrices, which has been conjectured for some time. PMID:11106383

  10. Exact renormalization group and Sine Gordon theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oak, Prafulla; Sathiapalan, B.

    2017-07-01

    The exact renormalization group is used to study the RG flow of quantities in field theories. The basic idea is to write an evolution operator for the flow and evaluate it in perturbation theory. This is easier than directly solving the differential equation. This is illustrated by reproducing known results in four dimensional ϕ 4 field theory and the two dimensional Sine-Gordon theory. It is shown that the calculation of beta function is somewhat simplified. The technique is also used to calculate the c-function in two dimensional Sine-Gordon theory. This agrees with other prescriptions for calculating c-functions in the literature. If one extrapolates the connection between central charge of a CFT and entanglement entropy in two dimensions, to the c-function of the perturbed CFT, then one gets a value for the entanglement entropy in Sine-Gordon theory that is in exact agreement with earlier calculations (including one using holography) in arXiv:1610.04233.

  11. Invariants from classical field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Diaz, Rafael; Leal, Lorenzo

    2008-06-15

    We introduce a method that generates invariant functions from perturbative classical field theories depending on external parameters. By applying our methods to several field theories such as Abelian BF, Chern-Simons, and two-dimensional Yang-Mills theory, we obtain, respectively, the linking number for embedded submanifolds in compact varieties, the Gauss' and the second Milnor's invariant for links in S{sup 3}, and invariants under area-preserving diffeomorphisms for configurations of immersed planar curves.

  12. From exceptional field theory to heterotic double field theory via K3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Malek, Emanuel

    2017-03-01

    In this paper we show how to obtain heterotic double field theory from exceptional field theory by breaking half of the supersymmetry. We focus on the SL(5) exceptional field theory and show that when the extended space contains a generalised SU(2)-structure manifold one can define a reduction to obtain the heterotic SO(3 , n) double field theory. In this picture, the reduction on the SU(2)-structure breaks half of the supersymmetry of the exceptional field theory and the gauge group of the heterotic double field theory is given by the embedding tensor of the reduction used. Finally, we study the example of a consistent truncation of M-theory on K3 and recover the duality with the heterotic string on T 3. This suggests that the extended space can be made sense of even in the case of non-toroidal compactifications.

  13. The Nonlinear Field Space Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mielczarek, Jakub; Trześniewski, Tomasz

    2016-08-01

    In recent years the idea that not only the configuration space of particles, i.e. spacetime, but also the corresponding momentum space may have nontrivial geometry has attracted significant attention, especially in the context of quantum gravity. The aim of this letter is to extend this concept to the domain of field theories, by introducing field spaces (i.e. phase spaces of field values) that are not affine spaces. After discussing the motivation and general aspects of our approach we present a detailed analysis of the prototype (quantum) Nonlinear Field Space Theory of a scalar field on the Minkowski background. We show that the nonlinear structure of a field space leads to numerous interesting predictions, including: non-locality, generalization of the uncertainty relations, algebra deformations, constraining of the maximal occupation number, shifting of the vacuum energy and renormalization of the charge and speed of propagation of field excitations. Furthermore, a compact field space is a natural way to implement the "Principle of finiteness" of physical theories, which once motivated the Born-Infeld theory. Thus the presented framework has a variety of potential applications in the theories of fundamental interactions (e.g. quantum gravity), as well as in condensed matter physics (e.g. continuous spin chains), and can shed new light on the issue of divergences in quantum field theories.

  14. Quantum Field Theory, Revised Edition

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mandl, F.; Shaw, G.

    1994-01-01

    Quantum Field Theory Revised Edition F. Mandl and G. Shaw, Department of Theoretical Physics, The Schuster Laboratory, The University, Manchester, UK When this book first appeared in 1984, only a handful of W± and Z° bosons had been observed and the experimental investigation of high energy electro-weak interactions was in its infancy. Nowadays, W± bosons and especially Z° bosons can be produced by the thousand and the study of their properties is a precise science. We have revised the text of the later chapters to incorporate these developments and discuss their implications. We have also taken this opportunity to update the references throughout and to make some improvements in the treatment of dimen-sional regularization. Finally, we have corrected some minor errors and are grateful to various people for pointing these out. This book is designed as a short and simple introduction to quantum field theory for students beginning research in theoretical and experimental physics. The three main objectives are to explain the basic physics and formalism of quantum field theory, to make the reader fully proficient in theory calculations using Feynman diagrams, and to introduce the reader to gauge theories, which play such a central role in elementary particle physics. The theory is applied to quantum electrodynamics (QED), where quantum field theory had its early triumphs, and to weak interactions where the standard electro-weak theory has had many impressive successes. The treatment is based on the canonical quantization method, because readers will be familiar with this, because it brings out lucidly the connection between invariance and conservation laws, and because it leads directly to the Feynman diagram techniques which are so important in many branches of physics. In order to help inexperienced research students grasp the meaning of the theory and learn to handle it confidently, the mathematical formalism is developed from first principles, its physical

  15. A landscape of field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Maxfield, Travis; Robbins, Daniel; Sethi, Savdeep

    2016-11-01

    Studying a quantum field theory involves a choice of space-time manifold and a choice of background for any global symmetries of the theory. We argue that many more choices are possible when specifying the background. In the context of branes in string theory, the additional data corresponds to a choice of supergravity tensor fluxes. We propose the existence of a landscape of field theory backgrounds, characterized by the space-time metric, global symmetry background and a choice of tensor fluxes. As evidence for this landscape, we study the supersymmetric six-dimensional (2, 0) theory compactified to two dimensions. Different choices of metric and flux give rise to distinct two-dimensional theories, which can preserve differing amounts of supersymmetry.

  16. The Theory of Conceptual Fields

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Vergnaud, Gerard

    2009-01-01

    The theory of conceptual fields is a developmental theory. It has two aims: (1) to describe and analyse the progressive complexity, on a long- and medium-term basis, of the mathematical competences that students develop inside and outside school, and (2) to establish better connections between the operational form of knowledge, which consists in…

  17. Extending Sociocultural Theory to Group Creativity

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sawyer, Keith

    2012-01-01

    Sociocultural theory focuses on group processes through time, and argues that group phenomena cannot be reduced to explanation in terms of the mental states or actions of the participating individuals. This makes sociocultural theory particularly useful in the analysis of group creativity and group learning, because both group creativity and group…

  18. Double field theory inspired cosmology

    SciTech Connect

    Wu, Houwen; Yang, Haitang E-mail: hyanga@scu.edu.cn

    2014-07-01

    Double field theory proposes a generalized spacetime action possessing manifest T-duality on the level of component fields. We calculate the cosmological solutions of double field theory with vanishing Kalb-Ramond field. It turns out that double field theory provides a more consistent way to construct cosmological solutions than the standard string cosmology. We construct solutions for vanishing and non-vanishing symmetry preserving dilaton potentials. The solutions assemble the pre- and post-big bang evolutions in one single line element. Our results show a smooth evolution from an anisotropic early stage to an isotropic phase without any special initial conditions in contrast to previous models. In addition, we demonstrate that the contraction of the dual space automatically leads to both an inflation phase and a decelerated expansion of the ordinary space during different evolution stages.

  19. String theory in electromagnetic fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ambjørn, Jan; Makeenko, Yuri M.; Semenoff, Gordon W.; Szabo, Richard J.

    2003-02-01

    A review of various aspects of superstrings in background electromagnetic fields is presented. Topics covered include the Born-Infeld action, spectrum of open strings in background gauge fields, the Schwinger mechanism, finite-temperature formalism and Hagedorn behaviour in external fields, Debye screening, D-brane scattering, thermodynamics of D-branes, and noncommutative field and string theories on D-branes. The electric field instabilities are emphasized throughout and contrasted with the case of magnetic fields. A new derivation of the velocity-dependent potential between moving D-branes is presented, as is a new result for the velocity corrections to the one-loop thermal effective potential.

  20. On supersymmetric Lifshitz field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chapman, Shira; Oz, Yaron; Raviv-Moshe, Avia

    2015-10-01

    We consider field theories that exhibit a supersymmetric Lifshitz scaling with two real supercharges. The theories can be formulated in the language of stochastic quan-tization. We construct the free field supersymmetry algebra with rotation singlet fermions for an even dynamical exponent z = 2 k in an arbitrary dimension. We analyze the classical and quantum z = 2 supersymmetric interactions in 2 + 1 and 3 + 1 spacetime dimensions and reveal a supersymmetry preserving quantum diagrammatic cancellation. Stochastic quantization indicates that Lifshitz scale invariance is broken in the (3 + 1)-dimensional quantum theory.

  1. The Quantum Theory of Fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Weinberg, Steven

    1996-08-01

    In this second volume of The Quantum Theory of Fields, available for the first time in paperback, Nobel Laureate Steven Weinberg continues his masterly expoistion of quantum theory. Volume 2 provides an up-to-date and self-contained account of the methods of quantum field theory, and how they have led to an understanding of the weak, strong, and electromagnetic interactions of the elementary particles. The presentation of modern mathematical methods is throughout interwoven with accounts of the problems of elementary particle physics and condensed matter physics to which they have been applied. Exercises are included at the end of each chapter.

  2. Nonlocal and quasilocal field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tomboulis, E. T.

    2015-12-01

    We investigate nonlocal field theories, a subject that has attracted some renewed interest in connection with nonlocal gravity models. We study, in particular, scalar theories of interacting delocalized fields, the delocalization being specified by nonlocal integral kernels. We distinguish between strictly nonlocal and quasilocal (compact support) kernels and impose conditions on them to insure UV finiteness and unitarity of amplitudes. We study the classical initial value problem for the partial integro-differential equations of motion in detail. We give rigorous proofs of the existence but accompanying loss of uniqueness of solutions due to the presence of future, as well as past, "delays," a manifestation of acausality. In the quantum theory we derive a generalization of the Bogoliubov causality condition equation for amplitudes, which explicitly exhibits the corrections due to nonlocality. One finds that, remarkably, for quasilocal kernels all acausal effects are confined within the compact support regions. We briefly discuss the extension to other types of fields and prospects of such theories.

  3. Understanding conformal field theory through parafermions and Chern Simons theory

    SciTech Connect

    Hotes, S.A.

    1992-11-19

    Conformal field theories comprise a vast class of exactly solvable two dimensional quantum field theories. Conformal theories with an enlarged symmetry group, the current algebra symmetry, axe a key ingredient to possible string compactification models. The following work explores a Lagrangian approach to these theories. In the first part of this thesis, a large class of conformal theories, the so-called coset models, are derived semi-classically from a gauged version Of the Wess-Zumino-Witten functional. A non-local field transformation to the parafermionic field description is employed in the quantization procedure. Classically, these parafermionic fields satisfy non-trivial Poisson brackets, providing insight into the fractional spin nature of the conformal theory. The W-algebra symmetry is shown to appear naturally in this approach. In the second part of this thesis, the connection between the fusion algebra structure of Wess-Zumino-Witten models and the quantization of the Chern-Simons action on the torus is made explicit. The modular properties of the conformal model are also derived in this context, giving a natural demonstration of the Verlinde conjecture. The effects of background gauge fields and monopoles are also discussed.

  4. Understanding conformal field theory through parafermions and Chern Simons theory

    SciTech Connect

    Hotes, S.A.

    1992-11-19

    Conformal field theories comprise a vast class of exactly solvable two dimensional quantum field theories. Conformal theories with an enlarged symmetry group, the current algebra symmetry, axe a key ingredient to possible string compactification models. The following work explores a Lagrangian approach to these theories. In the first part of this thesis, a large class of conformal theories, the so-called coset models, are derived semi-classically from a gauged version Of the Wess-Zumino-Witten functional. A non-local field transformation to the parafermionic field description is employed in the quantization procedure. Classically, these parafermionic fields satisfy non-trivial Poisson brackets, providing insight into the fractional spin nature of the conformal theory. The W-algebra symmetry is shown to appear naturally in this approach. In the second part of this thesis, the connection between the fusion algebra structure of Wess-Zumino-Witten models and the quantization of the Chern-Simons action on the torus is made explicit. The modular properties of the conformal model are also derived in this context, giving a natural demonstration of the Verlinde conjecture. The effects of background gauge fields and monopoles are also discussed.

  5. Quantum Field Theory and the Standard Model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schwartz, Matthew D.

    2014-03-01

    Part I. Field Theory: 1. Microscopic theory of radiation; 2. Lorentz invariance and second quantization; 3. Classical Field Theory; 4. Old-fashioned perturbation theory; 5. Cross sections and decay rates; 6. The S-matrix and time-ordered products; 7. Feynman rules; Part II. Quantum Electrodynamics: 8. Spin 1 and gauge invariance; 9. Scalar QED; 10. Spinors; 11. Spinor solutions and CPT; 12. Spin and statistics; 13. Quantum electrodynamics; 14. Path integrals; Part III. Renormalization: 15. The Casimir effect; 16. Vacuum polarization; 17. The anomalous magnetic moment; 18. Mass renormalization; 19. Renormalized perturbation theory; 20. Infrared divergences; 21. Renormalizability; 22. Non-renormalizable theories; 23. The renormalization group; 24. Implications of Unitarity; Part IV. The Standard Model: 25. Yang-Mills theory; 26. Quantum Yang-Mills theory; 27. Gluon scattering and the spinor-helicity formalism; 28. Spontaneous symmetry breaking; 29. Weak interactions; 30. Anomalies; 31. Precision tests of the standard model; 32. QCD and the parton model; Part V. Advanced Topics: 33. Effective actions and Schwinger proper time; 34. Background fields; 35. Heavy-quark physics; 36. Jets and effective field theory; Appendices; References; Index.

  6. Power counting in nuclear effective field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Valderrama, M. Pavon

    2015-10-01

    The effective field theory formulation of nuclear forces is able to provide a systematic and model independent description of nuclear physics, where all processes involving nucleons and pions can be described in terms of the same set of couplings, the theoretical errors are known in advance and the connection with QCD is present. These features are a consequence of renormalization group invariance, which in turn determines the power counting of the theory. Here we present a brief outline of how to determine the power counting of nuclear effective field theory, what does it looks like and what are the predictions for the two-nucleon sector at lowest orders.

  7. Interfaces in supersymmetric field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Galakhov, Dmitrii

    Supersymmetry has proven to be a valuable tool in the study of non-perturbative dynamics in quantum field theory, gravity and string theory. In this thesis we consider supersymmetric interfaces. Interfaces are defects defined by spatially changing coupling constants. Interfaces can be used to probe the non-perturbative low energy dynamics of an underlying supersymmetric quantum field theory. We study interfaces in a set of four-dimensional quantum field theories with N = 2 supersymmetry known as theories of class S. Using these defects we probe the spin content of the spectrum of quantum states saturating the Bogomolnyi-Prasad-Sommerfeld bound. We also apply supersymmetric defects to the construction of knot and link invariants via quantum field theory. We associate to a knot -- presented as a tangle -- an interface de ned by a spatially varying superpotential in a 2d supersymmetric Landau-Ginzburg model. We construct explicitly the Hilbert space of ground states on this interface as the cohomology of a nilpotent supercharge and prove that this Hilbert space is bi-graded by integers and is an invariant of the knot (or link). In explicit examples we show that the corresponding Poincare polynomial coincides with the Poincar e polynomial of the renowned Khovanov homology that categori es the Jones polynomial.

  8. Field-theory methods in coagulation theory

    SciTech Connect

    Lushnikov, A. A.

    2011-08-15

    Coagulating systems are systems of chaotically moving particles that collide and coalesce, producing daughter particles of mass equal to the sum of the masses involved in the respective collision event. The present article puts forth basic ideas underlying the application of methods of quantum-field theory to the theory of coagulating systems. Instead of the generally accepted treatment based on the use of a standard kinetic equation that describes the time evolution of concentrations of particles consisting of a preset number of identical objects (monomers in the following), one introduces the probability W(Q, t) to find the system in some state Q at an instant t for a specific rate of transitions between various states. Each state Q is characterized by a set of occupation numbers Q = (n{sub 1}, n{sub 2}, ..., n{sub g}, ...), where n{sub g} is the total number of particles containing precisely g monomers. Thereupon, one introduces the generating functional {Psi} for the probability W(Q, t). The time evolution of {Psi} is described by an equation that is similar to the Schroedinger equation for a one-dimensional Bose field. This equation is solved exactly for transition rates proportional to the product of the masses of colliding particles. It is shown that, within a finite time interval, which is independent of the total mass of the entire system, a giant particle of mass about the mass of the entire system may appear in this system. The particle in question is unobservable in the thermodynamic limit, and this explains the well-known paradox of mass-concentration nonconservation in classical kinetic theory. The theory described in the present article is successfully applied in studying the time evolution of random graphs.

  9. Lectures on Crystal Field Theory

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1982-11-01

    used to calculate the electric dipole transition probabilities using the theory of Judd (1962) and Ofelt (1962)o As of 1970, all these objectives had...metry higher than C1 or C•. (4) The calculation of transltion probabilities, Zeeman splitting factors, Judd - Ofelt intensity parameters, branching ratios...INTERACTIONS ..................................... 37 4.1 Phenomenological Theory of Crystal Fields ................ 37 4.1.1 Matrix Elements of H in J States

  10. Embedded mean-field theory.

    PubMed

    Fornace, Mark E; Lee, Joonho; Miyamoto, Kaito; Manby, Frederick R; Miller, Thomas F

    2015-02-10

    We introduce embedded mean-field theory (EMFT), an approach that flexibly allows for the embedding of one mean-field theory in another without the need to specify or fix the number of particles in each subsystem. EMFT is simple, is well-defined without recourse to parameters, and inherits the simple gradient theory of the parent mean-field theories. In this paper, we report extensive benchmarking of EMFT for the case where the subsystems are treated using different levels of Kohn-Sham theory, using PBE or B3LYP/6-31G* in the high-level subsystem and LDA/STO-3G in the low-level subsystem; we also investigate different levels of density fitting in the two subsystems. Over a wide range of chemical problems, we find EMFT to perform accurately and stably, smoothly converging to the high-level of theory as the active subsystem becomes larger. In most cases, the performance is at least as good as that of ONIOM, but the advantages of EMFT are highlighted by examples that involve partitions across multiple bonds or through aromatic systems and by examples that involve more complicated electronic structure. EMFT is simple and parameter free, and based on the tests provided here, it offers an appealing new approach to a multiscale electronic structure.

  11. Introducing Group Theory through Music

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Johnson, Craig M.

    2009-01-01

    The central ideas of postcalculus mathematics courses offered in college are difficult to introduce in middle and secondary schools, especially through the engineering and sciences examples traditionally used in algebra, geometry, and trigonometry textbooks. However, certain concepts in music theory can be used to expose students to interesting…

  12. Introducing Group Theory through Music

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Johnson, Craig M.

    2009-01-01

    The central ideas of postcalculus mathematics courses offered in college are difficult to introduce in middle and secondary schools, especially through the engineering and sciences examples traditionally used in algebra, geometry, and trigonometry textbooks. However, certain concepts in music theory can be used to expose students to interesting…

  13. Topics in Two Dimensional Conformal Field Theory and Three Dimensional Topological Lattice Field Theory.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chung, Stephen-Wei

    We first construct new parafermions in two-dimensional conformal field theory, generalizing the Z_ {L} parafermion theories from integer L to rational L. These non-unitary parafermions have some novel features: an infinite number of currents with negative conformal dimensions for most (if not all) of them. String functions of these new parafermion theories are calculated. We also construct new representations of N = 2 superconformal field theories, whose characters are obtained in terms of these new string functions. We then generalize Felder's BRST cohomology method to construct the characters and branching functions of the SU(2)_{L} times SU(2)_{K}/SU(2)_{K+L } coset theories, where one of the (K, L) is an integer. This method of obtaining the branching functions also serves as a check of our new Z_{L } parafermion theories. The next topic is the Lagrangian formulation of conformal field theory. We construct a chiral gauged WZW theory where the gauge fields are chiral and belong to the subgroups H_{L} and H_{R}, which can be different groups. This new construction is beyond the ordinary vector gauged WZW theory, whose gauge group H is a subgroup of both G_{L} and G _{R}. In the special case where H_{L} = H_{R}, the quantum theory of chiral gauged WZW theory is equivalent to that of the vector gauged WZW theory. It can be further shown that the chiral gauged WZW theory is equivalent to [ G_{L }/H_{L}] (z)otimes [ G_{R}/H_{R} ] (|{z}) coset models in conformal field theory. In the second half of this thesis, we construct topological lattice field theories in three dimensions. After defining a general class of local lattice field theories, we impose invariance under arbitrary topology-preserving deformations of the underlying lattice, which are generated by two local lattice moves. Invariant solutions are in one-to-one correspondence with Hopf algebras satisfying a certain constraint. As an example, we study in detail the topological lattice field theory

  14. Topics in Effective Field Theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kaplan, Lev

    In recent years. our understanding of the structure of quantum field theories has benefitted greatly from the introduction and development of effective field theory (EFT) techniques. The EFT language allows for a systematic characterization of interactions between degrees of freedom relevant in a given energy range, even when some of these interactions are induced by new physics at a higher energy, whose details may be complicated or unknown. In situations where the higher energy theory is well understood, it is nevertheless very useful to be able to describe the behavior of fields that are of interest in a given energy regime, without making reference to degrees of freedom present at different energy scales. In particular, this allows for a relatively straightforward comparison of the effects on low energy modes of different high energy interactions. We present here two previously published papers, in each of which the EFT concept plays a central role. In Chapter 1, nonperturbative (instanton) contributions to EFT scattering amplitudes are studied. It is found that when the high energy theory requires all fermions (heavy and light) to participate in such tunneling processes, instantons involving only the light fields are naturally absent in the effective theory. This is true even though no explicit mention of the heavy fermions which have been "integrated out" is made in the effective theory description. The resolution of what had been an apparent paradox in the literature is testimony to the generality and consistency of EFT techniques. In Chapter 2. EFT methods are applied to a problem of immediate practical and experimental interest--the possibility of quark compositeness. Top quark substructure, associated with new interactions present at scales above the top quark mass, but unrelated to electroweak physics, is examined with regard to possible effects on experimentally accessible production and decay rates of known particles. It is found that such new physics

  15. Renormalizability of supersymmetric group field cosmology

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Upadhyay, Sudhaker

    2014-03-01

    In this paper we consider the gauge invariant third quantized model of supersymmetric group field cosmology. The supersymmetric BRST invariance for such theory in non-linear gauge is also analysed. The path integral formulation to the case of a multiverse made up of homogeneous and isotropic spacetimes filled with a perfect fluid is presented. The renormalizability for the scattering of universes in multiverse are established with suitably constructed master equations for connected diagrams and proper vertices. The Slavnov-Taylor identities for this theory hold to all orders of radiative corrections.

  16. Unitarity of superstring field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sen, Ashoke

    2016-12-01

    We complete the proof of unitarity of (compactified) heterotic and type II string field theories by showing that in the cut diagrams only physical states appear in the sum over intermediate states. This analysis takes into account the effect of mass and wave-function renormalization, and the possibility that the true vacuum may be related to the perturbative vacuum by small shifts in the string fields.

  17. Coadjoint orbits and conformal field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Taylor, IV, Washington

    1993-08-01

    This thesis is primarily a study of certain aspects of the geometric and algebraic structure of coadjoint orbit representations of infinite-dimensional Lie groups. The goal of this work is to use coadjoint orbit representations to construct conformal field theories, in a fashion analogous to the free-field constructions of conformal field theories. The new results which are presented in this thesis are as follows: First, an explicit set of formulae are derived giving an algebraic realization of coadjoint orbit representations in terms of differential operators acting on a polynomial Fock space. These representations are equivalent to dual Verma module representations. Next, intertwiners are explicitly constructed which allow the construction of resolutions for irreducible representations using these Fock space realizations. Finally, vertex operators between these irreducible representations are explicitly constructed as chain maps between the resolutions; these vertex operators allow the construction of rational conformal field theories according to an algebraic prescription.

  18. Group Development: Extending Tuckman's Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Maples, Mary F.

    1988-01-01

    Presents a framework for extending the Tuckman model of developmental sequence in small groups. Considers Tuckman's stages of forming, storming, norming, performing, and adjourning lacking in descriptive depth and clear definition. Gathered and organized group dynamics graduate students' assessments of characteristics of stages over five-year…

  19. Gravitation, group theory, and the unification of physical laws

    SciTech Connect

    Arcidiacono, G.; Pessa, E.

    1993-06-01

    In order to deal with the problem of the unification of electromagnetic and gravitational field one can utilize group theory, through a 5-dimensional hyperspherical model of Universe S{sub 5}; the group of motions of this latter coincides with the 15-parameters group of 6-dimensional rotations. In this Universe the physical laws are given by generalized Maxwell equations, which describe a 15-components field; this latter can be interpreted as a unified magnetohydrodynamical-gravitational field. 7 refs.

  20. Variational methods for field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ben-Menahem, Shahar

    1986-09-01

    The thesis is presented in four parts dealing with field theory models: Periodic Quantum Electrodynamics (PQED) in (2+1) dimensions, free scalar field theory in (1+1) dimensions, the Quantum XY model in (1+1) dimensions, and the (1+1) dimensional Ising model in a transverse magnetic field. The last three parts deal exclusively with variational methods; the PQED part involves mainly the path integral approach. The PQED calculation results in a better understanding of the connection between electric confinement through monopole screening, and confinement through tunneling between degenerate vacua. Free field theory is used as a laboratory for a new variational blocking truncation approximation, in which the high frequency modes in a block are truncated to wave functions that depend on the slower background model (Born Oppenheimer approximation). For the XY model, several trial wave functions for the ground state are explored, with an emphasis on the periodic Gaussian. In the 4th part, the transfer matrix method is used to find a good (non blocking) trial ground state for the Ising model in a transverse magnetic field in (1+1) dimensions.

  1. Charge transfer in algebraic quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wright, Jill Dianne

    We discuss aspects of the algebraic structure of quantum field theory. We take the view that the superselection structure of a theory should be determinable from the vacuum representation of the observable algebra, and physical properties of the charge. Hence one determines the nature of the charge transfer operations: the automorphisms of the observable algebra corresponding to the movement of charge along space-time paths. New superselection sectors are obtained from the vacuum sector by an automorphism which is a limit of charge transfer operations along paths with an endpoint tending to spacelike infinity. Roberts has shown that for a gauge theory of the first kind, the charge transfer operations for a given charge form a certain kind of 1-cocycle over Minkowski space. The local 1-cohomology group of their equivalence classes corresponds to the superselection structure. The exact definition of the cohomology group depends on the properties of the charge. Using displaced Fock representations of free fields, we develop model field theories which illustrate this structure. The cohomological classification of displaced Fock representations has been elucidated by Araki. For more general representations, explicit determination of the cohomology group is a hard problem. Using our models, we can illustrate ways in which fields with reasonable physical properties depart fromthe abovementioned structure. In 1+1 dimensions, we use the Streater-Wilde model to illustrate explicitly the representation-dependence of the cohomology structure, and the direction-dependence of the limiting charge transfer operation. The cohomology structure may also be representation-dependent in higher-dimensional theories without strict localization of charge, for example the electromagnetic field. The algebraic structure of the electromagnetic field has many other special features, which we discuss in relation to the concept of charge transfer. We also give some indication of the modifications

  2. Introduction to string theory and conformal field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Belavin, A. A. Tarnopolsky, G. M.

    2010-05-15

    A concise survey of noncritical string theory and two-dimensional conformal field theory is presented. A detailed derivation of a conformal anomaly and the definition and general properties of conformal field theory are given. Minimal string theory, which is a special version of the theory, is considered. Expressions for the string susceptibility and gravitational dimensions are derived.

  3. Bohmian mechanics and quantum field theory.

    PubMed

    Dürr, Detlef; Goldstein, Sheldon; Tumulka, Roderich; Zanghì, Nino

    2004-08-27

    We discuss a recently proposed extension of Bohmian mechanics to quantum field theory. For more or less any regularized quantum field theory there is a corresponding theory of particle motion, which, in particular, ascribes trajectories to the electrons or whatever sort of particles the quantum field theory is about. Corresponding to the nonconservation of the particle number operator in the quantum field theory, the theory describes explicit creation and annihilation events: the world lines for the particles can begin and end.

  4. Noncommutative Geometry in M-Theory and Conformal Field Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Morariu, Bogdan

    1999-05-01

    In the first part of the thesis I will investigate in the Matrix theory framework, the subgroup of dualities of the Discrete Light Cone Quantization of M-theory compactified on tori, which corresponds to T-duality in the auxiliary Type II string theory. After a review of matrix theory compactification leading to noncommutative supersymmetric Yang-Mills gauge theory, I will present solutions for the fundamental and adjoint sections on a two-dimensional twisted quantum torus and generalize to three-dimensional twisted quantum tori. After showing how M-theory T-duality is realized in supersymmetric Yang-Mills gauge theories on dual noncommutative tori I will relate this to the mathematical concept of Morita equivalence of C*-algebras. As a further generalization, I consider arbitrary Ramond-Ramond backgrounds. I will also discuss the spectrum of the toroidally compactified Matrix theory corresponding to quantized electric fluxes on two and three tori. In the second part of the thesis I will present an application to conformal field theory involving quantum groups, another important example of a noncommutative space. First, I will give an introduction to Poisson-Lie groups and arrive at quantum groups using the Feynman path integral. I will quantize the symplectic leaves of the Poisson-Lie group SU(2)*. In this way we obtain the unitary representations of Uq(SU(2)). I discuss the X-structure of SU(2)* and give a detailed description of its leaves using various parametrizations. Then, I will introduce a new reality structure on the Heisenberg double of Funq (SL(N,C)) for q phase, which can be interpreted as the quantum phase space of a particle on the q-deformed mass-hyperboloid. I also present evidence that the above real form describes zero modes of certain non-compact WZNW-models.

  5. Computer Programming and Group Theory

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1990-05-01

    the following: SO is the null subgroup S1 = ( eO el e2 ) The above was a very quick walk -through of the group generation options of the system. We will...depth-of-canonical form) first element - canionical form~m] En]; hold =n; ++n; while(canionicatlform(m][n] I 1 \\0’) if(first-element > canonical...canonicalform - 0) m z 0; first element = canonical forin~m] En]; hold = m; ++m; while(m :depth of canionical form) if(first-element < canonical-formlm

  6. Variational methods for field theories

    SciTech Connect

    Ben-Menahem, S.

    1986-09-01

    Four field theory models are studied: Periodic Quantum Electrodynamics (PQED) in (2 + 1) dimensions, free scalar field theory in (1 + 1) dimensions, the Quantum XY model in (1 + 1) dimensions, and the (1 + 1) dimensional Ising model in a transverse magnetic field. The last three parts deal exclusively with variational methods; the PQED part involves mainly the path-integral approach. The PQED calculation results in a better understanding of the connection between electric confinement through monopole screening, and confinement through tunneling between degenerate vacua. This includes a better quantitative agreement for the string tensions in the two approaches. Free field theory is used as a laboratory for a new variational blocking-truncation approximation, in which the high-frequency modes in a block are truncated to wave functions that depend on the slower background modes (Boron-Oppenheimer approximation). This ''adiabatic truncation'' method gives very accurate results for ground-state energy density and correlation functions. Various adiabatic schemes, with one variable kept per site and then two variables per site, are used. For the XY model, several trial wave functions for the ground state are explored, with an emphasis on the periodic Gaussian. A connection is established with the vortex Coulomb gas of the Euclidean path integral approach. The approximations used are taken from the realms of statistical mechanics (mean field approximation, transfer-matrix methods) and of quantum mechanics (iterative blocking schemes). In developing blocking schemes based on continuous variables, problems due to the periodicity of the model were solved. Our results exhibit an order-disorder phase transition. The transfer-matrix method is used to find a good (non-blocking) trial ground state for the Ising model in a transverse magnetic field in (1 + 1) dimensions.

  7. A Lagrangian effective field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Vlah, Zvonimir; White, Martin; Aviles, Alejandro

    2015-09-02

    We have continued the development of Lagrangian, cosmological perturbation theory for the low-order correlators of the matter density field. We provide a new route to understanding how the effective field theory (EFT) of large-scale structure can be formulated in the Lagrandian framework and a new resummation scheme, comparing our results to earlier work and to a series of high-resolution N-body simulations in both Fourier and configuration space. The `new' terms arising from EFT serve to tame the dependence of perturbation theory on small-scale physics and improve agreement with simulations (though with an additional free parameter). We find that all of our models fare well on scales larger than about two to three times the non-linear scale, but fail as the non-linear scale is approached. This is slightly less reach than has been seen previously. At low redshift the Lagrangian model fares as well as EFT in its Eulerian formulation, but at higher z the Eulerian EFT fits the data to smaller scales than resummed, Lagrangian EFT. Furthermore, all the perturbative models fare better than linear theory.

  8. A Lagrangian effective field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Vlah, Zvonimir; White, Martin; Aviles, Alejandro E-mail: mwhite@berkeley.edu

    2015-09-01

    We have continued the development of Lagrangian, cosmological perturbation theory for the low-order correlators of the matter density field. We provide a new route to understanding how the effective field theory (EFT) of large-scale structure can be formulated in the Lagrandian framework and a new resummation scheme, comparing our results to earlier work and to a series of high-resolution N-body simulations in both Fourier and configuration space. The 'new' terms arising from EFT serve to tame the dependence of perturbation theory on small-scale physics and improve agreement with simulations (though with an additional free parameter). We find that all of our models fare well on scales larger than about two to three times the non-linear scale, but fail as the non-linear scale is approached. This is slightly less reach than has been seen previously. At low redshift the Lagrangian model fares as well as EFT in its Eulerian formulation, but at higher z the Eulerian EFT fits the data to smaller scales than resummed, Lagrangian EFT. All the perturbative models fare better than linear theory.

  9. A Lagrangian effective field theory

    DOE PAGES

    Vlah, Zvonimir; White, Martin; Aviles, Alejandro

    2015-09-02

    We have continued the development of Lagrangian, cosmological perturbation theory for the low-order correlators of the matter density field. We provide a new route to understanding how the effective field theory (EFT) of large-scale structure can be formulated in the Lagrandian framework and a new resummation scheme, comparing our results to earlier work and to a series of high-resolution N-body simulations in both Fourier and configuration space. The `new' terms arising from EFT serve to tame the dependence of perturbation theory on small-scale physics and improve agreement with simulations (though with an additional free parameter). We find that all ofmore » our models fare well on scales larger than about two to three times the non-linear scale, but fail as the non-linear scale is approached. This is slightly less reach than has been seen previously. At low redshift the Lagrangian model fares as well as EFT in its Eulerian formulation, but at higher z the Eulerian EFT fits the data to smaller scales than resummed, Lagrangian EFT. Furthermore, all the perturbative models fare better than linear theory.« less

  10. Topics in Effective Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chang, Hsi-Ming

    This dissertation focuses on two aspects of high energy physics---quantum chromodynamics (QCD) and the effective field theory. On the QCD side, the double parton scattering has become an important background in new physics searches. Correlations in double parton distribution function including flavor, spin, momentum fractions, and transverse separation were studied under the framework of proton bag model. Pile-up contamination also affects new physics searches. One way to suppress this effect is to use observables that depend only on charged particles. A non-perturbative object, the track function, was defined to deal with calculations that only involved charged particles. The track function formalism was applied to calculate the thrust with charged particles only. Then, the focus shifts to the effective field theory. Soft-collinear effective theory was used to resum the large logarithms in the thrust calculation. The one-loop anomalous dimension matrix for the dimension-six baryon number violating operators is computed. Lastly, the Standard Model effective theory was used to study the semileptonic hyperon decays.

  11. Group target tracking using game theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sadjadi, Firooz A.; Kober, Wolfgang

    2001-10-01

    The problem of tracking of a group of targets is considered in this paper. We will present an overview of an investigation into this problem by first using the targets velocity state vectors covariance matrix to establish target grouping and then by exploiting concepts derived from game theory, in particular the leader-follower techniques, and graph theory to represent and establish relationships that influence the tracking of objects that belong to a group formation.

  12. Kinetic mean-field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Karkheck, John; Stell, George

    1981-08-01

    A kinetic mean-field theory for the evolution of the one-particle distribution function is derived from maximizing the entropy. For a potential with a hard-sphere core plus tail, the resulting theory treats the hard-core part as in the revised Enskog theory. The tail, weighted by the hard-sphere pair distribution function, appears linearly in a mean-field term. The kinetic equation is accompanied by an entropy functional for which an H theorem was proven earlier. The revised Enskog theory is obtained by setting the potential tail to zero, the Vlasov equation is obtained by setting the hard-sphere diameter to zero, and an equation of the Enskog-Vlasov type is obtained by effecting the Kac limit on the potential tail. At equilibrium, the theory yields a radial distribution function that is given by the hard-sphere reference system and thus furnishes through the internal energy a thermodynamic description which is exact to first order in inverse temperature. A second natural route to thermodynamics (from the momentum flux which yields an approximate equation of state) gives somewhat different results; both routes coincide and become exact in the Kac limit. Our theory furnishes a conceptual basis for the association in the heuristically based modified Enskog theory (MET) of the contact value of the radial distribution function with the ''thermal pressure'' since this association follows from our theory (using either route to thermodynamics) and moreover becomes exact in the Kac limit. Our transport theory is readily extended to the general case of a soft repulsive core, e.g., as exhibited by the Lennard-Jones potential, via by-now-standard statistical-mechanical methods involving an effective hard-core potential, thus providing a self-contained statistical-mechanical basis for application to such potentials that is lacking in the standard versions of the MET. We obtain very good agreement with experiment for the thermal conductivity and shear viscosity of several

  13. Symplectic Clifford Algebraic Field Theory.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dixon, Geoffrey Moore

    We develop a mathematical framework on which is built a theory of fermion, scalar, and gauge vector fields. This field theory is shown to be equivalent to the original Weinberg-Salam model of weak and electromagnetic interactions, but since the new framework is more rigid than that on which the original Weinberg-Salam model was built, a concomitant reduction in the number of assumptions lying outside of the framework has resulted. In particular, parity violation is actually hiding within our framework, and with little difficulty we are able to manifest it. The mathematical framework upon which we build our field theory is arrived at along two separate paths. The first is by the marriage of a Clifford algebra and a Lie superalgebra, the result being called a super Clifford algebra. The second is by providing a new characterization for a Clifford algebra employing its generators and a symmetric array of metric coefficients. Subsequently we generalize this characterization to the case of an antisymmetric array of metric coefficients, and we call the algebra which results a symplectic Clifford algebra. It is upon one of these that we build our field theory, and it is shown that this symplectic Clifford algebra is a particular subalgebra of a super Clifford algebra. The final ingredient is the operation of bracketing which involves treating the elements of our algebra as endomorphisms of a particular inner product space, and employing this space and its inner product to provide us with maps from our algebra to the reals. It is this operation which enables us to manifest the parity violation hiding in our algebra.

  14. Symmetries in Lagrangian Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Búa, Lucia; Bucataru, Ioan; León, Manuel de; Salgado, Modesto; Vilariño, Silvia

    2015-06-01

    By generalising the cosymplectic setting for time-dependent Lagrangian mechanics, we propose a geometric framework for the Lagrangian formulation of classical field theories with a Lagrangian depending on the independent variables. For that purpose we consider the first-order jet bundles J1π of a fiber bundle π : E → ℝk where ℝk is the space of independent variables. Generalized symmetries of the Lagrangian are introduced and the corresponding Noether theorem is proved.

  15. Quantum field theory based on birefringent modified Maxwell theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schreck, M.

    2014-04-01

    In the current paper the properties of a birefringent Lorentz-violating extension of quantum electrodynamics is considered. The theory results from coupling modified Maxwell theory, which is a CPT-even Lorentz-violating extension of the photon sector, to a Dirac theory of standard spin-1/2 particles. It is then restricted to a special birefringent case with one nonzero Lorentz-violating coefficient. The modified dispersion laws of electromagnetic waves are obtained plus their phase and group velocities are considered. After deriving the photon propagator and the polarization vectors for a special momentum configuration we prove both unitarity at tree level and microcausality for the quantum field theory based on this Lorentz-violating modification. These analytical proofs are done for a spatial momentum with two vanishing components and the proof of unitarity is supported by numerical investigations in case all components are nonvanishing. The upshot is that the theory is well behaved within the framework of our assumptions where there is a possible issue for negative Lorentz-violating coefficients. The paper shall provide a basis for the future analysis of alternative birefringent quantum field theories.

  16. Rearranging Pionless Effective Field Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Martin Savage; Silas Beane

    2001-11-19

    We point out a redundancy in the operator structure of the pionless effective field theory which dramatically simplifies computations. This redundancy is best exploited by using dibaryon fields as fundamental degrees of freedom. In turn, this suggests a new power counting scheme which sums range corrections to all orders. We explore this method with a few simple observables: the deuteron charge form factor, n p -> d gamma, and Compton scattering from the deuteron. Higher dimension operators involving electroweak gauge fields are not renormalized by the s-wave strong interactions, and therefore do not scale with inverse powers of the renormalization scale. Thus, naive dimensional analysis of these operators is sufficient to estimate their contribution to a given process.

  17. Transpersonal Group Psychotherapy: Theory, Method, and Community.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Clark, Carlton F. "Perk"

    1998-01-01

    Transpersonal group psychotherapy is a carpet of theory, technique, and experiences woven from threads of contemporary psychology, mysticism, and a perennial philosophy many centuries old. Introduces the basic concepts of transpersonal group psychotherapy, proposes a model of transpersonal group psychotherapy, discusses the training of…

  18. Transpersonal Group Psychotherapy: Theory, Method, and Community.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Clark, Carlton F. "Perk"

    1998-01-01

    Transpersonal group psychotherapy is a carpet of theory, technique, and experiences woven from threads of contemporary psychology, mysticism, and a perennial philosophy many centuries old. Introduces the basic concepts of transpersonal group psychotherapy, proposes a model of transpersonal group psychotherapy, discusses the training of…

  19. Theory Loves Practice: A Teacher Researcher Group

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hochtritt, Lisa; Thulson, Anne; Delaney, Rachael; Dornbush, Talya; Shay, Sarah

    2014-01-01

    Once a month, art educators from the Denver metro area have been gathering together in the spirit of inquiry to explore issues of the perceived theory and daily practice divide. The Theory Loves Practice (TLP) group was started in 2010 by Professors Rachael Delaney and Anne Thulson from Metropolitan State University of Denver (MSU) and now has 40…

  20. Theory Loves Practice: A Teacher Researcher Group

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hochtritt, Lisa; Thulson, Anne; Delaney, Rachael; Dornbush, Talya; Shay, Sarah

    2014-01-01

    Once a month, art educators from the Denver metro area have been gathering together in the spirit of inquiry to explore issues of the perceived theory and daily practice divide. The Theory Loves Practice (TLP) group was started in 2010 by Professors Rachael Delaney and Anne Thulson from Metropolitan State University of Denver (MSU) and now has 40…

  1. Changing Views of Quantum Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Weinberg, Steven

    2010-03-01

    The first part of this talk reviews changes in our views regarding quantum field theory since its beginnings, leading eventually to the modern view that our most successful field theories may in fact be effective field theories, valid only as low energy approximations to an underlying theory that may not be a field theory at all. In the second part, I reminisce about the early development of effective field theories of the strong interactions, comment briefly on some other applications of effective field theories, then take up the idea that the Standard Model and General Relativity are the leading terms in an effective field theory, and finally cite recent calculations that suggest that the effective field theory of gravitation and matter is asymptotically safe. The second part is substantially the same as a talk given a month earlier at the 6th International Workshop on Chiral Dynamics, at the University of Bern, which is reproduced here.

  2. Double field theory at SL(2) angles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ciceri, Franz; Dibitetto, Giuseppe; Fernandez-Melgarejo, J. J.; Guarino, Adolfo; Inverso, Gianluca

    2017-05-01

    An extended field theory is presented that captures the full SL(2) × O(6, 6 + n) duality group of four-dimensional half-maximal supergravities. The theory has section constraints whose two inequivalent solutions correspond to minimal D = 10 supergravity and chiral half-maximal D = 6 supergravity, respectively coupled to vector and tensor multiplets. The relation with O(6, 6 + n) (heterotic) double field theory is thoroughly discussed. Non-Abelian interactions as well as background fluxes are captured by a deformation of the generalised diffeomorphisms. Finally, making use of the SL(2) duality structure, it is shown how to generate gaugings with non-trivial de Roo-Wagemans angles via generalised Scherk-Schwarz ansätze. Such gaugings allow for moduli stabilisation including the SL(2) dilaton.

  3. Physical properties of quantum field theory measures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mourão, J. M.; Thiemann, T.; Velhinho, J. M.

    1999-05-01

    Well known methods of measure theory on infinite dimensional spaces are used to study physical properties of measures relevant to quantum field theory. The difference of typical configurations of free massive scalar field theories with different masses is studied. We apply the same methods to study the Ashtekar-Lewandowski (AL) measure on spaces of connections. In particular we prove that the diffeomorphism group acts ergodically, with respect to the AL measure, on the Ashtekar-Isham space of quantum connections modulo gauge transformations. We also prove that a typical, with respect to the AL measure, quantum connection restricted to a (piecewise analytic) curve leads to a parallel transport discontinuous at every point of the curve.

  4. Variational Methods for Field Theories.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ben-Menahem, Shahar

    The thesis has four parts, dealing with four field theory models: Periodic Quantum Electrodynamics (PQED) in (2 + 1) dimensions, free scalar field theory in (1 + 1) dimensions, the Quantum XY model in (1 + 1) dimensions, and the (1 + 1) dimensional Ising model in a transverse magnetic field. The last three parts deal exclusively with variational methods; the PQED part involves mainly the path-integral approach. The PQED calculation results in a better understanding of the connection between electric confinement through monopole screening, and confinement through tunneling between degenerate vacua. This includes a better quantitative agreement for the string tensions in the two approaches. In the second part, we use free field theory as a loboratory for a new variational blocking-tuncation approximation, in which the high-frequency modes in a block are truncated to wave functions that depend on the slower background modes(Born-Oppenheimer approximation). This "adiabatic truncation" method gives very accurate results for ground -state energy density and correlation functions. Without the adiabatic method, a much larger number of state per block must be kept to get comparable results. Various adiabatic schemes, with one variable kept per site and then two variables per site, are used. For the XY model, several trial wave functions for the ground state are explored, with an emphasis on the periodic Gaussian. A connection is established with the vortex Coulomb gas of the Eclidean path integral approach. The approximations used are taken from the realms of statistical mechanics (mean field approximation, transfer-matrix methods) and of quantum mechanics (iterative blocking schemes). In developing blocking schemes based on continuous variables, problems due to the periodicity of the model were solved. Our results exhibit an order-disorder phase transition. This transition is a rudimentary version of the actual transition known to occur in the XY model, and is

  5. Integrable structures in quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Negro, Stefano

    2016-08-01

    This review was born as notes for a lecture given at the Young Researchers Integrability School (YRIS) school on integrability in Durham, in the summer of 2015. It deals with a beautiful method, developed in the mid-nineties by Bazhanov, Lukyanov and Zamolodchikov and, as such, called BLZ. This method can be interpreted as a field theory version of the quantum inverse scattering, also known as the algebraic Bethe ansatz. Starting with the case of conformal field theories (CFTs) we show how to build the field theory analogues of commuting transfer T matrices and Baxter Q-operators of integrable lattice models. These objects contain the complete information of the integrable structure of the theory, viz. the integrals of motion, and can be used, as we will show, to derive the thermodynamic Bethe ansatz and nonlinear integral equations. This same method can be easily extended to the description of integrable structures of certain particular massive deformations of CFTs; these, in turn, can be described as quantum group reductions of the quantum sine-Gordon model and it is an easy step to include this last theory in the framework of BLZ approach. Finally we show an interesting and surprising connection of the BLZ structures with classical objects emerging from the study of classical integrable models via the inverse scattering transform method. This connection goes under the name of ODE/IM correspondence and we will present it for the specific case of quantum sine-Gordon model only.

  6. Topics in low-dimensional field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Crescimanno, M.J.

    1991-04-30

    Conformal field theory is a natural tool for understanding two- dimensional critical systems. This work presents results in the lagrangian approach to conformal field theory. The first sections are chiefly about a particular class of field theories called coset constructions and the last part is an exposition of the connection between two-dimensional conformal theory and a three-dimensional gauge theory whose lagrangian is the Chern-Simons density.

  7. Haag's theorem in noncommutative quantum field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Antipin, K. V.; Mnatsakanova, M. N.; Vernov, Yu. S.

    2013-08-15

    Haag's theorem was extended to the general case of noncommutative quantum field theory when time does not commute with spatial variables. It was proven that if S matrix is equal to unity in one of two theories related by unitary transformation, then the corresponding one in the other theory is equal to unity as well. In fact, this result is valid in any SO(1, 1)-invariant quantum field theory, an important example of which is noncommutative quantum field theory.

  8. Gauge Field Theories, 2nd Edition

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Frampton, Paul H.

    2000-08-01

    The first edition of Gauge Field Theories, published in 1985, quickly became widely used in universities and other institutions of higher learning around the world. Written by well-known physicist Paul Frampton, the new edition continues to offer a first-rate mathematical treatment of gauge field theories, while thoroughly updating all chapters to keep pace with developments in the field. Frampton emphasizes formalism rather than experiments and provides sufficient detail for readers wishing to do their own calculations or pursue theoretical physics research. Special features of the Second Edition include: * Improved, logical organization of the material on gauge invariance, quantization, and renormalization * Major revision of the chapter on electroweak interactions, incorporating the latest precision data and discovery of the top quark * Discussions of renormalization group and quantum chromodynamics * A completely new chapter on model building

  9. Effective field theory in nuclear physics

    SciTech Connect

    Martin J. Savage

    2000-12-12

    I review recent developments in the application of effective field theory to nuclear physics. Emphasis is placed on precision two-body calculations and efforts to formulate the nuclear shell model in terms of an effective field theory.

  10. Effective Particles in Quantum Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Głazek, Stanisław D.; Trawiński, Arkadiusz P.

    2017-03-01

    The concept of effective particles is introduced in the Minkowski space-time Hamiltonians in quantum field theory using a new kind of the relativistic renormalization group procedure that does not integrate out high-energy modes but instead integrates out the large changes of invariant mass. The new procedure is explained using examples of known interactions. Some applications in phenomenology, including processes measurable in colliders, are briefly presented.

  11. From operator algebras to superconformal field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Kawahigashi, Yasuyuki

    2010-01-15

    We survey operator algebraic approach to (super)conformal field theory. We discuss representation theory, classification results, full and boundary conformal field theories, relations to supervertex operator algebras and Moonshine, connections to subfactor theory of Jones, and certain aspects of noncommutative geometry of Connes.

  12. Euclidean quantum field theory: Curved spacetimes and gauge fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ritter, William Gordon

    This thesis presents a new formulation of quantum field theory (QFT) on curved spacetimes, with definite advantages over previous formulations, and an introduction to the millennium prize problem on four-dimensional gauge theory. Our constructions are completely rigorous, making QFT on curved spacetimes into a subfield of mathematics, and we achieve the first analytic control over nonperturbative aspects of interacting theories on curved spacetimes. The success of Euclidean path integrals to capture nonperturbative aspects of QFT has been striking. The Euclidean path integral is the most accurate method of calculating strong-coupling effects in gauge theory (such as glueball masses). Euclidean methods are also useful in the study of black holes, as evidenced by the Hartle-Hawking calculation of black-hole radiance. From a mathematical point of view, on flat spacetimes the Euclidean functional integral provides the most elegant method of constructing examples of interacting relativistic field theories. Yet until now, the incredibly-useful Euclidean path integral had never been given a definitive mathematical treatment on curved backgrounds. It is our aim to rectify this situation. Along the way, we discover that the Dirac operator on an arbitrary Clifford bundle has a resolvent kernel which is the Laplace transform of a positive measure. In studying spacetime symmetries, we discover a new way of constructing unitary representations of noncompact Lie groups. We also define and explore an interesting notion of convergence for Laplacians. The same mathematical framework applies to scalar fields, fermions, and gauge fields. The later chapters are devoted to gauge theory. We present a rigorous, self-contained introduction to the subject, aimed at mathematicians and using the language of modern mathematics, with a view towards nonperturbative renormalization in four dimensions. The latter ideas are unfinished. A completion of the final chapter would imply the construction

  13. Field Theory of Fundamental Interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Shouhong; Ma, Tian

    2017-01-01

    First, we present two basic principles, the principle of interaction dynamics (PID) and the principle of representation invariance (PRI). Intuitively, PID takes the variation of the action under energy-momentum conservation constraint. We show that the PID is the requirement of the presence of dark matter and dark energy, the Higgs field and the quark confinement. PRI requires that the SU(N) gauge theory be independent of representations of SU(N). It is clear that PRI is the logic requirement of any gauge theory. With PRI, we demonstrate that the coupling constants for the strong and the weak interactions are the main sources of these two interactions, reminiscent of the electric charge. Second, we emphasize that symmetry principles-the principle of general relativity and the principle of Lorentz invariance and gauge invariance-together with the simplicity of laws of nature, dictate the actions for the four fundamental interactions. Finally, we show that the PID and the PRI, together with the symmetry principles give rise to a unified field model for the fundamental interactions, which is consistent with current experimental observations and offers some new physical predictions. The research is supported in part by the National Science Foundation (NSF) grant DMS-1515024, and by the Office of Naval Research (ONR) grant N00014-15-1-2662.

  14. Group Theory of Covariant Harmonic Oscillators

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kim, Y. S.; Noz, Marilyn E.

    1978-01-01

    A simple and concrete example for illustrating the properties of noncompact groups is presented. The example is based on the covariant harmonic-oscillator formalism in which the relativistic wave functions carry a covariant-probability interpretation. This can be used in a group theory course for graduate students who have some background in…

  15. Group Theory of Covariant Harmonic Oscillators

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kim, Y. S.; Noz, Marilyn E.

    1978-01-01

    A simple and concrete example for illustrating the properties of noncompact groups is presented. The example is based on the covariant harmonic-oscillator formalism in which the relativistic wave functions carry a covariant-probability interpretation. This can be used in a group theory course for graduate students who have some background in…

  16. A Review of Group Systems Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Connors, Joanie V.; Caple, Richard B.

    2005-01-01

    The ability to see interpersonal and group processes beyond the individual level is an essential skill for group therapists (Crouch, Bloch & Wanlass, 1994; Dies, 1994; Fuhriman & Burlingame, 1994). In addition to interpersonal therapy models (e.g., Sullivan and Yalom), there are a number of systems theory models that offer a broad array of…

  17. Quantum Field Theory in (0 + 1) Dimensions

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Boozer, A. D.

    2007-01-01

    We show that many of the key ideas of quantum field theory can be illustrated simply and straightforwardly by using toy models in (0 + 1) dimensions. Because quantum field theory in (0 + 1) dimensions is equivalent to quantum mechanics, these models allow us to use techniques from quantum mechanics to gain insight into quantum field theory. In…

  18. Quantum Field Theory in (0 + 1) Dimensions

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Boozer, A. D.

    2007-01-01

    We show that many of the key ideas of quantum field theory can be illustrated simply and straightforwardly by using toy models in (0 + 1) dimensions. Because quantum field theory in (0 + 1) dimensions is equivalent to quantum mechanics, these models allow us to use techniques from quantum mechanics to gain insight into quantum field theory. In…

  19. Group Chaos Theory: A Metaphor and Model for Group Work

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rivera, Edil Torres; Wilbur, Michael; Frank-Saraceni, James; Roberts-Wilbur, Janice; Phan, Loan T.; Garrett, Michael T.

    2005-01-01

    Group phenomena and interactions are described through the use of the chaos theory constructs and characteristics of sensitive dependence on initial conditions, phase space, turbulence, emergence, self-organization, dissipation, iteration, bifurcation, and attractors and fractals. These constructs and theoretical tenets are presented as applicable…

  20. Group Chaos Theory: A Metaphor and Model for Group Work

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rivera, Edil Torres; Wilbur, Michael; Frank-Saraceni, James; Roberts-Wilbur, Janice; Phan, Loan T.; Garrett, Michael T.

    2005-01-01

    Group phenomena and interactions are described through the use of the chaos theory constructs and characteristics of sensitive dependence on initial conditions, phase space, turbulence, emergence, self-organization, dissipation, iteration, bifurcation, and attractors and fractals. These constructs and theoretical tenets are presented as applicable…

  1. (Non-)decoupled supersymmetric field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Di Pietro, Lorenzo; Dine, Michael; Komargodski, Zohar

    2014-04-01

    We study some consequences of coupling supersymmetric theories to (super)gravity. To linear order, the couplings are determined by the energy-momentum supermultiplet. At higher orders, the couplings are determined by contact terms in correlation functions of the energy-momentum supermultiplet. We focus on the couplings of one particular field in the supergravity multiplet, the auxiliary field M . We discuss its linear and quadratic (seagull) couplings in various supersymmetric theories. In analogy to the local renormalization group formalism [1-3], we provide a prescription for how to fix the quadratic couplings. They generally arise at two-loops in perturbation theory. We check our prescription by explicitly computing these couplings in several examples such as mass-deformed = 4 and in the Coulomb phase of some theories. These couplings affect the Lagrangians of rigid supersymmetric theories in curved space. In addition, our analysis leads to a transparent derivation of the phenomenon known as Anomaly Mediation. In contrast to previous approaches, we obtain both the gaugino and scalar masses of Anomaly Mediation by relying just on classical, minimal supergravity and a manifestly local and supersymmetric Wilsonian point of view. Our discussion naturally incorporates the connection between Anomaly Mediation and supersymmetric AdS 4 Lagrangians. This note can be read without prior familiarity with Anomaly Mediated Supersymmetry Breaking (AMSB).

  2. Lattice topological field theory on nonorientable surfaces

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Karimipour, V.; Mostafazadeh, A.

    1997-01-01

    The lattice definition of the two-dimensional topological quantum field theory [Fukuma et al., Commun. Math. Phys. 161, 157 (1994)] is generalized to arbitrary (not necessarily orientable) compact surfaces. It is shown that there is a one-to-one correspondence between real associative *-algebras and the topological state sum invariants defined on such surfaces. The partition and n-point functions on all two-dimensional surfaces (connected sums of the Klein bottle or projective plane and g-tori) are defined and computed for arbitrary *-algebras in general, and for the group ring A=R[G] of discrete groups G, in particular.

  3. Logarithmic conformal field theory: beyond an introduction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Creutzig, Thomas; Ridout, David

    2013-12-01

    of the underlying chiral algebra and the modular data pertaining to the characters of the representations. Each of the archetypal logarithmic conformal field theories is studied here by first determining its irreducible spectrum, which turns out to be continuous, as well as a selection of natural reducible, but indecomposable, modules. This is followed by a detailed description of how to obtain character formulae for each irreducible, a derivation of the action of the modular group on the characters, and an application of the Verlinde formula to compute the Grothendieck fusion rules. In each case, the (genuine) fusion rules are known, so comparisons can be made and favourable conclusions drawn. In addition, each example admits an infinite set of simple currents, hence extended symmetry algebras may be constructed and a series of bulk modular invariants computed. The spectrum of such an extended theory is typically discrete and this is how the triplet model \\mathfrak {W} (1,2) arises, for example. Moreover, simple current technology admits a derivation of the extended algebra fusion rules from those of its continuous parent theory. Finally, each example is concluded by a brief description of the computation of some bulk correlators, a discussion of the structure of the bulk state space, and remarks concerning more advanced developments and generalizations. The final part gives a very short account of the theory of staggered modules, the (simplest class of) representations that are responsible for the logarithmic singularities that distinguish logarithmic theories from their rational cousins. These modules are discussed in a generality suitable to encompass all the examples met in this review and some of the very basic structure theory is proven. Then, the important quantities known as logarithmic couplings are reviewed for Virasoro staggered modules and their role as fundamentally important parameters, akin to the three-point constants of rational conformal field

  4. Quantum Mechanics and Quantum Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dimock, Jonathan

    2011-02-01

    Introduction; Part I. Non-relativistic: 1. Mathematical prelude; 2. Classical mechanics; 3. Quantum mechanics; 4. Single particle; 5. Many particles; 6. Statistical mechanics; Part II. Relativistic: 7. Relativity; 8. Scalar particles and fields; 9. Electrons and photons; 10. Field theory on a manifold; Part III. Probabilistic Methods: 11. Path integrals; 12. Fields as random variables; 13. A nonlinear field theory; Appendices; References; Index.

  5. On ramification theory in the imperfect residue field case

    SciTech Connect

    Zhukov, I B

    2003-12-31

    This paper is devoted to the ramification theory of complete discrete valuation fields such that the residue field has prime characteristic p and the cardinality of a p-base is 1. This class contains two-dimensional local and local-global fields. A new definition of ramification filtration for such fields is given. It turns out that Hasse-Herbrand type functions can be defined with all the usual properties. Thanks to this, a theory of upper ramification groups and the ramification theory of infinite extensions can be developed. The case of two-dimensional local fields of equal characteristic is studied in detail. A filtration on the second K-group of the field in question is introduced that is different from the one induced by the standard filtration on the multiplicative group. The reciprocity map of two-dimensional local class field theory is proved to identify this filtration with the ramification filtration.

  6. Field Analysis and Potential Theory

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1985-06-01

    ellipsoid of revolution defined by +• -1f where a and b are constants. Aans: 2w&2 + 2b sin-l . for b > a (bT) 211& + 2yb 1 & t2 \\2nh 7b2 - for a > b . b2 126...finite values of b? 214 FIELD ANALYSIS AND POTENTIAL THEORY Ans: b2 -a2 V bp’) aVn ds d " V ds + In’ (a r r rr vanishes when V+O and (R in R) L.V-0 as R...and 3-43. are imposed upon V, viz that VO and (R in R) .-0 as R-, it follows that V may be expressed either aso b,2 -a2 LV b2 -a 2 £;s 1 dS O-a ds or

  7. Abstract class field theory (a finitary approach)

    SciTech Connect

    Ershov, Yu L

    2003-02-28

    A definition of the reciprocity homomorphism in Neukirch's abstract class field theory is given. This definition uses fairly large additional non-ramified extensions, but they are all finite. This will enable one to apply the theory thus constructed to the effectivization (algorithmization) of local and global class field theory alike. The combination of Neukirch's and Hazewinkel's approaches used in the paper clarifies class field theory even at the abstract level of exposition.

  8. Supersymmetric extensions of K field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Adam, C.; Queiruga, J. M.; Sanchez-Guillen, J.; Wereszczynski, A.

    2012-02-01

    We review the recently developed supersymmetric extensions of field theories with non-standard kinetic terms (so-called K field theories) in two an three dimensions. Further, we study the issue of topological defect formation in these supersymmetric theories. Specifically, we find supersymmetric K field theories which support topological kinks in 1+1 dimensions as well as supersymmetric extensions of the baby Skyrme model for arbitrary nonnegative potentials in 2+1 dimensions.

  9. Gravitational Goldstone fields from affine gauge theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tresguerres, Romualdo; Mielke, Eckehard W.

    2000-08-01

    In order to facilitate the application of standard renormalization techniques, gravitation should be described, in the pure connection formalism, as a Yang-Mills theory of a certain spacetime group, say the Poincaré or the affine group. This embodies the translational as well as the linear connection. However, the coframe is not the standard Yang-Mills-type gauge field of the translations, since it lacks the inhomogeneous gradient term in the gauge transformations. By explicitly restoring this ``hidden'' piece within the framework of nonlinear realizations, the usual geometrical interpretation of the dynamical theory becomes possible, and in addition one can avoid the metric or coframe degeneracy which would otherwise interfere with the integrations within the path integral. We claim that nonlinear realizations provide the general mathematical scheme for the foundation of gauge theories of spacetime symmetries. When applied to construct the Yang-Mills theory of the affine group, tetrads become identified with nonlinear translational connections; the anholonomic metric no longer constitutes an independent gravitational potential, since its degrees of freedom reveal a correspondence to eliminateable Goldstone bosons. This may be an important advantage for quantization.

  10. Unusual signs in quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    O'Connell, Donal

    Quantum field theory is by now a mature field. Nevertheless, certain physical phenomena remain difficult to understand. This occurs in some cases because well-established quantum field theories are strongly coupled and therefore difficult to solve; in other cases, our current understanding of quantum field theory seems to be inadequate. In this thesis, we will discuss various modifications of quantum field theory which can help to alleviate certain of these problems, either in their own right or as a component of a greater computational scheme. The modified theories we will consider all include unusual signs in some aspect of the theory. We will also discuss limitations on what we might expect to see in experiments, imposed by sign constraints in the customary formulation of quantum field theory.

  11. Small-Group Instruction. Theory and Practice

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1974-01-01

    Human Relations, vol. 1, 1948, cation Association, Washington, pp. 512-532. 1961, pp. 34-47, 125 Preceding Page Blank References 21. Cartwright , Dorwin ...Rela- Membership," in Dorwin Cartwright tions and Administration, Harvard and A. Zander (eds,), Group University Press, Cambridge, Mass., Dynamics... Dorwin Cartwright and A. 54. Johnson, D.M., and Smith, H.C. Zander (eds.) Group Dynamics: "Democratic Leadership in the Research and Theory, Row

  12. Teaching Group Theory Using Rubik's Cubes

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cornock, Claire

    2015-01-01

    Being situated within a course at the applied end of the spectrum of maths degrees, the pure mathematics modules at Sheffield Hallam University have an applied spin. Pure topics are taught through consideration of practical examples such as knots, cryptography and automata. Rubik's cubes are used to teach group theory within a final year pure…

  13. Teaching Group Theory Using Rubik's Cubes

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cornock, Claire

    2015-01-01

    Being situated within a course at the applied end of the spectrum of maths degrees, the pure mathematics modules at Sheffield Hallam University have an applied spin. Pure topics are taught through consideration of practical examples such as knots, cryptography and automata. Rubik's cubes are used to teach group theory within a final year pure…

  14. On magnetohydrodynamic gauge field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Webb, G. M.; Anco, S. C.

    2017-06-01

    Clebsch potential gauge field theory for magnetohydrodynamics is developed based in part on the theory of Calkin (1963 Can. J. Phys. 41 2241-51). It is shown how the polarization vector {P} in Calkin’s approach naturally arises from the Lagrange multiplier constraint equation for Faraday’s equation for the magnetic induction {B} , or alternatively from the magnetic vector potential form of Faraday’s equation. Gauss’s equation, (divergence of {B} is zero) is incorporated in the variational principle by means of a Lagrange multiplier constraint. Noether’s theorem coupled with the gauge symmetries is used to derive the conservation laws for (a) magnetic helicity, (b) cross helicity, (c) fluid helicity for non-magnetized fluids, and (d) a class of conservation laws associated with curl and divergence equations which applies to Faraday’s equation and Gauss’s equation. The magnetic helicity conservation law is due to a gauge symmetry in MHD and not due to a fluid relabelling symmetry. The analysis is carried out for the general case of a non-barotropic gas in which the gas pressure and internal energy density depend on both the entropy S and the gas density ρ. The cross helicity and fluid helicity conservation laws in the non-barotropic case are nonlocal conservation laws that reduce to local conservation laws for the case of a barotropic gas. The connections between gauge symmetries, Clebsch potentials and Casimirs are developed. It is shown that the gauge symmetry functionals in the work of Henyey (1982 Phys. Rev. A 26 480-3) satisfy the Casimir determining equations.

  15. Toward a gauge field theory of gravity.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yilmaz, H.

    Joint use of two differential identities (Bianchi and Freud) permits a gauge field theory of gravity in which the gravitational energy is localizable. The theory is compatible with quantum mechanics and is experimentally viable.

  16. Recent Developments in D=2 String Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kaku, Michio

    This review article is dedicated to the memory of Robert Marshak, who was a colleague and friend for the past 20 years. Prof. Marshak was an inspiration for all who knew him, especially at CCNY, both for this vision and insight into the fundamental interactions of matter, but also for his concern for social issues. Not only was Prof. Marshak the president of our college in a crucial time in its history, he was also a productive member of our high energy group. It will be hard to replace someone who could combine his many interests so well. He will be sorely missed. We review the recent developments in constructing string field theory in two-dimensions. We analyze the bewildering number of string field theories that have been proposed, all of which correctly reproduce the correlation functions of two-dimensional string theory. We will analyze discrete states, the w(∞) symmetry, and correlation functions in terms of these different string field theories. We will also comment on the relationship between these various field theories, which is still not well understood. (This article is a shortened version of a longer article to appear in the International Journal of Modern Physics.) These string field theories include: • free fermion field theory • collective string field theory • temporal gauge string field theory • non-polynomial string field theory

  17. The Construction of Group Theory in Crystallography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Maitte, Bernard

    This article sets out to retrace the manner in which Group Theory evolved in crystallography. To engage in this study it is necessary to select, amongst all the approaches to crystals, those which, from the point of view of modern science, mark a step towards the establishment of our current understanding. In this way it favours our current perspective. To compensate this distortion, we recall the context in which each explanation that marks history appears. It so becomes clear that notions of triperiodic assemblages and the crystallographic laws of crystal systems and symmetrical classes do not derive from "natural" observations but were compiled and belong to precise theories.

  18. Einstein's gravitation as a gauge theory of the Lorentz group

    SciTech Connect

    Fustero, X.; Gambini, R.; Trias, A.

    1985-06-15

    The gauge principle in the loop space is invoked to produce the gauge theory of the Lorentz group. The full kinematics of gravitation is derived from this principle. The dynamics is introduced with a gauge ''matter field'' Lagrangian which leads to the sourceless Einstein equations. Some possibilities about quantization and implementation on the lattice are suggested.

  19. Conformal field theories from deformations of theories with Wn symmetry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Babaro, Juan Pablo; Giribet, Gaston; Ranjbar, Arash

    2016-10-01

    We construct a set of nonrational conformal field theories that consist of deformations of Toda field theory for s l (n ). In addition to preserving conformal invariance, the theories may still exhibit a remnant infinite-dimensional affine symmetry. The case n =3 is used to illustrate this phenomenon, together with further deformations that yield enhanced Kac-Moody symmetry algebras. For generic n we compute N -point correlation functions on the Riemann sphere and show that these can be expressed in terms of s l (n ) Toda field theory ((N -2 )n +2 ) -point correlation functions.

  20. Group theory and the gravitation and physics of elementary particles

    SciTech Connect

    Komar, A.A.

    1987-01-01

    This volume contains articles and surveys on such modern problems in physics as gravitation issues and scenarios for the development of an oscillating universe, quantum effects in the powerful gravitational fields near black holes, the Aharonov-Bohm effect, quantum theory of nonsteady-state open and closed systems based on Wigner function, the theory of quantum integrals of motion and their relation to a density matrix and the probabilities of parametric excitation of the system as well as the problem of the quantization of systems with constraints. A number of articles demonstrate the use of group theory and dynamic symmetry methods in analyzing the dynamics of quantum systems.

  1. Unification Principle and a Geometric Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wanas, Mamdouh I.; Osman, Samah N.; El-Kholy, Reham I.

    2015-08-01

    In the context of the geometrization philosophy, a covariant field theory is constructed. The theory satisfies the unification principle. The field equations of the theory are constructed depending on a general differential identity in the geometry used. The Lagrangian scalar used in the formalism is neither curvature scalar nor torsion scalar, but an alloy made of both, the W-scalar. The physical contents of the theory are explored depending on different methods. The analysis shows that the theory is capable of dealing with gravity, electromagnetism and material distribution with possible mutual interactions. The theory is shown to cover the domain of general relativity under certain conditions.

  2. Differential geometry of groups in string theory

    SciTech Connect

    Schmidke, W.B. Jr.

    1990-09-01

    Techniques from differential geometry and group theory are applied to two topics from string theory. The first topic studied is quantum groups, with the example of GL (1{vert bar}1). The quantum group GL{sub q}(1{vert bar}1) is introduced, and an exponential description is derived. The algebra and coproduct are determined using the invariant differential calculus method introduced by Woronowicz and generalized by Wess and Zumino. An invariant calculus is also introduced on the quantum superplane, and a representation of the algebra of GL{sub q}(1{vert bar}1) in terms of the super-plane coordinates is constructed. The second topic follows the approach to string theory introduced by Bowick and Rajeev. Here the ghost contribution to the anomaly of the energy-momentum tensor is calculated as the Ricci curvature of the Kaehler quotient space Diff(S{sup 1})/S{sup 1}. We discuss general Kaehler quotient spaces and derive an expression for their Ricci curvatures. Application is made to the string and superstring diffeomorphism groups, considering all possible choices of subgroup. The formalism is extended to associated holomorphic vector bundles, where the Ricci curvature corresponds to the anomaly for different ghost sea levels. 26 refs.

  3. Matrix product approximations to conformal field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    König, Robert; Scholz, Volkher B.

    2017-07-01

    We establish rigorous error bounds for approximating correlation functions of conformal field theories (CFTs) by certain finite-dimensional tensor networks. For chiral CFTs, the approximation takes the form of a matrix product state. For full CFTs consisting of a chiral and an anti-chiral part, the approximation is given by a finitely correlated state. We show that the bond dimension scales polynomially in the inverse of the approximation error and sub-exponentially in inverse of the minimal distance between insertion points. We illustrate our findings using Wess-Zumino-Witten models, and show that there is a one-to-one correspondence between group-covariant MPS and our approximation.

  4. On the global symmetries of 6D superconformal field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bertolini, Marco; Merkx, Peter R.; Morrison, David R.

    2016-07-01

    We study global symmetry groups of six-dimensional superconformal field theories (SCFTs). In the Coulomb branch we use field theoretical arguments to predict an upper bound for the global symmetry of the SCFT. We then analyze global symmetry groups of F-theory constructions of SCFTs with a one-dimensional Coulomb branch. While in the vast majority of cases, all of the global symmetries allowed by our Coulomb branch analysis can be realized in F-theory, in a handful of cases we find that F-theory models fail to realize the full symmetry of the theory on the Coulomb branch. In one particularly mysterious case, F-theory models realize several distinct maximal subgroups of the predicted group, but not the predicted group itself.

  5. Report of near field group

    SciTech Connect

    Palmer, R.B.; Baggett, N.; Claus, J.; Fernow, R.; Stumer, I.; Figueroa, H.; Kroll, N.; Funk, W.; Lee-Whiting, G.; Pickup, M.

    1985-04-01

    Substantial progress since the Los Alamos Workshop two years ago is reported. A radio-frequency model of a grating accelerator has been tested at Cornell, and extensive calculations compared with observations. Alternative structures consisting of either hemispherical bumps on a plane, or conducting spheres in space, have also been rf modeled. The use of liquid droplets to form such structures has been proposed and a conceptual design studied. Calculations and experiments have examined the effects of surface plasmas, and shown that in this case the reflectivity is low. However, calculations and observations suggest that gradients in excess of 1 GeV/meter should be obtainable without forming such plasma. An examination of wake fields shows that, with Landau damping, these are independent of wavelength. The use of near field structures to act as high gradient focusing elements has been studied and shows promise, independent of the acceleration mechanism. A proposal has been made to establish a facility that would enable ''proof of principle experiments'' to be performed on these and other laser driven accelerator mechanisms. 11 refs., 10 figs.

  6. Scalar field theory on noncommutative Snyder spacetime

    SciTech Connect

    Battisti, Marco Valerio; Meljanac, Stjepan

    2010-07-15

    We construct a scalar field theory on the Snyder noncommutative space-time. The symmetry underlying the Snyder geometry is deformed at the co-algebraic level only, while its Poincare algebra is undeformed. The Lorentz sector is undeformed at both the algebraic and co-algebraic level, but the coproduct for momenta (defining the star product) is non-coassociative. The Snyder-deformed Poincare group is described by a non-coassociative Hopf algebra. The definition of the interacting theory in terms of a nonassociative star product is thus questionable. We avoid the nonassociativity by the use of a space-time picture based on the concept of the realization of a noncommutative geometry. The two main results we obtain are (i) the generic (namely, for any realization) construction of the co-algebraic sector underlying the Snyder geometry and (ii) the definition of a nonambiguous self-interacting scalar field theory on this space-time. The first-order correction terms of the corresponding Lagrangian are explicitly computed. The possibility to derive Noether charges for the Snyder space-time is also discussed.

  7. Remarks on superstring field theories (I)

    SciTech Connect

    Chen, W.; Guo, H.Y.; Hu, H.L.; Yu, Y.

    1987-10-01

    Based on BRST cohomology analysis, the authors proposed a gauge invariant interacting field theory for the open superstrings. The cohomology aspect of the theory does not depend on any ad hoc interacting pictures. And the Lagrangian is of the super Chern-Simons type. This theory is readily extended to the closed superstrings.

  8. Topological field theories on manifolds with Wu structures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Monnier, Samuel

    We construct invertible field theories generalizing abelian prequantum spin Chern-Simons theory to manifolds of dimension 4ℓ + 3 endowed with a Wu structure of degree 2ℓ + 2. After analyzing the anomalies of a certain discrete symmetry, we gauge it, producing topological field theories whose path integral reduces to a finite sum, akin to Dijkgraaf-Witten theories. We take a general point of view where the Chern-Simons gauge group and its couplings are encoded in a local system of integral lattices. The Lagrangian of these theories has to be interpreted as a class in a generalized cohomology theory in order to obtain a gauge invariant action. We develop a computationally friendly cochain model for this generalized cohomology and use it in a detailed study of the properties of the Wu Chern-Simons action. In the 3-dimensional spin case, the latter provides a definition of the “fermionic correction” introduced recently in the literature on fermionic symmetry protected topological phases. In order to construct the state space of the gauged theories, we develop an analogue of geometric quantization for finite abelian groups endowed with a skew-symmetric pairing. The physical motivation for this work comes from the fact that in the ℓ = 1 case, the gauged 7-dimensional topological field theories constructed here are essentially the anomaly field theories of the 6-dimensional conformal field theories with (2, 0) supersymmetry, as will be discussed elsewhere.

  9. Boson formulation of fermion field theories

    SciTech Connect

    Ha, Y.K.

    1984-04-15

    The nonperturbative connection between a canonical Fermi field and a canonical Bose field in two dimensions is developed and its validity verified according to the tenets of quantum field theory. We advocate the point of view that a boson formulation offers a unifying theme in understanding the structure of many theories. This is illustrated by the boson formulation of a multifermion theory with chiral and internal symmetries. Many features of the massless theory, such as dynamical mass generation with asymptotic-freedom behavior, hidden chiral symmetry, and connections with models of apparently different internal symmetries, are readily transparent through such fermion-boson metamorphosis.

  10. Noncommutative field theory and Lorentz violation.

    PubMed

    Carroll, S M; Harvey, J A; Kostelecký, V A; Lane, C D; Okamoto, T

    2001-10-01

    The role of Lorentz symmetry in noncommutative field theory is considered. Any realistic noncommutative theory is found to be physically equivalent to a subset of a general Lorentz-violating standard-model extension involving ordinary fields. Some theoretical consequences are discussed. Existing experiments bound the scale of the noncommutativity parameter to (10 TeV)(-2).

  11. Groups, information theory, and Einstein's likelihood principle

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sicuro, Gabriele; Tempesta, Piergiulio

    2016-04-01

    We propose a unifying picture where the notion of generalized entropy is related to information theory by means of a group-theoretical approach. The group structure comes from the requirement that an entropy be well defined with respect to the composition of independent systems, in the context of a recently proposed generalization of the Shannon-Khinchin axioms. We associate to each member of a large class of entropies a generalized information measure, satisfying the additivity property on a set of independent systems as a consequence of the underlying group law. At the same time, we also show that Einstein's likelihood function naturally emerges as a byproduct of our informational interpretation of (generally nonadditive) entropies. These results confirm the adequacy of composable entropies both in physical and social science contexts.

  12. Groups, information theory, and Einstein's likelihood principle.

    PubMed

    Sicuro, Gabriele; Tempesta, Piergiulio

    2016-04-01

    We propose a unifying picture where the notion of generalized entropy is related to information theory by means of a group-theoretical approach. The group structure comes from the requirement that an entropy be well defined with respect to the composition of independent systems, in the context of a recently proposed generalization of the Shannon-Khinchin axioms. We associate to each member of a large class of entropies a generalized information measure, satisfying the additivity property on a set of independent systems as a consequence of the underlying group law. At the same time, we also show that Einstein's likelihood function naturally emerges as a byproduct of our informational interpretation of (generally nonadditive) entropies. These results confirm the adequacy of composable entropies both in physical and social science contexts.

  13. Quantum equivalence of dual field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fradkin, E. S.; Tseytlin, A. A.

    1985-06-01

    Motivated by the study of ultraviolet properties of different versions of supergravities duality transformations at the quantum level are discussed. Using the background field method it is proven on shell quantum equivalence for several pairs of dual field theories known to be classically equivalent. The examples considered include duality in chiral model, duality of scalars and second rank antisymmetric gauge tensors, vector duality and duality of the Einstein theory with cosmological term and the Eddington-Schrödinger theory.

  14. Pilot-wave theory and quantum fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Struyve, Ward

    2010-10-01

    Pilot-wave theories provide possible solutions to the measurement problem. In such theories, quantum systems are not only described by the state vector but also by some additional variables. These additional variables, also called beables, can be particle positions, field configurations, strings, etc. In this paper we focus our attention on pilot-wave theories in which the additional variables are field configurations. The first such theory was proposed by Bohm for the free electromagnetic field. Since Bohm, similar pilot-wave theories have been proposed for other quantum fields. The purpose of this paper is to present an overview and further development of these proposals. We discuss various bosonic quantum field theories such as the Schrödinger field, the free electromagnetic field, scalar quantum electrodynamics and the Abelian Higgs model. In particular, we compare the pilot-wave theories proposed by Bohm and by Valentini for the electromagnetic field, finding that they are equivalent. We further discuss the proposals for fermionic fields by Holland and Valentini. In the case of Holland's model we indicate that further work is required in order to show that the model is capable of reproducing the standard quantum predictions. We also consider a similar model, which does not seem to reproduce the standard quantum predictions. In the case of Valentini's model we point out a problem that seems hard to overcome.

  15. Group theoretical methods and wavelet theory: coorbit theory and applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Feichtinger, Hans G.

    2013-05-01

    Before the invention of orthogonal wavelet systems by Yves Meyer1 in 1986 Gabor expansions (viewed as discretized inversion of the Short-Time Fourier Transform2 using the overlap and add OLA) and (what is now perceived as) wavelet expansions have been treated more or less at an equal footing. The famous paper on painless expansions by Daubechies, Grossman and Meyer3 is a good example for this situation. The description of atomic decompositions for functions in modulation spaces4 (including the classical Sobolev spaces) given by the author5 was directly modeled according to the corresponding atomic characterizations by Frazier and Jawerth,6, 7 more or less with the idea of replacing the dyadic partitions of unity of the Fourier transform side by uniform partitions of unity (so-called BUPU's, first named as such in the early work on Wiener-type spaces by the author in 19808). Watching the literature in the subsequent two decades one can observe that the interest in wavelets "took over", because it became possible to construct orthonormal wavelet systems with compact support and of any given degree of smoothness,9 while in contrast the Balian-Low theorem is prohibiting the existence of corresponding Gabor orthonormal bases, even in the multi-dimensional case and for general symplectic lattices.10 It is an interesting historical fact that* his construction of band-limited orthonormal wavelets (the Meyer wavelet, see11) grew out of an attempt to prove the impossibility of the existence of such systems, and the final insight was that it was not impossible to have such systems, and in fact quite a variety of orthonormal wavelet system can be constructed as we know by now. Meanwhile it is established wisdom that wavelet theory and time-frequency analysis are two different ways of decomposing signals in orthogonal resp. non-orthogonal ways. The unifying theory, covering both cases, distilling from these two situations the common group theoretical background lead to the

  16. Field Equations for Space-Time Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bejancu, Aurel

    2013-05-01

    In the present paper we obtain, in a covariant form, and in their full generality, the field equations in a relativistic general Kaluza-Klein space. This is done by using the Riemannian horizontal connection defined in [3], and some 4D horizontal tensor fields, as for instance: horizontal Ricci tensor, horizontal Einstein gravitational tensor field, horizontal electromagnetic energy-momentum tensor field, etc. Also, we present some inter-relations between STM theory and brane-world theory. This enables us to introduce in brane theory some electromagnetic potentials constructed by means of the warp function.

  17. String theory, supergravity and four-dimensional field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Burrington, Benjamin A.

    of these superpartners and use this to determine the representation of the AdS5 superalgebra that these black holes belong to. In chapter 7 and 8 we turn to the field theory side of AdS/CFT. Here, we consider certain discrete symmetries of these field theories. The discrete symmetries are dual to the number operators for certain wrapped branes. We find that the generators for these discrete symmetries do not commute. This feature of wrapped branes was uncovered in the literature for the field theory dual to S5/Z3 . In addition to generalizing this to certain classes of Yp,q geometries in chapter 7, we also find that the non conformal case admits a centrally extended Heisenberg group structure in chapter 8.

  18. Common Group Problems: A Field Study.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Weinberg, Sanford B.; And Others

    1981-01-01

    A field study of a naturally functioning group (N=125) was conducted to identify common group problems. Trained observers attended group meetings and described the problems encountered. Difficulties of cohesion, leadership, sub-group formation, and personality conflict were identified. (RC)

  19. Holography for field theory solitons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Domokos, Sophia K.; Royston, Andrew B.

    2017-07-01

    We extend a well-known D-brane construction of the AdS/dCFT correspondence to non-abelian defects. We focus on the bulk side of the correspondence and show that there exists a regime of parameters in which the low-energy description consists of two approximately decoupled sectors. The two sectors are gravity in the ambient spacetime, and a six-dimensional supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory. The Yang-Mills theory is defined on a rigid AdS4 × S 2 background and admits sixteen supersymmetries. We also consider a one-parameter deformation that gives rise to a family of Yang-Mills theories on asymptotically AdS4 × S 2 spacetimes, which are invariant under eight supersymmetries. With future holographic applications in mind, we analyze the vacuum structure and perturbative spectrum of the Yang-Mills theory on AdS4 × S 2, as well as systems of BPS equations for finite-energy solitons. Finally, we demonstrate that the classical Yang-Mills theory has a consistent truncation on the two-sphere, resulting in maximally supersymmetric Yang-Mills on AdS4.

  20. An extremal ${\\mathcal{N}}=2$ superconformal field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Benjamin, Nathan; Dyer, Ethan; Fitzpatrick, A. Liam; Kachru, Shamit

    2015-11-16

    Here, we provide an example of an extremal chiral ${\\mathcal{N}}$ = 2 superconformal field theory at c = 24. The construction is based on a ${{\\mathbb{Z}}}_{2}$ orbifold of the theory associated to the ${A}_{1}^{24}$ Niemeier lattice. The statespace is governed by representations of the sporadic group M 23.

  1. An extremal $${\\mathcal{N}}=2$$ superconformal field theory

    DOE PAGES

    Benjamin, Nathan; Dyer, Ethan; Fitzpatrick, A. Liam; ...

    2015-11-16

    Here, we provide an example of an extremal chiralmore » $${\\mathcal{N}}$$ = 2 superconformal field theory at c = 24. The construction is based on a $${{\\mathbb{Z}}}_{2}$$ orbifold of the theory associated to the $${A}_{1}^{24}$$ Niemeier lattice. The statespace is governed by representations of the sporadic group M 23.« less

  2. Introduction to conformal field theory and string theory

    SciTech Connect

    Dixon, L.J.

    1989-12-01

    These lectures are meant to provide a brief introduction to conformal field theory (CFT) and string theory for those with no prior exposure to the subjects. There are many excellent reviews already available, and most of these go in to much more detail than I will be able to here. 52 refs., 11 figs.

  3. The facets of relativistic quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dosch, H. G.; Müller, V. F.

    2011-04-01

    Relativistic quantum field theory is generally recognized to form the adequate theoretical frame for subatomic physics, with the Standard Model of Particle Physics as a major achievement. We point out that quantum field theory in its present form is not a monolithic theory, but rather consists of distinct facets, which aim at a common ideal goal. We give a short overview of the strengths and limitations of these facets. We emphasize the theory-dependent relation between the quantum fields, and the basic objects in the empirical domain, the particles. Given the marked conceptual differences between the facets, we argue to view these, and therefore also the Standard Model, as symbolic constructions. We finally note that this view of physical theories originated in the 19th century and is related to the emergence of the classical field as an autonomous concept.

  4. Teaching group theory using Rubik's cubes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cornock, Claire

    2015-10-01

    Being situated within a course at the applied end of the spectrum of maths degrees, the pure mathematics modules at Sheffield Hallam University have an applied spin. Pure topics are taught through consideration of practical examples such as knots, cryptography and automata. Rubik's cubes are used to teach group theory within a final year pure elective based on physical examples. Abstract concepts, such as subgroups, homomorphisms and equivalence relations are explored with the cubes first. In addition to this, conclusions about the cubes can be made through the consideration of algebraic approaches through a process of discovery. The teaching, learning and assessment methods are explored in this paper, along with the challenges and limitations of the methods. The physical use of Rubik's cubes within the classroom and examination will be presented, along with the use of peer support groups in this process. The students generally respond positively to the teaching methods and the use of the cubes.

  5. An improved renormalization group theory for real fluids.

    PubMed

    Mi, Jianguo; Zhong, Chongli; Li, Yi-Gui; Tang, Yiping

    2004-09-15

    On the basis of White's theory, an improved renormalization group (RG) theory is developed for chain bonding fluids inside the critical region. Outside the critical region, the statistical associating fluid theory based on the first-order mean sphere approximation [Fluid Phase Equilibria 171, 27 (2000)] is adopted and all the microscopic parameters are taken directly from its earlier application of real fluids. Inside the critical region, the RG transformation for long-range density fluctuation is derived in the k space, which illustrates explicitly the contributions from the mean-field term, the local density fluctuation, and the nonlocal density fluctuation. The RG theory is applied to describe physical behavior of ten n alkanes (C1-C10) both near to and far from the critical point. With no additional parameters for chain bonding fluids, good results are obtained for critical specific heat and phase coexistence curves and the resulting critical exponents are in good agreement with the reported nonclassic values.

  6. Fermion boson metamorphosis in field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Ha, Y.K.

    1982-01-01

    In two-dimensional field theories many features are especially transparent if the Fermi fields are represented by non-local expressions of the Bose fields. Such a procedure is known as boson representation. Bilinear quantities appear in the Lagrangian of a fermion theory transform, however, as simple local expressions of the bosons so that the resulting theory may be written as a theory of bosons. Conversely, a theory of bosons may be transformed into an equivalent theory of fermions. Together they provide a basis for generating many interesting equivalences between theories of different types. In the present work a consistent scheme for constructing a canonical Fermi field in terms of a real scalar field is developed and such a procedure is valid and consistent with the tenets of quantum field theory is verified. A boson formulation offers a unifying theme in understanding the structure of many theories. This is illustrated by the boson formulation of a multifermion theory with chiral and internal symmetries. The nature of dynamical generation of mass when the theory undergoes boson transmutation and the preservation of continuous chiral symmetry in the massive case are examined. The dynamics of the system depends to a great extent on the specific number of fermions and different models of the same system can have very different properties. Many unusual symmetries of the fermion theory, such as hidden symmetry, duality and triality symmetries, are only manifest in the boson formulation. The underlying connections between some models with U(N) internal symmetry and another class of fermion models built with Majorana fermions which have O(2N) internal symmetry are uncovered.

  7. Quantum Field Theory in Condensed Matter Physics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tsvelik, Alexei M.

    2007-01-01

    Preface; Acknowledgements; Part I. Introduction to Methods: 1. QFT: language and goals; 2. Connection between quantum and classical: path integrals; 3. Definitions of correlation functions: Wick's theorem; 4. Free bosonic field in an external field; 5. Perturbation theory: Feynman diagrams; 6. Calculation methods for diagram series: divergences and their elimination; 7. Renormalization group procedures; 8. O(N)-symmetric vector model below the transition point; 9. Nonlinear sigma models in two dimensions: renormalization group and 1/N-expansion; 10. O(3) nonlinear sigma model in the strong coupling limit; Part II. Fermions: 11. Path integral and Wick's theorem for fermions; 12. Interaction electrons: the Fermi liquid; 13. Electrodynamics in metals; 14. Relativistic fermions: aspects of quantum electrodynamics; 15. Aharonov-Bohm effect and transmutation of statistics; Part III. Strongly Fluctuating Spin Systems: Introduction; 16. Schwinger-Wigner quantization procedure: nonlinear sigma models; 17. O(3) nonlinear sigma model in (2+1) dimensions: the phase diagram; 18. Order from disorder; 19. Jordan-Wigner transformations for spin S=1/2 models in D=1, 2, 3; 20. Majorana representation for spin S=1/2 magnets: relationship to Z2 lattice gauge theories; 21. Path integral representations for a doped antiferromagnet; Part IV. Physics in the World of One Spatial Dimension: Introduction; 22. Model of the free bosonic massless scalar field; 23. Relevant and irrelevant fields; 24. Kosterlitz-Thouless transition; 25. Conformal symmetry; 26. Virasoro algebra; 27. Differential equations for the correlation functions; 28. Ising model; 29. One-dimensional spinless fermions: Tomonaga-Luttinger liquid; 30. One-dimensional fermions with spin: spin-charge separation; 31. Kac-Moody algebras: Wess-Zumino-Novikov-Witten model; 32. Wess-Zumino-Novikov-Witten model in the Lagrangian form: non-Abelian bosonization; 33. Semiclassical approach to Wess-Zumino-Novikov-Witten models; 34

  8. Generalized approach to global renormalization-group theory for fluids

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ramana, A. Sai Venkata; Menon, S. V. G.

    2012-04-01

    The global renormalization-group theory (GRGT) for fluids is derived starting with the square-gradient approximation for the Helmholtz free energy functional such that any mean-field free energy density and direct correlation function can be employed. The new derivation uses Wilson's functions for representing density fluctuations, thereby relaxing the assumption of cosine variation of density fluctuations used in earlier approaches. The generality of the present approach is shown by deriving the relationships to the earlier developments. A qualitative way to infer the free parameters in the present form of GRGT is also suggested. The new theory is applied to square-well fluids of ranges 1.5 and 3.0 (in units of hard-sphere diameter) and Lennard-Jones fluids. It is shown that the present theory produces a flat isotherm in the two-phase region. Thus the theory accounts for fluctuations at all length scales and avoids the use of Maxwell's construction. An analysis of the liquid-vapor phase diagrams and the critical constants obtained for different potentials shows that, with a mean-field free energy density that is accurate away from the critical region and an appropriate coarse graining length for the mean-field theory, GRGT can provide results in good agreement with the simulation and experimental results.

  9. Flat holography: aspects of the dual field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bagchi, Arjun; Basu, Rudranil; Kakkar, Ashish; Mehra, Aditya

    2016-12-01

    Assuming the existence of a field theory in D dimensions dual to ( D + 1)-dimensional flat space, governed by the asymptotic symmetries of flat space, we make some preliminary remarks about the properties of this field theory. We review briefly some successes of the 3d bulk - 2d boundary case and then focus on the 4d bulk - 3d boundary example, where the symmetry in question is the infinite dimensional BMS4 algebra. We look at the constraints imposed by this symmetry on a 3d field theory by constructing highest weight representations of this algebra. We construct two and three point functions of BMS primary fields and surprisingly find that symmetries constrain these correlators to be identical to those of a 2d relativistic conformal field theory. We then go one dimension higher and construct prototypical examples of 4d field theories which are putative duals of 5d Minkowski spacetimes. These field theories are ultra-relativistic limits of electrodynamics and Yang-Mills theories which exhibit invariance under the conformal Carroll group in D = 4. We explore the different sectors within these Carrollian gauge theories and investigate the symmetries of the equations of motion to find that an infinite ultra-relativistic conformal structure arises in each case.

  10. Ostrogradsky in theories with multiple fields

    SciTech Connect

    Rham, Claudia de; Matas, Andrew

    2016-06-23

    We review how the (absence of) Ostrogradsky instability manifests itself in theories with multiple fields. It has recently been appreciated that when multiple fields are present, the existence of higher derivatives may not automatically imply the existence of ghosts. We discuss the connection with gravitational theories like massive gravity and beyond Horndeski which manifest higher derivatives in some formulations and yet are free of Ostrogradsky ghost. We also examine an interesting new class of Extended Scalar-Tensor Theories of gravity which has been recently proposed. We show that for a subclass of these theories, the tensor modes are either not dynamical or are infinitely strongly coupled. Among the remaining theories for which the tensor modes are well-defined one counts one new model that is not field-redefinable to Horndeski via a conformal and disformal transformation but that does require the vacuum to break Lorentz invariance. We discuss the implications for the effective field theory of dark energy and the stability of the theory. In particular we find that if we restrict ourselves to the Extended Scalar-Tensor class of theories for which the tensors are well-behaved and the scalar is free from gradient or ghost instabilities on FLRW then we recover Horndeski up to field redefinitions.

  11. Ostrogradsky in theories with multiple fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    de Rham, Claudia; Matas, Andrew

    2016-06-01

    We review how the (absence of) Ostrogradsky instability manifests itself in theories with multiple fields. It has recently been appreciated that when multiple fields are present, the existence of higher derivatives may not automatically imply the existence of ghosts. We discuss the connection with gravitational theories like massive gravity and beyond Horndeski which manifest higher derivatives in some formulations and yet are free of Ostrogradsky ghost. We also examine an interesting new class of Extended Scalar-Tensor Theories of gravity which has been recently proposed. We show that for a subclass of these theories, the tensor modes are either not dynamical or are infinitely strongly coupled. Among the remaining theories for which the tensor modes are well-defined one counts one new model that is not field-redefinable to Horndeski via a conformal and disformal transformation but that does require the vacuum to break Lorentz invariance. We discuss the implications for the effective field theory of dark energy and the stability of the theory. In particular we find that if we restrict ourselves to the Extended Scalar-Tensor class of theories for which the tensors are well-behaved and the scalar is free from gradient or ghost instabilities on FLRW then we recover Horndeski up to field redefinitions.

  12. Topological field theory and matrix product states

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kapustin, Anton; Turzillo, Alex; You, Minyoung

    2017-08-01

    It is believed that most (perhaps all) gapped phases of matter can be described at long distances by topological quantum field theory (TQFT). On the other hand, it has been rigorously established that in 1+1d ground states of gapped Hamiltonians can be approximated by matrix product states (MPS). We show that the state-sum construction of 2d TQFT naturally leads to MPS in their standard form. In the case of systems with a global symmetry G , this leads to a classification of gapped phases in 1+1d in terms of Morita-equivalence classes of G -equivariant algebras. Nonuniqueness of the MPS representation is traced to the freedom of choosing an algebra in a particular Morita class. In the case of short-range entangled phases, we recover the group cohomology classification of SPT phases.

  13. Quantum cellular automata and free quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    D'Ariano, Giacomo Mauro; Perinotti, Paolo

    2017-02-01

    In a series of recent papers [1-4] it has been shown how free quantum field theory can be derived without using mechanical primitives (including space-time, special relativity, quantization rules, etc.), but only considering the easiest quantum algorithm encompassing a countable set of quantum systems whose network of interactions satisfies the simple principles of unitarity, homogeneity, locality, and isotropy. This has opened the route to extending the axiomatic information-theoretic derivation of the quantum theory of abstract systems [5, 6] to include quantum field theory. The inherent discrete nature of the informational axiomatization leads to an extension of quantum field theory to a quantum cellular automata theory, where the usual field theory is recovered in a regime where the discrete structure of the automata cannot be probed. A simple heuristic argument sets the scale of discreteness to the Planck scale, and the customary physical regime where discreteness is not visible is the relativistic one of small wavevectors. In this paper we provide a thorough derivation from principles that in the most general case the graph of the quantum cellular automaton is the Cayley graph of a finitely presented group, and showing how for the case corresponding to Euclidean emergent space (where the group resorts to an Abelian one) the automata leads to Weyl, Dirac and Maxwell field dynamics in the relativistic limit. We conclude with some perspectives towards the more general scenario of non-linear automata for interacting quantum field theory.

  14. A New Theory of the Electromagnetic Field

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kriske, Richard

    2017-01-01

    This author has previously introduced a new theory of the Electromagnetic Field and its interaction with matter. There was from the start a problem with Einstein's formulation of Invariants and its use in describing The EM field. The photon produced by first varying a stationary Electric field in one observer's reference frame is not the same as a photon produced from varying the a stationary Magnetic Field. The Magnetic field photon is thought of as being ``off the mass shell''. The Quantum information seems to carry with it an ordering of these events. You see this ordering in Wick's theory and in Feynman diagrams. This author is proposing that other fields can vary first in another Observers reference frame, not just the ``Scalar Field'' or the ``Fermion Field'', but many other forms of Energy. If the ``Nuclear Field'' varies first, it results in Quantum information that produces a photon that has the Nuclear Field in it and also the Magnetic Field, this is the strange effect seen in Nuclear Magnetic Resonance. This author proposed that there is a large number of photons with different properties, because of this ordering of events that occurs in Quantum Information. One of these photons is the Neutrino which appears to be a three field photon. This is Kriske's Field Theory.

  15. Renormalization group evolution of the universal theories EFT

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wells, James D.; Zhang, Zhengkang

    2016-06-01

    The conventional oblique parameters analyses of precision electroweak data can be consistently cast in the modern framework of the Standard Model effective field theory (SMEFT) when restrictions are imposed on the SMEFT parameter space so that it describes universal theories. However, the usefulness of such analyses is challenged by the fact that universal theories at the scale of new physics, where they are matched onto the SMEFT, can flow to nonuniversal theories with renormalization group (RG) evolution down to the electroweak scale, where precision observables are measured. The departure from universal theories at the electroweak scale is not arbitrary, but dictated by the universal parameters at the matching scale. But to define oblique parameters, and more generally universal parameters at the electroweak scale that directly map onto observables, additional prescriptions are needed for the treatment of RG-induced nonuniversal effects. We perform a RG analysis of the SMEFT description of universal theories, and discuss the impact of RG on simplified, universal-theories-motivated approaches to fitting precision electroweak and Higgs data.

  16. Renormalization group evolution of the universal theories EFT

    DOE PAGES

    Wells, James D.; Zhang, Zhengkang

    2016-06-21

    The conventional oblique parameters analyses of precision electroweak data can be consistently cast in the modern framework of the Standard Model effective field theory (SMEFT) when restrictions are imposed on the SMEFT parameter space so that it describes universal theories. However, the usefulness of such analyses is challenged by the fact that universal theories at the scale of new physics, where they are matched onto the SMEFT, can flow to nonuniversal theories with renormalization group (RG) evolution down to the electroweak scale, where precision observables are measured. The departure from universal theories at the electroweak scale is not arbitrary, butmore » dictated by the universal parameters at the matching scale. But to define oblique parameters, and more generally universal parameters at the electroweak scale that directly map onto observables, additional prescriptions are needed for the treatment of RG-induced nonuniversal effects. Finally, we perform a RG analysis of the SMEFT description of universal theories, and discuss the impact of RG on simplified, universal-theories-motivated approaches to fitting precision electroweak and Higgs data.« less

  17. Renormalization group evolution of the universal theories EFT

    SciTech Connect

    Wells, James D.; Zhang, Zhengkang

    2016-06-21

    The conventional oblique parameters analyses of precision electroweak data can be consistently cast in the modern framework of the Standard Model effective field theory (SMEFT) when restrictions are imposed on the SMEFT parameter space so that it describes universal theories. However, the usefulness of such analyses is challenged by the fact that universal theories at the scale of new physics, where they are matched onto the SMEFT, can flow to nonuniversal theories with renormalization group (RG) evolution down to the electroweak scale, where precision observables are measured. The departure from universal theories at the electroweak scale is not arbitrary, but dictated by the universal parameters at the matching scale. But to define oblique parameters, and more generally universal parameters at the electroweak scale that directly map onto observables, additional prescriptions are needed for the treatment of RG-induced nonuniversal effects. Finally, we perform a RG analysis of the SMEFT description of universal theories, and discuss the impact of RG on simplified, universal-theories-motivated approaches to fitting precision electroweak and Higgs data.

  18. Pure field theories and MACSYMA algorithms

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ament, W. S.

    1977-01-01

    A pure field theory attempts to describe physical phenomena through singularity-free solutions of field equations resulting from an action principle. The physics goes into forming the action principle and interpreting specific results. Algorithms for the intervening mathematical steps are sketched. Vacuum general relativity is a pure field theory, serving as model and providing checks for generalizations. The fields of general relativity are the 10 components of a symmetric Riemannian metric tensor; those of the Einstein-Straus generalization are the 16 components of a nonsymmetric. Algebraic properties are exploited in top level MACSYMA commands toward performing some of the algorithms of that generalization. The light cone for the theory as left by Einstein and Straus is found and simplifications of that theory are discussed.

  19. Pure field theories and MACSYMA algorithms

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ament, W. S.

    1977-01-01

    A pure field theory attempts to describe physical phenomena through singularity-free solutions of field equations resulting from an action principle. The physics goes into forming the action principle and interpreting specific results. Algorithms for the intervening mathematical steps are sketched. Vacuum general relativity is a pure field theory, serving as model and providing checks for generalizations. The fields of general relativity are the 10 components of a symmetric Riemannian metric tensor; those of the Einstein-Straus generalization are the 16 components of a nonsymmetric. Algebraic properties are exploited in top level MACSYMA commands toward performing some of the algorithms of that generalization. The light cone for the theory as left by Einstein and Straus is found and simplifications of that theory are discussed.

  20. Holographic applications of logarithmic conformal field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grumiller, D.; Riedler, W.; Rosseel, J.; Zojer, T.

    2013-12-01

    We review the relations between Jordan cells in various branches of physics, ranging from quantum mechanics to massive gravity theories. Our main focus is on holographic correspondences between critically tuned gravity theories in anti-de Sitter space and logarithmic conformal field theories in various dimensions. We summarize the developments in the past five years, include some novel generalizations and provide an outlook on possible future developments.

  1. 3D quantum gravity and effective noncommutative quantum field theory.

    PubMed

    Freidel, Laurent; Livine, Etera R

    2006-06-09

    We show that the effective dynamics of matter fields coupled to 3D quantum gravity is described after integration over the gravitational degrees of freedom by a braided noncommutative quantum field theory symmetric under a kappa deformation of the Poincaré group.

  2. Pion masses in quasiconformal gauge field theories

    SciTech Connect

    Dietrich, Dennis D.; Jaervinen, Matti

    2009-03-01

    We study modifications to Weinberg-like sum rules in quasiconformal gauge field theories. Beyond the two Weinberg sum rules and the oblique S parameter, we study the pion mass and the X parameter. Especially, we evaluate the pion mass for walking technicolor theories, in particular, minimal walking technicolor, and find contributions of the order of up to several hundred GeV.

  3. Geometric continuum regularization of quantum field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Halpern, M.B. . Dept. of Physics)

    1989-11-08

    An overview of the continuum regularization program is given. The program is traced from its roots in stochastic quantization, with emphasis on the examples of regularized gauge theory, the regularized general nonlinear sigma model and regularized quantum gravity. In its coordinate-invariant form, the regularization is seen as entirely geometric: only the supermetric on field deformations is regularized, and the prescription provides universal nonperturbative invariant continuum regularization across all quantum field theory. 54 refs.

  4. {N}=3 four dimensional field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    García-Etxebarria, Iñaki; Regalado, Diego

    2016-03-01

    We introduce a class of four dimensional field theories constructed by quotienting ordinary {N}=4 U(N ) SYM by particular combinations of R-symmetry and SL(2, ℤ) automorphisms. These theories appear naturally on the worldvolume of D3 branes probing terminal singularities in F-theory, where they can be thought of as non-perturbative generalizations of the O3 plane. We focus on cases preserving only 12 supercharges, where the quotient gives rise to theories with coupling fixed at a value of order one. These constructions possess an unconventional large N limit described by a non-trivial F-theory fibration with base AdS 5 × (S 5/ ℤ k ). Upon reduction on a circle the {N}=3 theories flow to well-known {N}=6 ABJM theories.

  5. An action for F-theory: {SL}(2){{{R}}}^{+} exceptional field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berman, David S.; Blair, Chris D. A.; Malek, Emanuel; Rudolph, Felix J.

    2016-10-01

    We construct the 12-dimensional exceptional field theory (EFT) associated to the group {SL}(2)× {{{R}}}+. Demanding the closure of the algebra of local symmetries leads to a constraint, known as the section condition, that must be imposed on all fields. This constraint has two inequivalent solutions, one giving rise to 11-dimensional supergravity and the other leading to F-theory. Thus {SL}(2)× {{{R}}}+ EFT contains both F-theory and M-theory in a single 12-dimensional formalism.

  6. Magnetic Catalysis in Graphene Effective Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    DeTar, Carleton; Winterowd, Christopher; Zafeiropoulos, Savvas

    2016-12-01

    We report on the first calculation of magnetic catalysis at zero temperature in a fully nonperturbative simulation of the graphene effective field theory. Using lattice gauge theory, a nonperturbative analysis of the theory of strongly interacting, massless, (2 +1 )-dimensional Dirac fermions in the presence of an external magnetic field is performed. We show that in the zero-temperature limit, a nonzero value for the chiral condensate is obtained which signals the spontaneous breaking of chiral symmetry. This result implies a nonzero value for the dynamical mass of the Dirac quasiparticle.

  7. Quantum algorithms for quantum field theories.

    PubMed

    Jordan, Stephen P; Lee, Keith S M; Preskill, John

    2012-06-01

    Quantum field theory reconciles quantum mechanics and special relativity, and plays a central role in many areas of physics. We developed a quantum algorithm to compute relativistic scattering probabilities in a massive quantum field theory with quartic self-interactions (φ(4) theory) in spacetime of four and fewer dimensions. Its run time is polynomial in the number of particles, their energy, and the desired precision, and applies at both weak and strong coupling. In the strong-coupling and high-precision regimes, our quantum algorithm achieves exponential speedup over the fastest known classical algorithm.

  8. Group actions and anomalies in gauge theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Catenacci, R.; Pirola, G. P.; Martellini, Maurizio; Reina, Cesare

    1986-05-01

    The transformation properties are studied of the vacuum functional W(A) for chiral fermions in a gauge potential A under the group A×U(1)×R+ of gauge, chiral and scale transformations. The vacuum functional W is identified with a section of a G×U(1)×R+ line bundle over the space A of all gauge potentials. Known results on bundles carrying group actions give a simple and unifying clue to non-abelian, abelian chiral anomalies, as well as to trace anomalies. While the first are due to the twisting of a line bundle on A/G, the abelian chiral and trace anomalies are related to characters of U(1) and R+ respectively. Characters of U(1) are basically controlled by ``winding numbers'', i.e. again by topology. Opposite to these, trace anomalies seem to have little to do with topology, with the exception of two-dimensional theories. Also at Gruppo Nazionale di Fisica Matematica, CNR.

  9. New class of effective field theories from embedded branes.

    PubMed

    Goon, Garrett L; Hinterbichler, Kurt; Trodden, Mark

    2011-06-10

    We present a new general class of four-dimensional effective field theories with interesting global symmetry groups. These theories arise from purely gravitational actions for (3+1)-dimensional branes embedded in higher dimensional spaces with induced gravity terms. The simplest example is the well known Galileon theory, with its associated Galilean symmetry, arising as the limit of a DGP brane world. However, we demonstrate that this is a special case of a much wider range of theories, with varying structures, but with the same attractive features such as second order equations. In some circumstances, these new effective field theories allow potentials for the scalar fields on curved space, with small masses protected by nonlinear symmetries. Such models may prove relevant to the cosmology of both the early and late universe.

  10. Mean field theory of charged dendrimer molecules

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lewis, Thomas; Pryamitsyn, Victor; Ganesan, Venkat

    2011-11-01

    Using self-consistent field theory (SCFT), we study the conformational properties of polyelectrolyte dendrimers. We compare results for three different models of charge distributions on the polyelectrolytes: (1) a smeared, quenched charge distribution characteristic of strong polyelectrolytes; (2) a smeared, annealed charge distribution characteristic of weak polyelectrolytes; and (3) an implicit counterion model with Debye-Huckel interactions between the charged groups. Our results indicate that an explicit treatment of counterions is crucial for the accurate characterization of the conformations of polyelectrolyte dendrimers. In comparing the quenched and annealed models of charge distributions, annealed dendrimers were observed to modulate their charges in response to the density of polymer monomers, counterions, and salt ions. Such phenomena is not accommodated within the quenched model of dendrimers and is shown to lead to significant differences between the predictions of quenched and annealed model of dendrimers. In this regard, our results indicate that the average dissociated charge bar{α } inside the dendrimer serves as a useful parameter to map the effects of different parametric conditions and models onto each other. We also present comparisons to the scaling results proposed to explain the behavior of polyelectrolyte dendrimers. Inspired by the trends indicated by our results, we develop a strong segregation theory model whose predictions are shown to be in very good agreement with the numerical SCFT calculations.

  11. Mean field theory of charged dendrimer molecules.

    PubMed

    Lewis, Thomas; Pryamitsyn, Victor; Ganesan, Venkat

    2011-11-28

    Using self-consistent field theory (SCFT), we study the conformational properties of polyelectrolyte dendrimers. We compare results for three different models of charge distributions on the polyelectrolytes: (1) a smeared, quenched charge distribution characteristic of strong polyelectrolytes; (2) a smeared, annealed charge distribution characteristic of weak polyelectrolytes; and (3) an implicit counterion model with Debye-Huckel interactions between the charged groups. Our results indicate that an explicit treatment of counterions is crucial for the accurate characterization of the conformations of polyelectrolyte dendrimers. In comparing the quenched and annealed models of charge distributions, annealed dendrimers were observed to modulate their charges in response to the density of polymer monomers, counterions, and salt ions. Such phenomena is not accommodated within the quenched model of dendrimers and is shown to lead to significant differences between the predictions of quenched and annealed model of dendrimers. In this regard, our results indicate that the average dissociated charge α inside the dendrimer serves as a useful parameter to map the effects of different parametric conditions and models onto each other. We also present comparisons to the scaling results proposed to explain the behavior of polyelectrolyte dendrimers. Inspired by the trends indicated by our results, we develop a strong segregation theory model whose predictions are shown to be in very good agreement with the numerical SCFT calculations.

  12. The Theory of Quantized Fields. II

    DOE R&D Accomplishments Database

    Schwinger, J.

    1951-01-01

    The arguments leading to the formulation of the Action Principle for a general field are presented. In association with the complete reduction of all numerical matrices into symmetrical and anti-symmetrical parts, the general field is decomposed into two sets, which are identified with Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac fields. The spin restriction on the two kinds of fields is inferred from the time reflection invariance requirement. The consistency of the theory is verified in terms of a criterion involving the various generators of infinitesimal transformations. Following a discussion of charged fields, the electromagnetic field is introduced to satisfy the postulate of general gauge invariance. As an aspect of the latter, it is recognized that the electromagnetic field and charged fields are not kinematically independent. After a discussion of the field-strength commutation relations, the independent dynamical variable of the electromagnetic field are exhibited in terms of a special gauge.

  13. "Quantum Field Theory and QCD"

    SciTech Connect

    Jaffe, Arthur M.

    2006-02-25

    This grant partially funded a meeting, "QFT & QCD: Past, Present and Future" held at Harvard University, Cambridge, MA on March 18-19, 2005. The participants ranged from senior scientists (including at least 9 Nobel Prize winners, and 1 Fields medalist) to graduate students and undergraduates. There were several hundred persons in attendance at each lecture. The lectures ranged from superlative reviews of past progress, lists of important, unsolved questions, to provocative hypotheses for future discovery. The project generated a great deal of interest on the internet, raising awareness and interest in the open questions of theoretical physics.

  14. Lattice Methods and Effective Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nicholson, Amy

    Lattice field theory is a non-perturbative tool for studying properties of strongly interacting field theories, which is particularly amenable to numerical calculations and has quantifiable systematic errors. In these lectures we apply these techniques to nuclear Effective Field Theory (EFT), a non-relativistic theory for nuclei involving the nucleons as the basic degrees of freedom. The lattice formulation of Endres et al. (Phys Rev A 84:043644, 2011; Phys Rev A 87:023615, 2013) for so-called pionless EFT is discussed in detail, with portions of code included to aid the reader in code development. Systematic and statistical uncertainties of these methods are discussed at length, and extensions beyond pionless EFT are introduced in the final section.

  15. Maverick Examples of Coset Conformal Field Theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dunbar, David C.; Joshi, Keith G.

    We present coset conformal field theories whose spectrum is not determined by the identification current method. In these "Maverick" cosets there is a larger symmetry identifying primary fields than under the identification current. We find an A-D-E classification of these Mavericks.

  16. The affine structure of gravitational theories: Symplectic groups and geometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Capozziello, Salvatore; Cirilo-Lombardo, D. J.; de Laurentis, Mariafelicia

    2014-09-01

    We give a geometrical description of gravitational theories from the viewpoint of symmetries and affine structure. We show how gravity, considered as a gauge theory, can be consistently achieved by the nonlinear realization of the conformal-affine group in an indirect manner: due to the partial isomorphism between CA(3, 1) and the centrally extended Sp( 8), we perform a nonlinear realization of the centrally extended (CE)Sp( 8) in its semi-simple version. In particular, starting from the bundle structure of gravity, we derive the conformal-affine Lie algebra and then, by the nonlinear realization, we define the coset field transformations, the Cartan forms and the inverse Higgs constraints. Finally, we discuss the geometrical Lagrangians where all the information on matter fields and their interactions can be contained.

  17. Phase-space quantization of field theory.

    SciTech Connect

    Curtright, T.; Zachos, C.

    1999-04-20

    In this lecture, a limited introduction of gauge invariance in phase-space is provided, predicated on canonical transformations in quantum phase-space. Exact characteristic trajectories are also specified for the time-propagating Wigner phase-space distribution function: they are especially simple--indeed, classical--for the quantized simple harmonic oscillator. This serves as the underpinning of the field theoretic Wigner functional formulation introduced. Scalar field theory is thus reformulated in terms of distributions in field phase-space. This is a pedagogical selection from work published and reported at the Yukawa Institute Workshop ''Gauge Theory and Integrable Models'', 26-29 January, 1999.

  18. From theory to field experiments

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    de Vos, Bram

    2016-04-01

    Peter Raats' achievements in Haren (NL) 1986-1997 were based on a solid theoretical insight in hydrology and transport process in soil. However, Peter was also the driving force behind many experimental studies and applied research. This will be illustrated by a broad range of examples ranging from the dynamics of composting processes of organic material; modelling and monitoring nutrient leaching at field-scale; wind erosion; water and nutrient dynamics in horticultural production systems; oxygen diffusion in soils; and processes of water and nutrient uptake by plant roots. Peter's leadership led to may new approaches and the introduction of innovative measurement techniques in Dutch research; ranging from TDR to nutrient concentration measurements in closed fertigation systems. This presentation will give a brief overview how Peter's theoretical and mathematical insights accelerated this applied research.

  19. Hamiltonian constraint in polymer parametrized field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Laddha, Alok; Varadarajan, Madhavan

    2011-01-01

    Recently, a generally covariant reformulation of two-dimensional flat spacetime free scalar field theory known as parametrized field theory was quantized using loop quantum gravity (LQG) type “polymer” representations. Physical states were constructed, without intermediate regularization structures, by averaging over the group of gauge transformations generated by the constraints, the constraint algebra being a Lie algebra. We consider classically equivalent combinations of these constraints corresponding to a diffeomorphism and a Hamiltonian constraint, which, as in gravity, define a Dirac algebra. Our treatment of the quantum constraints parallels that of LQG and obtains the following results, expected to be of use in the construction of the quantum dynamics of LQG: (i) the (triangulated) Hamiltonian constraint acts only on vertices, its construction involves some of the same ambiguities as in LQG and its action on diffeomorphism invariant states admits a continuum limit, (ii) if the regulating holonomies are in representations tailored to the edge labels of the state, all previously obtained physical states lie in the kernel of the Hamiltonian constraint, (iii) the commutator of two (density weight 1) Hamiltonian constraints as well as the operator correspondent of their classical Poisson bracket converge to zero in the continuum limit defined by diffeomorphism invariant states, and vanish on the Lewandowski-Marolf habitat, (iv) the rescaled density 2 Hamiltonian constraints and their commutator are ill-defined on the Lewandowski-Marolf habitat despite the well-definedness of the operator correspondent of their classical Poisson bracket there, (v) there is a new habitat which supports a nontrivial representation of the Poisson-Lie algebra of density 2 constraints.

  20. Hamiltonian constraint in polymer parametrized field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Laddha, Alok; Varadarajan, Madhavan

    2011-01-15

    Recently, a generally covariant reformulation of two-dimensional flat spacetime free scalar field theory known as parametrized field theory was quantized using loop quantum gravity (LQG) type ''polymer'' representations. Physical states were constructed, without intermediate regularization structures, by averaging over the group of gauge transformations generated by the constraints, the constraint algebra being a Lie algebra. We consider classically equivalent combinations of these constraints corresponding to a diffeomorphism and a Hamiltonian constraint, which, as in gravity, define a Dirac algebra. Our treatment of the quantum constraints parallels that of LQG and obtains the following results, expected to be of use in the construction of the quantum dynamics of LQG: (i) the (triangulated) Hamiltonian constraint acts only on vertices, its construction involves some of the same ambiguities as in LQG and its action on diffeomorphism invariant states admits a continuum limit, (ii) if the regulating holonomies are in representations tailored to the edge labels of the state, all previously obtained physical states lie in the kernel of the Hamiltonian constraint, (iii) the commutator of two (density weight 1) Hamiltonian constraints as well as the operator correspondent of their classical Poisson bracket converge to zero in the continuum limit defined by diffeomorphism invariant states, and vanish on the Lewandowski-Marolf habitat, (iv) the rescaled density 2 Hamiltonian constraints and their commutator are ill-defined on the Lewandowski-Marolf habitat despite the well-definedness of the operator correspondent of their classical Poisson bracket there, (v) there is a new habitat which supports a nontrivial representation of the Poisson-Lie algebra of density 2 constraints.

  1. Geomagnetic Field -- From Paleomagnetism to Dynamo Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kono, M.

    2008-05-01

    Since 1995, self-consistent models of the geodynamo became available. There are certain problems, but some of these models have shown behaviors quite similar to those observed by paleomagnetism, including polarity reversals (Kono and Roberts, 2002). There is thus a hope that the combination of paleomagnetism and dynamo theory may provide us a very comprehensive understanding of the geomagnetic field. In this paper, I will try to highlight the possibilities and limitations in such studies. From satellite observations, it was shown that the power of the magnetic field contained in each degree is nearly the same if measured at the core-mantle boundary (CMB). The core field can be seen only to degree 13 or 14 where the field power is about (10 nT)2. Beyond that, the crustal magnetization dominates and the core signal is lost. The value of 10 nT is far larger than the accuracy of the present-day instruments, but much smaller than the resolution obtainable by paleomagnetic observations. We may safely assume that the error in paleomagnetic measurements (in direction) is of the order of 10 degrees. This error corresponds to the resolution of about 1/5. The relative powers of the low degree terms in the magnetic field at the surface are 1.0, 0.033, 0.019, 0.0055 (Langel and Estes, 1982). This means that only the degrees 1 to 3 terms may be distinguished by paleomagnetic data. From the combination of dipole, quadrupole, and octupole, what we can deduce about the fundamental properties of the geomagnetic field? Here are some of the possibilities, which may give important clues when we compare with dynamo simulation results. (1) The current dipole power is several times larger than the value expected from the trend line produced by degrees 2--13. Is this a persistent feature or transient? (2) In PSV analysis, the angular standard deviation increases with latitude. Kono and Tanaka (1995) showed that it is possible only if the (2,1) (degree, order) or (3,2) term is very large

  2. Effective Field Theories, Reductionism and Scientific Explanation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hartmann, Stephan

    Effective field theories have been a very popular tool in quantum physics for almost two decades. And there are good reasons for this. I will argue that effective field theories share many of the advantages of both fundamental theories and phenomenological models, while avoiding their respective shortcomings. They are, for example, flexible enough to cover a wide range of phenomena, and concrete enough to provide a detailed story of the specific mechanisms at work at a given energy scale. So will all of physics eventually converge on effective field theories? This paper argues that good scientific research can be characterised by a fruitful interaction between fundamental theories, phenomenological models and effective field theories. All of them have their appropriate functions in the research process, and all of them are indispensable. They complement each other and hang together in a coherent way which I shall characterise in some detail. To illustrate all this I will present a case study from nuclear and particle physics. The resulting view about scientific theorising is inherently pluralistic, and has implications for the debates about reductionism and scientific explanation.

  3. Cutkosky rules for superstring field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pius, Roji; Sen, Ashoke

    2016-10-01

    Superstring field theory expresses the perturbative S-matrix of superstring theory as a sum of Feynman diagrams each of which is manifestly free from ultraviolet divergences. The interaction vertices fall off exponentially for large space-like external momenta making the ultraviolet finiteness property manifest, but blow up exponentially for large time-like external momenta making it impossible to take the integration contours for loop energies to lie along the real axis. This forces us to carry out the integrals over the loop energies by choosing appropriate contours in the complex plane whose ends go to infinity along the imaginary axis but which take complicated form in the interior navigating around the various poles of the propagators. We consider the general class of quantum field theories with this property and prove Cutkosky rules for the amplitudes to all orders in perturbation theory. Besides having applications to string field theory, these results also give an alternative derivation of Cutkosky rules in ordinary quantum field theories.

  4. Group Field Theory and Loop Quantum Gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oriti, Daniele

    The following sections are included: * GFT from LQG Perspective: The Underlying Ideas * GFT Kinematics: Hilbert Space and Observables * The Quantum Dynamics * The Continuum Limit of Quantum Geometry in GFT * Extracting Effective Continuum Physics from GFTs * Conclusions * References

  5. On space of integrable quantum field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Smirnov, F. A.; Zamolodchikov, A. B.

    2017-02-01

    We study deformations of 2D Integrable Quantum Field Theories (IQFT) which preserve integrability (the existence of infinitely many local integrals of motion). The IQFT are understood as "effective field theories", with finite ultraviolet cutoff. We show that for any such IQFT there are infinitely many integrable deformations generated by scalar local fields Xs, which are in one-to-one correspondence with the local integrals of motion; moreover, the scalars Xs are built from the components of the associated conserved currents in a universal way. The first of these scalars, X1, coincides with the composite field (T T bar) built from the components of the energy-momentum tensor. The deformations of quantum field theories generated by X1 are "solvable" in a certain sense, even if the original theory is not integrable. In a massive IQFT the deformations Xs are identified with the deformations of the corresponding factorizable S-matrix via the CDD factor. The situation is illustrated by explicit construction of the form factors of the operators Xs in sine-Gordon theory. We also make some remarks on the problem of UV completeness of such integrable deformations.

  6. Weak gravity conjecture and effective field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Saraswat, Prashant

    2017-01-01

    The weak gravity conjecture (WGC) is a proposed constraint on theories with gauge fields and gravity, requiring the existence of light charged particles and/or imposing an upper bound on the field theory cutoff Λ . If taken as a consistency requirement for effective field theories (EFTs), it rules out possibilities for model building including some models of inflation. I demonstrate simple models which satisfy all forms of the WGC, but which through Higgsing of the original gauge fields produce low-energy EFTs with gauge forces that badly violate the WGC. These models illustrate specific loopholes in arguments that motivate the WGC from a bottom-up perspective; for example the arguments based on magnetic monopoles are evaded when the magnetic confinement that occurs in a Higgs phase is accounted for. This indicates that the WGC should not be taken as a veto on EFTs, even if it turns out to be a robust property of UV quantum gravity theories. However, if the latter is true, then parametric violation of the WGC at low energy comes at the cost of nonminimal field content in the UV. I propose that only a very weak constraint is applicable to EFTs, Λ ≲(log 1/g )-1 /2Mpl , where g is the gauge coupling, motivated by entropy bounds. Remarkably, EFTs produced by Higgsing a theory that satisfies the WGC can saturate but not violate this bound.

  7. Protected gates for topological quantum field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Beverland, Michael E.; Buerschaper, Oliver; Koenig, Robert; Pastawski, Fernando; Preskill, John; Sijher, Sumit

    2016-02-01

    We study restrictions on locality-preserving unitary logical gates for topological quantum codes in two spatial dimensions. A locality-preserving operation is one which maps local operators to local operators — for example, a constant-depth quantum circuit of geometrically local gates, or evolution for a constant time governed by a geometrically local bounded-strength Hamiltonian. Locality-preserving logical gates of topological codes are intrinsically fault tolerant because spatially localized errors remain localized, and hence sufficiently dilute errors remain correctable. By invoking general properties of two-dimensional topological field theories, we find that the locality-preserving logical gates are severely limited for codes which admit non-abelian anyons, in particular, there are no locality-preserving logical gates on the torus or the sphere with M punctures if the braiding of anyons is computationally universal. Furthermore, for Ising anyons on the M-punctured sphere, locality-preserving gates must be elements of the logical Pauli group. We derive these results by relating logical gates of a topological code to automorphisms of the Verlinde algebra of the corresponding anyon model, and by requiring the logical gates to be compatible with basis changes in the logical Hilbert space arising from local F-moves and the mapping class group.

  8. Protected gates for topological quantum field theories

    SciTech Connect

    Beverland, Michael E.; Pastawski, Fernando; Preskill, John; Buerschaper, Oliver; Koenig, Robert; Sijher, Sumit

    2016-02-15

    We study restrictions on locality-preserving unitary logical gates for topological quantum codes in two spatial dimensions. A locality-preserving operation is one which maps local operators to local operators — for example, a constant-depth quantum circuit of geometrically local gates, or evolution for a constant time governed by a geometrically local bounded-strength Hamiltonian. Locality-preserving logical gates of topological codes are intrinsically fault tolerant because spatially localized errors remain localized, and hence sufficiently dilute errors remain correctable. By invoking general properties of two-dimensional topological field theories, we find that the locality-preserving logical gates are severely limited for codes which admit non-abelian anyons, in particular, there are no locality-preserving logical gates on the torus or the sphere with M punctures if the braiding of anyons is computationally universal. Furthermore, for Ising anyons on the M-punctured sphere, locality-preserving gates must be elements of the logical Pauli group. We derive these results by relating logical gates of a topological code to automorphisms of the Verlinde algebra of the corresponding anyon model, and by requiring the logical gates to be compatible with basis changes in the logical Hilbert space arising from local F-moves and the mapping class group.

  9. Better Field Instruction by Using Jigsaw Groups

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sammons, J. I.; Murray, D. P.

    2006-12-01

    Do any of these sound familiar? Most of my students do well at field stops, but there are always the few at the back. I'd like to guest speak at the local High School, but the students have too little background. I wish I could spark the interest of my introductory classes. Jigsaw is the solution to these problems. This easy-to-apply technique puts students in the driver's seat. They make the inferences-they own the discovery. You'll see that "A-ha!" as though it were a first time event. Jigsaw brings new excitement to familiar activities for every student in your class, even that guy in the back. Best of all, the technique does not depend on the style or force of personality of the instructor. It is easy to learn and suitable for use by Teaching Assistants. Here's how it works: 1. Identify the critical concepts necessary for a full understanding of the field stop or activity. 2. Divide your class into Expert Groups. The members of each Expert Group will master one of these critical concepts. 3.Dissolve the Expert Groups. Divide your class into new Jigsaw Groups to address the field stop or activity. Each Jigsaw Group includes members from each Expert Group. Like pieces of a puzzle, each Jigsaw Group member brings a critical piece to the problem. This talk will demonstrate Jigsaw Groups in action at a field stop. You'll see the crucial identification of critical concepts, small lab explorations carried out by the Expert Groups to master their assigned concepts, and Jigsaw Groups working a complex geological feature. You'll learn how to trouble-shoot less-than-successful first attempts and you'll leave with a step-by-step template that will allow you to adapt your existing activities to Jigsaw technique.

  10. Nonequilibrium statistical field theory for classical particles: Basic kinetic theory.

    PubMed

    Viermann, Celia; Fabis, Felix; Kozlikin, Elena; Lilow, Robert; Bartelmann, Matthias

    2015-06-01

    Recently Mazenko and Das and Mazenko [Phys. Rev. E 81, 061102 (2010); J. Stat. Phys. 149, 643 (2012); J. Stat. Phys. 152, 159 (2013); Phys. Rev. E 83, 041125 (2011)] introduced a nonequilibrium field-theoretical approach to describe the statistical properties of a classical particle ensemble starting from the microscopic equations of motion of each individual particle. We use this theory to investigate the transition from those microscopic degrees of freedom to the evolution equations of the macroscopic observables of the ensemble. For the free theory, we recover the continuity and Jeans equations of a collisionless gas. For a theory containing two-particle interactions in a canonical perturbation series, we find the macroscopic evolution equations to be described by the Born-Bogoliubov-Green-Kirkwood-Yvon hierarchy with a truncation criterion depending on the order in perturbation theory. This establishes a direct link between the classical and the field-theoretical approaches to kinetic theory that might serve as a starting point to investigate kinetic theory beyond the classical limits.

  11. Free Quantum Field Theory from Quantum Cellular Automata

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bisio, Alessandro; D'Ariano, Giacomo Mauro; Perinotti, Paolo; Tosini, Alessandro

    2015-10-01

    After leading to a new axiomatic derivation of quantum theory (see D'Ariano et al. in Found Phys, 2015), the new informational paradigm is entering the domain of quantum field theory, suggesting a quantum automata framework that can be regarded as an extension of quantum field theory to including an hypothetical Planck scale, and with the usual quantum field theory recovered in the relativistic limit of small wave-vectors. Being derived from simple principles (linearity, unitarity, locality, homogeneity, isotropy, and minimality of dimension), the automata theory is quantum ab-initio, and does not assume Lorentz covariance and mechanical notions. Being discrete it can describe localized states and measurements (unmanageable by quantum field theory), solving all the issues plaguing field theory originated from the continuum. These features make the theory an ideal framework for quantum gravity, with relativistic covariance and space-time emergent solely from the interactions, and not assumed a priori. The paper presents a synthetic derivation of the automata theory, showing how the principles lead to a description in terms of a quantum automaton over a Cayley graph of a group. Restricting to Abelian groups we show how the automata recover the Weyl, Dirac and Maxwell dynamics in the relativistic limit. We conclude with some new routes about the more general scenario of non-Abelian Cayley graphs. The phenomenology arising from the automata theory in the ultra-relativistic domain and the analysis of corresponding distorted Lorentz covariance is reviewed in Bisio et al. (Found Phys 2015, in this same issue).

  12. New symbolic tools for differential geometry, gravitation, and field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Anderson, I. M.; Torre, C. G.

    2012-01-01

    DifferentialGeometry is a Maple software package which symbolically performs fundamental operations of calculus on manifolds, differential geometry, tensor calculus, spinor calculus, Lie algebras, Lie groups, transformation groups, jet spaces, and the variational calculus. These capabilities, combined with dramatic recent improvements in symbolic approaches to solving algebraic and differential equations, have allowed for development of powerful new tools for solving research problems in gravitation and field theory. The purpose of this paper is to describe some of these new tools and present some advanced applications involving: Killing vector fields and isometry groups, Killing tensors, algebraic classification of solutions of the Einstein equations, and symmetry reduction of field equations.

  13. Large Spin Perturbation Theory for Conformal Field Theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alday, Luis F.

    2017-09-01

    We consider conformal field theories around points of large twist degeneracy. Examples of this are theories with weakly broken higher spin symmetry and perturbations around generalized free fields. At the degenerate point we introduce twist conformal blocks. These are eigenfunctions of certain quartic operators and encode the contribution, to a given four-point correlator, of the whole tower of intermediate operators with a given twist. As we perturb around the degenerate point, the twist degeneracy is lifted. In many situations this breaking is controlled by inverse powers of the spin. In such cases the twist conformal blocks can be decomposed into a sequence of functions which we systematically construct. Decomposing the four-point correlator in this basis turns crossing symmetry into an algebraic problem. Our method can be applied to a wide spectrum of conformal field theories in any number of dimensions and at any order in the breaking parameter. As an example, we compute the spectrum of various theories around generalized free fields.

  14. Interacting scale invariant but nonconformal field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nakayama, Yu

    2017-03-01

    There is a dilemma in constructing interacting scale invariant Euclidean field theories that are not conformal invariant. On one hand, scale invariance without conformal invariance seems more generic by requiring only a smaller symmetry. On the other hand, the existence of a nonconserved current with exact scaling dimension d -1 in d dimensions seems to require extra fine-tuning. To understand the competition better, we explore some examples without the reflection positivity. We show that a theory of elasticity (also known as Riva-Cardy theory) coupled with massless fermions in d =4 -ɛ dimensions does not possess an interacting scale invariant fixed point except for an unstable (and unphysical) one with an infinite coefficient of compression. We do, however, find interacting scale invariant but nonconformal field theories in gauge fixed versions of the Banks-Zaks fixed points in d =4 dimensions.

  15. Field Theory for Multi-Particle System

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Shouhong; Ma, Tian

    2016-03-01

    The main objectives of this talk are 1) to introduce some basic postulates for quantum multi-particle systems, and 2) to develop a universal field theory for interacting multi-particle systems coupling both particle fields and interacting fields. By carefully examining the nature of interactions between multi-particles, we conclude that multi-particle systems must obey i) the gauge symmetry, ii) the principle of interaction dynamics (PID), and iii) the principle of representation invariance (PRI). Intuitively, PID takes the variation of the action functional under energy-momentum conservation constraint, offers a different and natural way of introducing Higgs fields, and is also required by the presence of dark matter and dark energy and the quark confinement. PRI requires that the SU(N) gauge theory be independent of representations of SU(N). Based on these principles, a few basic postulates for multi-particle systems are introduced in this talk, leading to a field theory for interacting multi-particle systems. A direct consequence of the field theory is the derivation of general atomic spectrum equations. Supported in Part by the Office of Naval Research, by the US National Science Foundation, and by the Chinese National Science Foundation.

  16. Quantum field theory of treasury bonds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Baaquie, Belal E.

    2001-07-01

    The Heath-Jarrow-Morton (HJM) formulation of treasury bonds in terms of forward rates is recast as a problem in path integration. The HJM model is generalized to the case where all the forward rates are allowed to fluctuate independently. The resulting theory is shown to be a two-dimensional Gaussian quantum field theory. The no arbitrage condition is obtained and a functional integral derivation is given for the price of a futures and an options contract.

  17. Magnetic monopoles in field theory and cosmology.

    PubMed

    Rajantie, Arttu

    2012-12-28

    The existence of magnetic monopoles is predicted by many theories of particle physics beyond the standard model. However, in spite of extensive searches, there is no experimental or observational sign of them. I review the role of magnetic monopoles in quantum field theory and discuss their implications for particle physics and cosmology. I also highlight their differences and similarities with monopoles found in frustrated magnetic systems.

  18. Quantum field theory of treasury bonds.

    PubMed

    Baaquie, B E

    2001-07-01

    The Heath-Jarrow-Morton (HJM) formulation of treasury bonds in terms of forward rates is recast as a problem in path integration. The HJM model is generalized to the case where all the forward rates are allowed to fluctuate independently. The resulting theory is shown to be a two-dimensional Gaussian quantum field theory. The no arbitrage condition is obtained and a functional integral derivation is given for the price of a futures and an options contract.

  19. The Local Group: the ultimate deep field

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Boylan-Kolchin, Michael; Weisz, Daniel R.; Bullock, James S.; Cooper, Michael C.

    2016-10-01

    Near-field cosmology - using detailed observations of the Local Group and its environs to study wide-ranging questions in galaxy formation and dark matter physics - has become a mature and rich field over the past decade. There are lingering concerns, however, that the relatively small size of the present-day Local Group (˜2 Mpc diameter) imposes insurmountable sample-variance uncertainties, limiting its broader utility. We consider the region spanned by the Local Group's progenitors at earlier times and show that it reaches 3 arcmin ≈ 7 comoving Mpc in linear size (a volume of ≈350 Mpc3) at z = 7. This size at early cosmic epochs is large enough to be representative in terms of the matter density and counts of dark matter haloes with Mvir(z = 7) ≲ 2 × 109 M⊙. The Local Group's stellar fossil record traces the cosmic evolution of galaxies with 103 ≲ M⋆(z = 0)/M⊙ ≲ 109 (reaching M1500 > -9 at z ˜ 7) over a region that is comparable to or larger than the Hubble Ultra-Deep Field (HUDF) for the entire history of the Universe. In the JWST era, resolved stellar populations will probe regions larger than the HUDF and any deep JWST fields, further enhancing the value of near-field cosmology.

  20. Effective field theory for magnetic compactifications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Buchmuller, Wilfried; Dierigl, Markus; Dudas, Emilian; Schweizer, Julian

    2017-04-01

    Magnetic flux plays an important role in compactifications of field and string theories in two ways, it generates a multiplicity of chiral fermion zero modes and it can break supersymmetry. We derive the complete four-dimensional effective action for N = 1 supersymmetric Abelian and non-Abelian gauge theories in six dimensions compactified on a torus with flux. The effective action contains the tower of charged states and it accounts for the mass spectrum of bosonic and fermionic fields as well as their level-dependent interactions. This allows us to compute quantum corrections to the mass and couplings of Wilson lines. We find that the one-loop corrections vanish, contrary to the case without flux. This can be traced back to the spontaneous breaking of symmetries of the six-dimensional theory by the background gauge field, with the Wilson lines as Goldstone bosons.

  1. String field theory in the temporal gauge

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ikehara, M.; Ishibashi, N.; Kawai, H.; Mogami, T.; Nakayama, R.; Sasakura, N.

    1994-12-01

    We construct the string field Hamiltonian for c=1-[6/m(m+1)] string theory in the temporal gauge. In order to do so, we first examine the Schwinger-Dyson equations of the matrix chain models and propose the continuum version of them. The results of boundary conformal field theory are useful in making a connection between the discrete and continuum pictures. The W constraints are derived from the continuum Schwinger-Dyson equations. We also check that these equations are consistent with other known results about noncritical string theory. The string field Hamiltonian is easily obtained from the continuum Schwinger-Dyson equations. It looks similar to the Kaku-Kikkawa Hamiltonian and may readily be generalized to c>1 cases.

  2. Holographic renormalization group and cosmology in theories with quasilocalized gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Csáki, Csaba; Erlich, Joshua; Hollowood, Timothy J.; Terning, John

    2001-03-01

    We study the long distance behavior of brane theories with quasilocalized gravity. The five-dimensional (5D) effective theory at large scales follows from a holographic renormalization group flow. As intuitively expected, the graviton is effectively four dimensional at intermediate scales and becomes five dimensional at large scales. However, in the holographic effective theory the essentially 4D radion dominates at long distances and gives rise to scalar antigravity. The holographic description shows that at large distances the Gregory-Rubakov-Sibiryakov (GRS) model is equivalent to the model recently proposed by Dvali, Gabadadze, and Porrati (DGP), where a tensionless brane is embedded into 5D Minkowski space, with an additional induced 4D Einstein-Hilbert term on the brane. In the holographic description the radion of the GRS model is automatically localized on the tensionless brane, and provides the ghostlike field necessary to cancel the extra graviton polarization of the DGP model. Thus, there is a holographic duality between these theories. This analysis provides physical insight into how the GRS model works at intermediate scales; in particular it sheds light on the size of the width of the graviton resonance, and also demonstrates how the holographic renormalization group can be used as a practical tool for calculations.

  3. Diagrammar in classical scalar field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Cattaruzza, E.; Gozzi, E.; Francisco Neto, A.

    2011-09-15

    In this paper we analyze perturbatively a g{phi}{sup 4}classical field theory with and without temperature. In order to do that, we make use of a path-integral approach developed some time ago for classical theories. It turns out that the diagrams appearing at the classical level are many more than at the quantum level due to the presence of extra auxiliary fields in the classical formalism. We shall show that a universal supersymmetry present in the classical path-integral mentioned above is responsible for the cancelation of various diagrams. The same supersymmetry allows the introduction of super-fields and super-diagrams which considerably simplify the calculations and make the classical perturbative calculations almost 'identical' formally to the quantum ones. Using the super-diagrams technique, we develop the classical perturbation theory up to third order. We conclude the paper with a perturbative check of the fluctuation-dissipation theorem. - Highlights: > We provide the Feynman diagrams of perturbation theory for a classical field theory. > We give a super-formalism which links the quantum diagrams to the classical ones. > We check perturbatively the fluctuation-dissipation theorem.

  4. Counting operators in effective field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lehman, Landon

    The Standard Model is now viewed as an effective field theory (EFT), a theory that is valid only up to some high energy scale Lambda ≥ TeV, at which point it is subsumed into its ultraviolet (UV) completion. Given this, it is of both theoretical and phenomonological interest to enumerate a minimal basis for the operators in this EFT at various mass dimensions. This problem can be extended beyond the Standard Model effective field theory to encompass generic effective field theories and the question of writing down a minimal Lagrangian at some desired mass order. I approach this problem from two angles. First, I calculate the set of dimension-7 operators in the Standard Model effective field theory "by hand." Even though there are relatively few operators at dimension-7 as compared to dimension-8, this calculation is somewhat lengthy and thus illustrates the desirability of a more automated method. Second, I introduce a mathematical structure known as the Hilbert series. After providing some mathematical background on the Hilbert series, I illustrate how it can be used to attack the problem of finding a minimal operator basis through several examples. Finally, the Hilbert series as initially presented does not deal with the twin problems introduced by derivatives: integration by parts and equations of motion. I present a conjecture for the correct method to deal with these problems, and then, in my conclusion, discuss how this conjecture fell short of the correct method.

  5. Far-field environment working group summary

    SciTech Connect

    Pearcy, E.C.; Cady, R.E.

    1995-09-01

    This article is a summary of the proceedings of a group discussion which took place at the Workshop on the Role of Natural Analogs in Geologic Disposal of High-Level Nuclear Waste in San Antonio, Texas on July 22-25, 1991. The working group concentrated on the subject of the potential impacts of underground disposal of high-level radioactive wastes on the far-field environment.

  6. The field theory of intersecting D3-branes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mintun, Eric; Polchinski, Joseph; Sun, Sichun

    2015-08-01

    We examine the defect gauge theory on two perpendicular D3-branes with a 1+1 dimensional intersection, consisting of U(1) fields on the D3-branes and charged hypermultiplets on the intersection. We argue that this gauge theory must have a magnetically charged soliton corresponding to the D-string stretched between the branes. We show that the hypermultiplets actually source magnetic as well as electric fields. The magnetic charges are confined if the hypermultiplet action is canonical, but considerations of periodicity of the hypermultiplet space in string theory imply a nontrivial Gibbons-Hawking metric, and we show that there is then the expected magnetic kink solution. The hypermultiplet metric has a singularity, which we argue must be resolved by embedding in the full string theory. Another interesting feature is that the classical field equations have logarithmic divergences at the intersection, which lead to a classical renormalization group flow in the action.

  7. Recent progress in irrational conformal field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Halpern, M.B.

    1993-09-01

    In this talk, I will review the foundations of irrational conformal field theory (ICFT), which includes rational conformal field theory as a small subspace. Highlights of the review include the Virasoro master equation, the Ward identities for the correlators of ICFT and solutions of the Ward identities. In particular, I will discuss the solutions for the correlators of the g/h coset construction and the correlators of the affine-Sugawara nests on g {contains} h{sub 1} {contains} {hor_ellipsis} {contains} h{sub n}. Finally, I will discuss the recent global solution for the correlators of all the ICFT`s in the master equation.

  8. Arrival time in quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Zhi-Yong; Xiong, Cai-Dong; He, Bing

    2008-09-01

    Via the proper-time eigenstates (event states) instead of the proper-mass eigenstates (particle states), free-motion time-of-arrival theory for massive spin-1/2 particles is developed at the level of quantum field theory. The approach is based on a position-momentum dual formalism. Within the framework of field quantization, the total time-of-arrival is the sum of the single event-of-arrival contributions, and contains zero-point quantum fluctuations because the clocks under consideration follow the laws of quantum mechanics.

  9. Effective field theory for deformed atomic nuclei

    SciTech Connect

    Papenbrock, Thomas F.; Weidenmüller, H. A.

    2016-04-13

    In this paper, we present an effective field theory (EFT) for a model-independent description of deformed atomic nuclei. In leading order this approach recovers the well-known results from the collective model by Bohr and Mottelson. When higher-order corrections are computed, the EFT accounts for finer details such as the variation of the moment of inertia with the band head and the small magnitudes of interband E2 transitions. Finally, for rotational bands with a finite spin of the band head, the EFT is equivalent to the theory of a charged particle on the sphere subject to a magnetic monopole field.

  10. Effective field theory for deformed atomic nuclei

    SciTech Connect

    Papenbrock, Thomas F.; Weidenmüller, H. A.

    2016-04-13

    In this paper, we present an effective field theory (EFT) for a model-independent description of deformed atomic nuclei. In leading order this approach recovers the well-known results from the collective model by Bohr and Mottelson. When higher-order corrections are computed, the EFT accounts for finer details such as the variation of the moment of inertia with the band head and the small magnitudes of interband E2 transitions. Finally, for rotational bands with a finite spin of the band head, the EFT is equivalent to the theory of a charged particle on the sphere subject to a magnetic monopole field.

  11. Dual field theory of strong interactions

    SciTech Connect

    Akers, D.

    1987-07-01

    A dual field theory of strong interactions is derived from a Lagrangian of the Yang-Mills and Higgs fields. The existence of a magnetic monopole of mass 2397 MeV and Dirac charge g = (137/2)e is incorporated into the theory. Unification of the strong, weak, and electromagnetic forces is shown to converge at the mass of the intermediate vector boson W/sup +/-/. The coupling constants of the strong and weak interactions are derived in terms of the fine-structure constant ..cap alpha.. = 1/137.

  12. Global anomalies and effective field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Golkar, Siavash; Sethi, Savdeep

    2016-05-17

    Here, we show that matching anomalies under large gauge transformations and large diffeomorphisms can explain the appearance and non-renormalization of couplings in effective field theory. We focus on thermal effective field theory, where we argue that the appearance of certain unusual Chern-Simons couplings is a consequence of global anomalies. As an example, we show that a mixed global anomaly in four dimensions fixes the chiral vortical effect coefficient (up to an overall additive factor). This is an experimentally measurable prediction from a global anomaly. For certain situations, we propose a simpler method for calculating global anomalies which uses correlation functions rather than eta invariants.

  13. Effective field theory for deformed atomic nuclei

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Papenbrock, T.; Weidenmüller, H. A.

    2016-05-01

    We present an effective field theory (EFT) for a model-independent description of deformed atomic nuclei. In leading order this approach recovers the well-known results from the collective model by Bohr and Mottelson. When higher-order corrections are computed, the EFT accounts for finer details such as the variation of the moment of inertia with the band head and the small magnitudes of interband E2 transitions. For rotational bands with a finite spin of the band head, the EFT is equivalent to the theory of a charged particle on the sphere subject to a magnetic monopole field.

  14. A geometric formulation of exceptional field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    du Bosque, Pascal; Hassler, Falk; Lüst, Dieter; Malek, Emanuel

    2017-03-01

    We formulate the full bosonic SL(5) exceptional field theory in a coordinateinvariant manner. Thereby we interpret the 10-dimensional extended space as a manifold with SL(5) × ℝ +-structure. We show that the algebra of generalised diffeomorphisms closes subject to a set of closure constraints which are reminiscent of the quadratic and linear constraints of maximal seven-dimensional gauged supergravities, as well as the section condition. We construct an action for the full bosonic SL(5) exceptional field theory, even when the SL(5) × ℝ +-structure is not locally flat.

  15. Localization and Dualities in Three-dimensional Superconformal Field Theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Willett, Brian

    In this thesis we apply the technique of localization to three-dimensional N = 2 superconformal field theories. We consider both theories which are exactly superconformal, and those which are believed to flow to nontrivial superconformal fixed points, for which we consider implicitly these fixed points. We find that in such theories, the partition function and certain supersymmetric observables, such as Wilson loops, can be computed exactly by a matrix model. This matrix model consists of an integral over g , the Lie algebra of the gauge group of the theory, of a certain product of 1-loop factors and classical contributions. One can also consider a space of supersymmetric deformations of the partition function corresponding to the set of abelian global symmetries. In the second part of the thesis we apply these results to test dualities. We start with the case of ABJM theory, which is dual to M-theory on an asymptotically AdS4 x S7 background. We extract strong coupling results in the field theory, which can be compared to semiclassical, weak coupling results in the gravity theory, and a nontrivial agreement is found. We also consider several classes of dualities between two three-dimensional field theories, namely, 3D mirror symmetry, Aharony duality, and Giveon-Kutasov duality. Here the dualities are typically between the IR limits of two Yang-Mills theories, which are strongly coupled in three dimensions since Yang-Mills theory is asymptotically free here. Thus the comparison is again very nontrivial, and relies on the exactness of the localization computation. We also compare the deformed partition functions, which tests the mapping of global symmetries of the dual theories. Finally, we discuss some recent progress in the understanding of general three-dimensional theories in the form of the F-theorem, a conjectured analogy to the a-theorem in four dimensions and c-theorem in two dimensions, which is closely related to the localization computation.

  16. Near-field optical thin microcavity theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Jiu Hui; Hou, Jiejie

    2016-01-01

    The thin microcavity theory for near-field optics is proposed in this study. By applying the power flow theorem and the variable theorem,the bi-harmonic differential governing equation for electromagnetic field of a three-dimensional thin microcavity is derived for the first time. Then by using the Hankel transform, this governing equation is solved exactly and all the electromagnetic components inside and outside the microcavity can be obtained accurately. According to the above theory, the near-field optical diffraction from a subwavelength aperture embedded in a thin conducting film is investigated, and numerical computations are performed to illustrate the edge effect by an enhancement factor of 1.8 and the depolarization phenomenon of the near-field transmission in terms of the distance from the film surface. This thin microcavity theory is verified by the good agreement between our results and those in the previous literatures. The thin microcavity theory presented in the study should be useful in the possible applications of the thin microcavities in near-field optics and thin-film optics.

  17. On space of integrable quantum field theories

    DOE PAGES

    Smirnov, F. A.; Zamolodchikov, A. B.

    2016-12-21

    Here, we study deformations of 2D Integrable Quantum Field Theories (IQFT) which preserve integrability (the existence of infinitely many local integrals of motion). The IQFT are understood as “effective field theories”, with finite ultraviolet cutoff. We show that for any such IQFT there are infinitely many integrable deformations generated by scalar local fields Xs, which are in one-to-one correspondence with the local integrals of motion; moreover, the scalars Xs are built from the components of the associated conserved currents in a universal way. The first of these scalars, X1, coincides with the composite field View the MathML source(TT¯) built frommore » the components of the energy–momentum tensor. The deformations of quantum field theories generated by X1 are “solvable” in a certain sense, even if the original theory is not integrable. In a massive IQFT the deformations Xs are identified with the deformations of the corresponding factorizable S-matrix via the CDD factor. The situation is illustrated by explicit construction of the form factors of the operators Xs in sine-Gordon theory. Lastly, we also make some remarks on the problem of UV completeness of such integrable deformations.« less

  18. The field theory of specific heat

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gusev, Yu. V.

    2016-01-01

    Finite temperature quantum field theory in the heat kernel method is used to study the heat capacity of condensed matter. The lattice heat is treated à la P. Debye as energy of the elastic (sound) waves. The dimensionless functional of free energy is re-derived with a cut-off parameter and used to obtain the specific heat of crystal lattices. The new dimensionless thermodynamical variable is formed as Planck's inverse temperature divided by the lattice constant. The dimensionless constant, universal for the class of crystal lattices, which determines the low temperature region of molar specific heat, is introduced and tested with the data for diamond lattice crystals. The low temperature asymptotics of specific heat is found to be the fourth power in temperature instead of the cubic power law of the Debye theory. Experimental data for the carbon group elements (silicon, germanium) and other materials decisively confirm the quartic law. The true low temperature regime of specific heat is defined by the surface heat, therefore, it depends on the geometrical characteristics of the body, while the absolute zero temperature limit is geometrically forbidden. The limit on the growth of specific heat at temperatures close to critical points, known as the Dulong-Petit law, appears from the lattice constant cut-off. Its value depends on the lattice type and it is the same for materials with the same crystal lattice. The Dulong-Petit values of compounds are equal to those of elements with the same crystal lattice type, if one mole of solid state matter were taken as the Avogadro number of the composing atoms. Thus, the Neumann-Kopp law is valid only in some special cases.

  19. Astrophysical data analysis with information field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Enßlin, Torsten

    2014-12-05

    Non-parametric imaging and data analysis in astrophysics and cosmology can be addressed by information field theory (IFT), a means of Bayesian, data based inference on spatially distributed signal fields. IFT is a statistical field theory, which permits the construction of optimal signal recovery algorithms. It exploits spatial correlations of the signal fields even for nonlinear and non-Gaussian signal inference problems. The alleviation of a perception threshold for recovering signals of unknown correlation structure by using IFT will be discussed in particular as well as a novel improvement on instrumental self-calibration schemes. IFT can be applied to many areas. Here, applications in in cosmology (cosmic microwave background, large-scale structure) and astrophysics (galactic magnetism, radio interferometry) are presented.

  20. On the History of Unified Field Theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Goenner, Hubert F. M.

    2004-02-01

    This article is intended to give a review of the history of the classical aspects of unified field theories in the 20th century. It includes brief technical descriptions of the theories suggested, short biographical notes concerning the scientists involved, and an extensive bibliography. The present first installment covers the time span between 1914 and 1933, i.e., when Einstein was living and working in Berlin — with occasional digressions into other periods. Thus, the main theme is the unification of the electromagnetic and gravitational fields augmented by short-lived attempts to include the matter field described by Schrödinger's or Dirac's equations. While my focus lies on the conceptual development of the field, by also paying attention to the interaction of various schools of mathematicians with the research done by physicists, some prosopocraphical remarks are included.

  1. Natural discretization in noncommutative field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Acatrinei, Ciprian Sorin

    2015-12-07

    A discretization scheme for field theory is developed, in which the space time coordinates are assumed to be operators forming a noncommutative algebra. Generic waves without rotational symmetry are studied in (2+1) - dimensional scalar field theory with Heisenberg-type noncommutativity. In the representation chosen, the radial coordinate is naturally rendered discrete. Nonlocality along this coordinate, induced by noncommutativity, accounts for the angular dependence of the fields. A complete solution and the interpretation of its nonlocal features are given. The exact form of standing and propagating waves on such a discrete space is found in terms of finite series. A precise correspondence is established between the degree of nonlocality and the angular momentum of a field configuration. At small distance no classical singularities appear, even at the location of the sources. At large radius one recovers the usual commutative/continuum behaviour.

  2. Natural discretization in noncommutative field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Acatrinei, Ciprian Sorin

    2015-12-01

    A discretization scheme for field theory is developed, in which the space time coordinates are assumed to be operators forming a noncommutative algebra. Generic waves without rotational symmetry are studied in (2+1) - dimensional scalar field theory with Heisenberg-type noncommutativity. In the representation chosen, the radial coordinate is naturally rendered discrete. Nonlocality along this coordinate, induced by noncommutativity, accounts for the angular dependence of the fields. A complete solution and the interpretation of its nonlocal features are given. The exact form of standing and propagating waves on such a discrete space is found in terms of finite series. A precise correspondence is established between the degree of nonlocality and the angular momentum of a field configuration. At small distance no classical singularities appear, even at the location of the sources. At large radius one recovers the usual commutative/continuum behaviour.

  3. Hunton Group core workshop and field trip

    SciTech Connect

    Johnson, K.S.

    1993-12-31

    The Late Ordovician-Silurian-Devonian Hunton Group is a moderately thick sequence of shallow-marine carbonates deposited on the south edge of the North American craton. This rock unit is a major target for petroleum exploration and reservoir development in the southern Midcontinent. The workshop described here was held to display cores, outcrop samples, and other reservoir-characterization studies of the Hunton Group and equivalent strata throughout the region. A field trip was organized to complement the workshop by allowing examination of excellent outcrops of the Hunton Group of the Arbuckle Mountains.

  4. Chiral orbifold construction of field theories with extra dimensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hailu, Girma

    We build higher dimensional field theories which have chiral fermion zero-modes on orbifolds. We show that orbifold boundary conditions and scalar vacuum expectation values interplay to produce chiral fermions localized on fat three branes. We develop a scheme for computing field propagators in higher dimensional theories obeying chiral orbifold boundary conditions. Using this scheme we compute the loop corrections to an effective field theory in five dimensions. We find that the renormalization group running of the higher dimensional bulk theory leads to a running of the four dimensional brane couplings. We generalize an argument to verify that the chiral anomaly that arises in these chiral orbifold theories is entirely confined on and uniformly distributed over the fixed points of the orbifold, independent of the shape of the chiral zero-modes. We construct a setup in which a scalar field with appropriate profile in the extra dimension is used to address the hierarchy problem and also localize both chiral fermions and zero-mode gravitons on the same three brane in five dimensions. We construct exact and nonpetrurbative quantum moduli spaces and dynamical superpotentials of an infinite set of linear and ring N = 1 supersymmetric moose theories with SU(2) gauge group at each node and link chiral superfields in the fundamental representation.

  5. Symmetry analysis for anisotropic field theories

    SciTech Connect

    Parra, Lorena; Vergara, J. David

    2012-08-24

    The purpose of this paper is to study with the help of Noether's theorem the symmetries of anisotropic actions for arbitrary fields which generally depend on higher order spatial derivatives, and to find the corresponding current densities and the Noether charges. We study in particular scale invariance and consider the cases of higher derivative extensions of the scalar field, electrodynamics and Chern-Simons theory.

  6. Long-range interactions in lattice field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Rabin, J.M.

    1981-06-01

    Lattice quantum field theories containing fermions can be formulated in a chirally invariant way provided long-range interactions are introduced. It is established that in weak-coupling perturbation theory such a lattice theory is renormalizable when the corresponding continuum theory is, and that the continuum theory is indeed recovered in the perturbative continuum limit. In the strong-coupling limit of these theories one is led to study an effective Hamiltonian describing a Heisenberg antiferromagnet with long-range interactions. Block-spin renormalization group methods are used to find a critical rate of falloff of the interactions, approximately as inverse distance squared, which separates a nearest-neighbor-antiferromagnetic phase from a phase displaying identifiable long-range effects. A duality-type symmetry is present in some block-spin calculations.

  7. Generalized conservation laws in non-local field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kegeles, Alexander; Oriti, Daniele

    2016-04-01

    We propose a geometrical treatment of symmetries in non-local field theories, where the non-locality is due to a lack of identification of field arguments in the action. We show that the existence of a symmetry of the action leads to a generalized conservation law, in which the usual conserved current acquires an additional non-local correction term, obtaining a generalization of the standard Noether theorem. We illustrate the general formalism by discussing the specific physical example of complex scalar field theory of the type describing the hydrodynamic approximation of Bose-Einstein condensates. We expect our analysis and results to be of particular interest for the group field theory formulation of quantum gravity.

  8. Bound states in gauge theories as the Poincare group representations

    SciTech Connect

    Cherny, A. Yu.; Dorokhov, A. E.; Han, Nguyen Suan; Pervushin, V. N. Shilin, V. I.

    2013-03-15

    The bound-state generating functional is constructed in gauge theories. This construction is based on the Dirac Hamiltonian approach to gauge theories, the Poincare group classification of fields and their nonlocal bound states, and the Markov-Yukawa constraint of irreducibility. The generating functional contains additional anomalous creations of pseudoscalar bound states: para-positronium in QED and mesons inQCDin the two-gamma processes of the type of {gamma} + {gamma} {yields} {pi}{sub 0} +para-positronium. The functional allows us to establish physically clear and transparent relations between the perturbativeQCD to its nonperturbative low-energy model by means of normal ordering and the quark and gluon condensates. In the limit of small current quark masses, the Gell-Mann-Oakes-Renner relation is derived from the Schwinger-Dyson and Bethe-Salpeter equations. The constituent quark masses can be calculated from a self-consistent nonlinear equation.

  9. Working group on chromospheric fields - Canopies

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jones, H. P.

    1985-01-01

    Although there are many points of uncertainty and controversy, the working group on chromospheric fields focussed its discussion on the concept of canopies; i.e., no one disagreed that a central issue relating to magnetic fields and chromospheric models is to learn how the photospheric field spreads with height. However, it quickly became apparent that in the time available, there was little prospect of building new unified models of magnetic field phenomena in the chromosphere beyond the scope of the formal presentations. Thus, the discussion was devoted to formulating questions which seemed both possible to address in future work and important for advancing understanding of the chromosphere. It began by discussing unresolved physical issues (almost everything) and then proceeded to consider means, both observational and synthetic, to address them.

  10. Working group on chromospheric fields - Canopies

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jones, H. P.

    1985-01-01

    Although there are many points of uncertainty and controversy, the working group on chromospheric fields focussed its discussion on the concept of canopies; i.e., no one disagreed that a central issue relating to magnetic fields and chromospheric models is to learn how the photospheric field spreads with height. However, it quickly became apparent that in the time available, there was little prospect of building new unified models of magnetic field phenomena in the chromosphere beyond the scope of the formal presentations. Thus, the discussion was devoted to formulating questions which seemed both possible to address in future work and important for advancing understanding of the chromosphere. It began by discussing unresolved physical issues (almost everything) and then proceeded to consider means, both observational and synthetic, to address them.

  11. Gravitational radiative corrections from effective field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Goldberger, Walter D.; Ross, Andreas

    2010-06-15

    In this paper we construct an effective field theory (EFT) that describes long wavelength gravitational radiation from compact systems. To leading order, this EFT consists of the multipole expansion, which we describe in terms of a diffeomorphism invariant point particle Lagrangian. The EFT also systematically captures 'post-Minkowskian' corrections to the multipole expansion due to nonlinear terms in general relativity. Specifically, we compute long distance corrections from the coupling of the (mass) monopole moment to the quadrupole moment, including up to two mass insertions. Along the way, we encounter both logarithmic short distance (UV) and long wavelength (IR) divergences. We show that the UV divergences can be (1) absorbed into a renormalization of the multipole moments and (2) resummed via the renormalization group. The IR singularities are shown to cancel from properly defined physical observables. As a concrete example of the formalism, we use this EFT to reproduce a number of post-Newtonian corrections to the gravitational wave energy flux from nonrelativistic binaries, including long distance effects up to 3 post-Newtonian (v{sup 6}) order. Our results verify that the factorization of scales proposed in the NRGR framework of Goldberger and Rothstein is consistent up to order 3PN.

  12. Dual field theories of quantum computation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vanchurin, Vitaly

    2016-06-01

    Given two quantum states of N q-bits we are interested to find the shortest quantum circuit consisting of only one- and two- q-bit gates that would transfer one state into another. We call it the quantum maze problem for the reasons described in the paper. We argue that in a large N limit the quantum maze problem is equivalent to the problem of finding a semiclassical trajectory of some lattice field theory (the dual theory) on an N +1 dimensional space-time with geometrically flat, but topologically compact spatial slices. The spatial fundamental domain is an N dimensional hyper-rhombohedron, and the temporal direction describes transitions from an arbitrary initial state to an arbitrary target state and so the initial and final dual field theory conditions are described by these two quantum computational states. We first consider a complex Klein-Gordon field theory and argue that it can only be used to study the shortest quantum circuits which do not involve generators composed of tensor products of multiple Pauli Z matrices. Since such situation is not generic we call it the Z-problem. On the dual field theory side the Z-problem corresponds to massless excitations of the phase (Goldstone modes) that we attempt to fix using Higgs mechanism. The simplest dual theory which does not suffer from the massless excitation (or from the Z-problem) is the Abelian-Higgs model which we argue can be used for finding the shortest quantum circuits. Since every trajectory of the field theory is mapped directly to a quantum circuit, the shortest quantum circuits are identified with semiclassical trajectories. We also discuss the complexity of an actual algorithm that uses a dual theory prospective for solving the quantum maze problem and compare it with a geometric approach. We argue that it might be possible to solve the problem in sub-exponential time in 2 N , but for that we must consider the Klein-Gordon theory on curved spatial geometry and/or more complicated (than N -torus

  13. Cross Sections From Scalar Field Theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Norbury, John W.; Dick, Frank; Norman, Ryan B.; Nasto, Rachel

    2008-01-01

    A one pion exchange scalar model is used to calculate differential and total cross sections for pion production through nucleon- nucleon collisions. The collisions involve intermediate delta particle production and decay to nucleons and a pion. The model provides the basic theoretical framework for scalar field theory and can be applied to particle production processes where the effects of spin can be neglected.

  14. Dirac-Kaehler Theory and Massless Fields

    SciTech Connect

    Pletyukhov, V. A.; Strazhev, V. I.

    2010-03-24

    Three massless limits of the Dirac-Kaehler theory are considered. It is shown that the Dirac-Kaehler equation for massive particles can be represented as a result of the gauge-invariant mixture (topological interaction) of the above massless fields.

  15. Prequantum Classical Statistical Field Theory: Fundamentals

    SciTech Connect

    Khrennikov, Andrei

    2011-03-28

    We present fundamentals of a prequantum model with hidden variables of the classical field type. In some sense this is the comeback of classical wave mechanics. Our approach also can be considered as incorporation of quantum mechanics into classical signal theory. All quantum averages (including correlations of entangled systems) can be represented as classical signal averages and correlations.

  16. Perturbative quantum gravity in double field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Boels, Rutger H.; Horst, Christoph

    2016-04-01

    We study perturbative general relativity with a two-form and a dilaton using the double field theory formulation which features explicit index factorisation at the Lagrangian level. Explicit checks to known tree level results are performed. In a natural covariant gauge a ghost-like scalar which contributes even at tree level is shown to decouple consistently as required by perturbative unitarity. In addition, a lightcone gauge is explored which bypasses the problem altogether. Using this gauge to study BCFW on-shell recursion, we can show that most of the D-dimensional tree level S-matrix of the theory, including all pure graviton scattering amplitudes, is reproduced by the double field theory. More generally, we argue that the integrand may be reconstructed from its single cuts and provide limited evidence for off-shell cancellations in the Feynman graphs. As a straightforward application of the developed technology double field theory-like expressions for four field string corrections are derived.

  17. Effective Field Theories of Nuclear Structure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Furnstahl, Richard

    1996-10-01

    Traditional nuclear structure calculations have been pushed to new heights recently by exploiting new methods and increased computational power.(B. Pudliner et al)., Phys. Rev. Lett. 74, 4396 (1995); S.E. Koonin et al., nucl-th/9602006 (1996). Nevertheless, these developments have been made without direct input from quantum chromodynamics (QCD), the basic theory of strong interactions. Effective Field Theory provides a framework for connecting the energy scales and degrees of freedom appropriate for nuclear structure with those in the underlying QCD. Recent work shows how spontaneously broken chiral symmetry constrains the systematics of few-body nuclei.(See, for example, J.L. Friar, Few-Body Systems Suppl. 99), 1 (1996). Important ingredients are dimensional power counting and the assumption of naturalness,(A. Manohar and H. Georgi, Nucl. Phys. B234), 189 (1984). which allow estimates of the sizes of terms in effective lagrangians and imply the hierarchy of nuclear many-body forces. The delicacies of nuclear saturation introduce formidable obstacles to the systematic extension of effective chiral field theory to finite densities. For heavier nuclei, however, the successes of relativistic mean-field phenomenology can be understood in terms of nonrenormalizable effective field theories that are consistent with the symmetries of QCD. This framework provides new insight into issues of relativistic versus nonrelativistic formulations, nucleon compositeness, vacuum contributions, and extrapolations to high density.

  18. An Introduction to Effective Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Burgess, C. P.

    2007-11-01

    This review summarizes effective field theory techniques, which are the modern theoretical tools for exploiting the existence of hierarchies of scale in a physical problem. The general theoretical framework is described and evaluated explicitly for a simple model. Power-counting results are illustrated for a few cases of practical interest, and several applications to quantum electrodynamics are described.

  19. Causality constraints in conformal field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Hartman, Thomas; Jain, Sachin; Kundu, Sandipan

    2016-05-17

    Causality places nontrivial constraints on QFT in Lorentzian signature, for example fixing the signs of certain terms in the low energy Lagrangian. In d dimensional conformal field theory, we show how such constraints are encoded in crossing symmetry of Euclidean correlators, and derive analogous constraints directly from the conformal bootstrap (analytically). The bootstrap setup is a Lorentzian four-point function corresponding to propagation through a shockwave. Crossing symmetry fixes the signs of certain log terms that appear in the conformal block expansion, which constrains the interactions of low-lying operators. As an application, we use the bootstrap to rederive the well known sign constraint on the (Φ)4 coupling in effective field theory, from a dual CFT. We also find constraints on theories with higher spin conserved currents. As a result, our analysis is restricted to scalar correlators, but we argue that similar methods should also impose nontrivial constraints on the interactions of spinning operators

  20. Mean-field kinetic nucleation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kalikmanov, V. I.

    2006-03-01

    A new semiphenomenological model of homogeneous vapor-liquid nucleation is proposed in which the cluster kinetics follows the "kinetic approach to nucleation" and the thermodynamic part is based on the revised Fisher droplet model with the mean-field argument for the cluster configuration integral. The theory is nonperturbative in a cluster size and as such is valid for all clusters down to monomers. It contains two surface tensions: macroscopic (planar) and microscopic. The latter is a temperature dependent quantity related to the vapor compressibility factor at saturation. For Lennard-Jones fluids the microscopic surface tension possesses a universal behavior with the parameters found from the mean-field density functional calculations. The theory is verified against nucleation experiments for argon, nitrogen, water, and mercury, demonstrating very good agreement with experimental data. Classical nucleation theory fails to predict experimental results when a critical cluster becomes small.

  1. Causality constraints in conformal field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hartman, Thomas; Jain, Sachin; Kundu, Sandipan

    2016-05-01

    Causality places nontrivial constraints on QFT in Lorentzian signature, for example fixing the signs of certain terms in the low energy Lagrangian. In d dimensional conformal field theory, we show how such constraints are encoded in crossing symmetry of Euclidean correlators, and derive analogous constraints directly from the conformal bootstrap (analytically). The bootstrap setup is a Lorentzian four-point function corresponding to propagation through a shockwave. Crossing symmetry fixes the signs of certain log terms that appear in the conformal block expansion, which constrains the interactions of low-lying operators. As an application, we use the bootstrap to rederive the well known sign constraint on the (∂ ϕ)4 coupling in effective field theory, from a dual CFT. We also find constraints on theories with higher spin conserved currents. Our analysis is restricted to scalar correlators, but we argue that similar methods should also impose nontrivial constraints on the interactions of spinning operators.

  2. Mean Field Theories of Icosahedral Quasicrystals.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Troian, Sandra Marina

    In 1984 Shechtman et al. discovered a metallic solid (Al(,86)Mn(,14)) with diffraction spots as sharp as those of crystals but with icosahedral point group symmetry, known to be incompatible with translational symmetry. One of the interesting crystallographic questions posed by the discovery of quasicrystals, as these materials are now called, is why does the atomic density assume an icosahedrally symmetric configuration in preference to conventional periodic crystalline forms. To address this question, we use a phenomenological approach based on the Landau theory of crystal formation (Landau, 1937) to ascertain whether any of the conventional elementary approaches to crystal formation might not contain metastable (or even stable) quasicrystalline solutions hitherto overlooked because of the almost universal prejudice that positional ordering must be periodic. Alexander and McTague (1978) touched on the possibility of icosahedrally symmetric structures using a (single order parameter) Landau free energy. We reexamine and extend their model and find that there are three distinct icosahedral stationary points to the free energy, although none of them is ever globally stable compared with more conventional competing structures like the body-centered cubic, hexagonal, or smectic. Which periodic form is favored depends on the temperature range investigated. We find that two of these stationary points are not even local minima of the free energy. We generalize this model by constructing a Landau theory for two or three-component systems, which appear to give a region of the phase diagram in which icosahedral quasicrystalline ordering is the state of lowest free energy. The quasicrystals are stabilized by special geometric ratios between the length scales characterizing the components. Three components are required to stabilize a two-dimensional quasicrystal but two components suffice to stabilize a three-dimensional one. We present results for two different ratios

  3. Mean Field Theory for Collective Motion of Quantum Meson Fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tsue, Y.; Vautherin, D.; Matsui, T.

    1999-08-01

    Mean field theory for the time evolution of quantum meson fields is studied in terms of the functional Schrödinger picture with a time-dependent Gaussian variational wave functional. We first show that the equations of motion for the variational wavefunctional can be rewritten in a compact form similar to the Hartree-Bogoliubov equations in quantum many-body theory and this result is used to recover the covariance of the theory. We then apply this method to the O(N) model and present analytic solutions of the mean field evolution equations for an N-component scalar field. These solutions correspond to quantum rotations in isospin space and represent generalizations of the classical solutions obtained earlier by Anselm and Ryskin. As compared to classical solutions new effects arise because of the coupling between the average value of the field and its quantum fluctuations. We show how to generalize these solutions to the case of mean field dynamics at finite temperature. The relevance of these solutions for the observation of a coherent collective state or a disoriented chiral condensate in ultra-relativistic nuclear collisions is discussed.

  4. A periodic table of effective field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cheung, Clifford; Kampf, Karol; Novotny, Jiri; Shen, Chia-Hsien; Trnka, Jaroslav

    2017-02-01

    We systematically explore the space of scalar effective field theories (EFTs) consistent with a Lorentz invariant and local S-matrix. To do so we define an EFT classification based on four parameters characterizing 1) the number of derivatives per interaction, 2) the soft properties of amplitudes, 3) the leading valency of the interactions, and 4) the spacetime dimension. Carving out the allowed space of EFTs, we prove that exceptional EFTs like the non-linear sigma model, Dirac-Born-Infeld theory, and the special Galileon lie precisely on the boundary of allowed theory space. Using on-shell momentum shifts and recursion relations, we prove that EFTs with arbitrarily soft behavior are forbidden and EFTs with leading valency much greater than the spacetime dimension cannot have enhanced soft behavior. We then enumerate all single scalar EFTs in d < 6 and verify that they correspond to known theories in the literature. Our results suggest that the exceptional theories are the natural EFT analogs of gauge theory and gravity because they are one-parameter theories whose interactions are strictly dictated by properties of the S-matrix.

  5. A periodic table of effective field theories

    DOE PAGES

    Cheung, Clifford; Kampf, Karol; Novotny, Jiri; ...

    2017-02-06

    We systematically explore the space of scalar effective field theories (EFTs) consistent with a Lorentz invariant and local S-matrix. To do so we define an EFT classification based on four parameters characterizing 1) the number of derivatives per interaction, 2) the soft properties of amplitudes, 3) the leading valency of the interactions, and 4) the spacetime dimension. Carving out the allowed space of EFTs, we prove that exceptional EFTs like the non-linear sigma model, Dirac-Born-Infeld theory, and the special Galileon lie precisely on the boundary of allowed theory space. Using on-shell momentum shifts and recursion relations, we prove that EFTsmore » with arbitrarily soft behavior are forbidden and EFTs with leading valency much greater than the spacetime dimension cannot have enhanced soft behavior. We then enumerate all single scalar EFTs in d < 6 and verify that they correspond to known theories in the literature. Finally, our results suggest that the exceptional theories are the natural EFT analogs of gauge theory and gravity because they are one-parameter theories whose interactions are strictly dictated by properties of the S-matrix.« less

  6. A computational theory of visual receptive fields.

    PubMed

    Lindeberg, Tony

    2013-12-01

    A receptive field constitutes a region in the visual field where a visual cell or a visual operator responds to visual stimuli. This paper presents a theory for what types of receptive field profiles can be regarded as natural for an idealized vision system, given a set of structural requirements on the first stages of visual processing that reflect symmetry properties of the surrounding world. These symmetry properties include (i) covariance properties under scale changes, affine image deformations, and Galilean transformations of space-time as occur for real-world image data as well as specific requirements of (ii) temporal causality implying that the future cannot be accessed and (iii) a time-recursive updating mechanism of a limited temporal buffer of the past as is necessary for a genuine real-time system. Fundamental structural requirements are also imposed to ensure (iv) mutual consistency and a proper handling of internal representations at different spatial and temporal scales. It is shown how a set of families of idealized receptive field profiles can be derived by necessity regarding spatial, spatio-chromatic, and spatio-temporal receptive fields in terms of Gaussian kernels, Gaussian derivatives, or closely related operators. Such image filters have been successfully used as a basis for expressing a large number of visual operations in computer vision, regarding feature detection, feature classification, motion estimation, object recognition, spatio-temporal recognition, and shape estimation. Hence, the associated so-called scale-space theory constitutes a both theoretically well-founded and general framework for expressing visual operations. There are very close similarities between receptive field profiles predicted from this scale-space theory and receptive field profiles found by cell recordings in biological vision. Among the family of receptive field profiles derived by necessity from the assumptions, idealized models with very good qualitative

  7. Extending Gurwitsch's field theory of consciousness.

    PubMed

    Yoshimi, Jeff; Vinson, David W

    2015-07-01

    Aron Gurwitsch's theory of the structure and dynamics of consciousness has much to offer contemporary theorizing about consciousness and its basis in the embodied brain. On Gurwitsch's account, as we develop it, the field of consciousness has a variable sized focus or "theme" of attention surrounded by a structured periphery of inattentional contents. As the field evolves, its contents change their status, sometimes smoothly, sometimes abruptly. Inner thoughts, a sense of one's body, and the physical environment are dominant field contents. These ideas can be linked with (and help unify) contemporary theories about the neural correlates of consciousness, inattention, the small world structure of the brain, meta-stable dynamics, embodied cognition, and predictive coding in the brain. Published by Elsevier Inc.

  8. Small Group Learning: Do Group Members' Implicit Theories of Ability Make a Difference?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Beckmann, Nadin; Wood, Robert E.; Minbashian, Amirali; Tabernero, Carmen

    2012-01-01

    We examined the impact of members' implicit theories of ability on group learning and the mediating role of several group process variables, such as goal-setting, effort attributions, and efficacy beliefs. Comparisons were between 15 groups with a strong incremental view on ability (high incremental theory groups), and 15 groups with a weak…

  9. Small Group Learning: Do Group Members' Implicit Theories of Ability Make a Difference?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Beckmann, Nadin; Wood, Robert E.; Minbashian, Amirali; Tabernero, Carmen

    2012-01-01

    We examined the impact of members' implicit theories of ability on group learning and the mediating role of several group process variables, such as goal-setting, effort attributions, and efficacy beliefs. Comparisons were between 15 groups with a strong incremental view on ability (high incremental theory groups), and 15 groups with a weak…

  10. Symmetry, Group Theory, and the Physical Properties of Crystals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Powell, Richard C.

    The intent of this book is to demonstrate the importance of symmetry in determining the properties of solids and the power of using group theory and tensor algebra to elucidate these properties. It is not meant to be a comprehensive text on solid state physics, so many important aspects of condensed matter physics not related to symmetry are not covered here. The book begins by discussing the concepts of symmetry relevant to crystal structures. This is followed by a summary of the basics of group theory and how it is applied to quantum mechanics. Next is a discussion of the description of the macroscopic properties of crystals by tensors and how symmetry determines the form of these tensors. The basic concepts covered in these early chapters are then applied to a series of different examples. There is a discussion of the use of point symmetry in the crystal field theory treatment of point defects in solids. Next is a discussion of crystal symmetry in determining the optical properties of solids, followed by a chapter on the nonlinear optical properties of solids. Then the role of symmetry in treating lattice vibrations is described. The last chapter discusses the effects of translational symmetry on electronic energy bands in solids.

  11. Recursive renormalization group theory based subgrid modeling

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Zhou, YE

    1991-01-01

    Advancing the knowledge and understanding of turbulence theory is addressed. Specific problems to be addressed will include studies of subgrid models to understand the effects of unresolved small scale dynamics on the large scale motion which, if successful, might substantially reduce the number of degrees of freedom that need to be computed in turbulence simulation.

  12. Recursive renormalization group theory based subgrid modeling

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Zhou, YE

    1991-01-01

    Advancing the knowledge and understanding of turbulence theory is addressed. Specific problems to be addressed will include studies of subgrid models to understand the effects of unresolved small scale dynamics on the large scale motion which, if successful, might substantially reduce the number of degrees of freedom that need to be computed in turbulence simulation.

  13. Dynamical theory of dense groups of galaxies

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mamon, Gary A.

    1990-01-01

    It is well known that galaxies associate in groups and clusters. Perhaps 40% of all galaxies are found in groups of 4 to 20 galaxies (e.g., Tully 1987). Although most groups appear to be so loose that the galaxy interactions within them ought to be insignificant, the apparently densest groups, known as compact groups appear so dense when seen in projection onto the plane of the sky that their members often overlap. These groups thus appear as dense as the cores of rich clusters. The most popular catalog of compact groups, compiled by Hickson (1982), includes isolation among its selection critera. Therefore, in comparison with the cores of rich clusters, Hickson's compact groups (HCGs) appear to be the densest isolated regions in the Universe (in galaxies per unit volume), and thus provide in principle a clean laboratory for studying the competition of very strong gravitational interactions. The $64,000 question here is then: Are compact groups really bound systems as dense as they appear? If dense groups indeed exist, then one expects that each of the dynamical processes leading to the interaction of their member galaxies should be greatly enhanced. This leads us to the questions: How stable are dense groups? How do they form? And the related question, fascinating to any theorist: What dynamical processes predominate in dense groups of galaxies? If HCGs are not bound dense systems, but instead 1D change alignments (Mamon 1986, 1987; Walke & Mamon 1989) or 3D transient cores (Rose 1979) within larger looser systems of galaxies, then the relevant question is: How frequent are chance configurations within loose groups? Here, the author answers these last four questions after comparing in some detail the methods used and the results obtained in the different studies of dense groups.

  14. Thoughts about Male Reference Group Identity Dependence Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cook, Ellen P.

    1998-01-01

    Argues that Wade's Male Reference Group Identity Dependence Theory seems to cover familiar groups in respect to gender issues. Also holds that Wade's theory is not sensitive enough to individual differences. Discusses the status of the groups in the study. Offers suggestions for future research. (MKA)

  15. Inflation and deformation of conformal field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Garriga, Jaume; Urakawa, Yuko E-mail: yurakawa@ffn.ub.es

    2013-07-01

    It has recently been suggested that a strongly coupled phase of inflation may be described holographically in terms of a weakly coupled quantum field theory (QFT). Here, we explore the possibility that the wave function of an inflationary universe may be given by the partition function of a boundary QFT. We consider the case when the field theory is a small deformation of a conformal field theory (CFT), by the addition of a relevant operator O, and calculate the primordial spectrum predicted in the corresponding holographic inflation scenario. Using the Ward-Takahashi identity associated with Weyl rescalings, we derive a simple relation between correlators of the curvature perturbation ζ and correlators of the deformation operator O at the boundary. This is done without specifying the bulk theory of gravitation, so that the result would also apply to cases where the bulk dynamics is strongly coupled. We comment on the validity of the Suyama-Yamaguchi inequality, relating the bi-spectrum and tri-spectrum of the curvature perturbation.

  16. Thermal Field Theory in Small Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Horowitz, W. A.

    2017-09-01

    We compute the finite size corrections to the partition function in a Cartesian space of finite extent in M directions and of infinite extent in D – M directions for a massless, non-interacting scalar field theory. We then use this partition function to compute numerically the energy density, pressure, entropy density, and speed of sound for this theory for M = 1, 2, and 3 for D = 3 total spatial dimensions. The finite size corrections for the speed of sound are ∼ 600%, which indicates the need to consider these corrections in hydrodynamic simulations of small collision systems in high energy nuclear physics.

  17. Alpha particles in effective field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Caniu, C.

    2014-11-11

    Using an effective field theory for alpha (α) particles at non-relativistic energies, we calculate the strong scattering amplitude modified by Coulomb corrections for a system of two αs. For the strong interaction, we consider a momentum-dependent interaction which, in contrast to an energy dependent interaction alone [1], could be more useful in extending the theory to systems with more than two α particles. We will present preliminary results of our EFT calculations for systems with two alpha particles.

  18. Recursion equations in gauge field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Migdal, A. A.

    An approximate recursion equation is formulated, describing the scale transformation of the effective action of a gauge field. In two-dimensional space-time the equation becomes exact. In four-dimensional theories it reproduces asymptotic freedom to an accuracy of 30% in the coefficients of the β-function. In the strong-coupling region the β-function remains negative and this results in an asymptotic prison in the infrared region. Possible generalizations and applications to the quark-gluon gauge theory are discussed.

  19. Task A, High Energy Physics Program experiment and theory: Task B, High Energy Physics Program numerical simulation of quantum field theories. [Particle Physics Group, Physics Dept. , The Florida State Univ. , Tallahassee

    SciTech Connect

    Not Available

    1992-01-01

    The effort of the experimental group has been concentrated on the CERN ALEPH and FERMILAB D0 collider experiments and completion of two fixed target experiments. The BNL fixed target experiment 771 took the world's largest sample of D(1285) and E/iota(1420) events, using pion, kaon and antiproton beams. Observing the following resonances: 0[sup [minus plus

  20. Implicit theories about groups and stereotyping: the role of group entitativity.

    PubMed

    Rydell, Robert J; Hugenberg, Kurt; Ray, Devin; Mackie, Diane M

    2007-04-01

    The consequences of holding an entity (i.e., the belief that a group's characteristics are fixed) or incremental (i.e., the belief that a group's characteristics are malleable) implicit theory about groups was examined for stereotyping and perceptions of group entitativity. Two studies showed that implicit theories about groups affect stereotyping by changing perceptions of group entitativity. Study 1 found that entity theorists were more likely to stereotype than incremental theorists and that perception of group entitativity significantly accounted for this relation. In Study 2, implicit theories of groups were manipulated via instruction set and entity theorists stereotyped more and perceived groups as more entitative than incremental theorists. Again, the effect of implicit theory was significantly, although partially, mediated by perceptions of group entitativity. The roles of implicit theories about groups and perceptions of group entitativity are discussed regarding stereotyping.

  1. Nonlinear quantum equations: Classical field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Rego-Monteiro, M. A.; Nobre, F. D.

    2013-10-15

    An exact classical field theory for nonlinear quantum equations is presented herein. It has been applied recently to a nonlinear Schrödinger equation, and it is shown herein to hold also for a nonlinear generalization of the Klein-Gordon equation. These generalizations were carried by introducing nonlinear terms, characterized by exponents depending on an index q, in such a way that the standard, linear equations, are recovered in the limit q→ 1. The main characteristic of this field theory consists on the fact that besides the usual Ψ(x(vector sign),t), a new field Φ(x(vector sign),t) needs to be introduced in the Lagrangian, as well. The field Φ(x(vector sign),t), which is defined by means of an additional equation, becomes Ψ{sup *}(x(vector sign),t) only when q→ 1. The solutions for the fields Ψ(x(vector sign),t) and Φ(x(vector sign),t) are found herein, being expressed in terms of a q-plane wave; moreover, both field equations lead to the relation E{sup 2}=p{sup 2}c{sup 2}+m{sup 2}c{sup 4}, for all values of q. The fact that such a classical field theory works well for two very distinct nonlinear quantum equations, namely, the Schrödinger and Klein-Gordon ones, suggests that this procedure should be appropriate for a wider class nonlinear equations. It is shown that the standard global gauge invariance is broken as a consequence of the nonlinearity.

  2. Group theory and dynamics of neutrino mixing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lam, C. S.

    2011-06-01

    There is a direct group-theoretical connection between neutrino mixing and horizontal symmetry that can be established without any dynamical input. Such a connection is reviewed and expanded in this article. For certain symmetry groups G including A4 and S4, it is shown that a generic U(1)×G Higgs potential of a valon yields exactly the alignments dictated by the group-theoretical approach, but energy can now be used to discriminate different alignments. This mechanism possibly explains why starting from an A4 group, the tribimaximal mixing matrix with an enhanced S4 symmetry is more preferable than the one without it.

  3. A master functional for quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Anselmi, Damiano

    2013-04-01

    We study a new generating functional of one-particle irreducible diagrams in quantum field theory, called master functional, which is invariant under the most general perturbative changes of field variables. The usual functional Γ does not behave as a scalar under the transformation law inherited from its very definition as the Legendre transform of W=ln Z, although it does behave as a scalar under an unusual transformation law. The master functional, on the other hand, is the Legendre transform of an improved functional W with respect to the sources coupled to both elementary and composite fields. The inclusion of certain improvement terms in W and Z is necessary to make this new Legendre transform well defined. The master functional behaves as a scalar under the transformation law inherited from its very definition. Moreover, it admits a proper formulation, obtained extending the set of integrated fields to so-called proper fields, which allows us to work without passing through Z, W or Γ. In the proper formulation the classical action coincides with the classical limit of the master functional, and correlation functions and renormalization are calculated applying the usual diagrammatic rules to the proper fields. Finally, the most general change of field variables, including the map relating bare and renormalized fields, is a linear redefinition of the proper fields.

  4. C*-algebraic scattering theory and explicitly solvable quantum field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Warchall, Henry A.

    1985-06-01

    A general theoretical framework is developed for the treatment of a class of quantum field theories that are explicitly exactly solvable, but require the use of C*-algebraic techniques because time-dependent scattering theory cannot be constructed in any one natural representation of the observable algebra. The purpose is to exhibit mechanisms by which inequivalent representations of the observable algebra can arise in quantum field theory, in a setting free of other complications commonly associated with the specification of dynamics. One of two major results is the development of necessary and sufficient conditions for the concurrent unitary implementation of two automorphism groups in a class of quasifree representations of the algebra of the canonical commutation relations (CCR). The automorphism groups considered are induced by one-parameter groups of symplectic transformations on the classical phase space over which the Weyl algebra of the CCR is built; each symplectic group is conjugate by a fixed symplectic transformation to a one-parameter unitary group. The second result, an analog to the Birman-Belopol'skii theorem in two-Hilbert-space scattering theory, gives sufficient conditions for the existence of Mo/ller wave morphisms in theories with time-development automorphism groups of the above type. In a paper which follows, this framework is used to analyze a particular model system for which wave operators fail to exist in any natural representation of the observable algebra, but for which wave morphisms and an associated S matrix are easily constructed.

  5. Nonassociative Snyder ϕ4 quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Meljanac, Stjepan; Mignemi, Salvatore; Trampetic, Josip; You, Jiangyang

    2017-08-01

    In this article, we define and quantize a truncated form of the nonassociative and noncommutative Snyder ϕ4 field theory using the functional method in momentum space. More precisely, the action is approximated by expanding up to the linear order in the Snyder deformation parameter β , producing an effective model on commutative spacetime for the computation of the two-, four- and six-point functions. The two- and four-point functions at one loop have the same structure as at the tree level, with UV divergences faster than in the commutative theory. The same behavior appears in the six-point function, with a logarithmic UV divergence and renders the theory unrenormalizable at β1 order except for the special choice of free parameters s1=-s2. We expect effects from nonassociativity on the correlation functions at β1 order, but these are cancelled due to the average over permutations.

  6. Free □ k scalar conformal field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Brust, Christopher; Hinterbichler, Kurt

    2017-02-01

    We consider the generalizations of the free U( N ) and O( N ) scalar conformal field theories to actions with higher powers of the Laplacian □ k , in general dimension d. We study the spectra, Verma modules, anomalies and OPE of these theories. We argue that in certain d and k, the spectrum contains zero norm operators which are both primary and descendant, as well as extension operators which are neither primary nor descendant. In addition, we argue that in even dimensions d ≤ 2 k, there are well-defined operator algebras which are related to the □ k theories and are novel in that they have a finite number of single-trace states.

  7. Quantitative field theory of the glass transition

    PubMed Central

    Franz, Silvio; Jacquin, Hugo; Parisi, Giorgio; Urbani, Pierfrancesco; Zamponi, Francesco

    2012-01-01

    We develop a full microscopic replica field theory of the dynamical transition in glasses. By studying the soft modes that appear at the dynamical temperature, we obtain an effective theory for the critical fluctuations. This analysis leads to several results: we give expressions for the mean field critical exponents, and we analytically study the critical behavior of a set of four-points correlation functions, from which we can extract the dynamical correlation length. Finally, we can obtain a Ginzburg criterion that states the range of validity of our analysis. We compute all these quantities within the hypernetted chain approximation for the Gibbs free energy, and we find results that are consistent with numerical simulations. PMID:23112202

  8. Magnetic fields and density functional theory

    SciTech Connect

    Salsbury Jr., Freddie

    1999-02-01

    A major focus of this dissertation is the development of functionals for the magnetic susceptibility and the chemical shielding within the context of magnetic field density functional theory (BDFT). These functionals depend on the electron density in the absence of the field, which is unlike any other treatment of these responses. There have been several advances made within this theory. The first of which is the development of local density functionals for chemical shieldings and magnetic susceptibilities. There are the first such functionals ever proposed. These parameters have been studied by constructing functionals for the current density and then using the Biot-Savart equations to obtain the responses. In order to examine the advantages and disadvantages of the local functionals, they were tested numerically on some small molecules.

  9. Effective Field Theory for Rydberg Polaritons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gullans, M. J.; Thompson, J. D.; Wang, Y.; Liang, Q.-Y.; Vuletić, V.; Lukin, M. D.; Gorshkov, A. V.

    2016-09-01

    We develop an effective field theory (EFT) to describe the few- and many-body propagation of one-dimensional Rydberg polaritons. We show that the photonic transmission through the Rydberg medium can be found by mapping the propagation problem to a nonequilibrium quench, where the role of time and space are reversed. We include effective range corrections in the EFT and show that they dominate the dynamics near scattering resonances in the presence of deep bound states. Finally, we show how the long-range nature of the Rydberg-Rydberg interactions induces strong effective N -body interactions between Rydberg polaritons. These results pave the way towards studying nonperturbative effects in quantum field theories using Rydberg polaritons.

  10. Effective Field Theory for Rydberg Polaritons

    PubMed Central

    Gullans, M. J.; Thompson, J. D.; Wang, Y.; Liang, Q.-Y.; Vuletić, V.; Lukin, M. D.; Gorshkov, A. V.

    2016-01-01

    We develop an effective field theory (EFT) to describe the few- and many-body propagation of one dimensional Rydberg polaritons. We show that the photonic transmission through the Rydberg medium can be found by mapping the propagation problem to a non-equilibrium quench, where the role of time and space are reversed. We include effective range corrections in the EFT and show that they dominate the dynamics near scattering resonances in the presence of deep bound states. Finally, we show how the long-range nature of the Rydberg-Rydberg interactions induces strong effective N-body interactions between Rydberg polaritons. These results pave the way towards studying non-perturbative effects in quantum field theories using Rydberg polaritons. PMID:27661685

  11. Gravity duals for nonrelativistic conformal field theories.

    PubMed

    Balasubramanian, Koushik; McGreevy, John

    2008-08-08

    We attempt to generalize the anti-de Sitter/conformal field theory correspondence to nonrelativistic conformal field theories which are invariant under Galilean transformations. Such systems govern ultracold atoms at unitarity, nucleon scattering in some channels, and, more generally, a family of universality classes of quantum critical behavior. We construct a family of metrics which realize these symmetries as isometries. They are solutions of gravity with a negative cosmological constant coupled to pressureless dust. We discuss realizations of the dust, which include a bulk superconductor. We develop the holographic dictionary and find two-point correlators of the correct form. A strange aspect of the correspondence is that the bulk geometry has two extra noncompact dimensions.

  12. Global anomalies and effective field theory

    DOE PAGES

    Golkar, Siavash; Sethi, Savdeep

    2016-05-17

    Here, we show that matching anomalies under large gauge transformations and large diffeomorphisms can explain the appearance and non-renormalization of couplings in effective field theory. We focus on thermal effective field theory, where we argue that the appearance of certain unusual Chern-Simons couplings is a consequence of global anomalies. As an example, we show that a mixed global anomaly in four dimensions fixes the chiral vortical effect coefficient (up to an overall additive factor). This is an experimentally measurable prediction from a global anomaly. For certain situations, we propose a simpler method for calculating global anomalies which uses correlation functionsmore » rather than eta invariants.« less

  13. Superconformal field theories from M-theory crystal lattices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lee, Sangmin

    2007-05-01

    We propose a brane configuration for the (2+1)d, N=2 superconformal theories (CFT3) arising from M2 branes probing toric Calabi-Yau 4-fold cones, using a T-duality transformation of M theory. We obtain intersections of M5-branes on a three-torus which form a 3d bipartite crystal lattice in a way similar to the 2d dimer models for CFT4. The fundamental fields of the CFT3 are M2-brane discs localized around the intersections, and the superpotential terms are identified with the atoms of the crystal. The model correctly reproduces the Bogomol’nyi-Prasad-Sommerfield (BPS) spectrum of mesons.

  14. Higher spin double field theory: a proposal

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bekaert, Xavier; Park, Jeong-Hyuck

    2016-07-01

    We construct a double field theory coupled to the fields present in Vasiliev's equations. Employing the "semi-covariant" differential geometry, we spell a functional in which each term is completely covariant with respect to O(4, 4) T-duality, doubled diffeomorphisms, Spin(1, 3) local Lorentz symmetry and, separately, HS(4) higher spin gauge symmetry. We identify a minimal set of BPS-like conditions whose solutions automatically satisfy the full Euler-Lagrange equations. As such a solution, we derive a linear dilaton vacuum. With extra algebraic constraints further supplemented, the BPS-like conditions reduce to the bosonic Vasiliev equations.

  15. Generalized IIB supergravity from exceptional field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Baguet, Arnaud; Magro, Marc; Samtleben, Henning

    2017-03-01

    The background underlying the η-deformed AdS 5 × S 5 sigma-model is known to satisfy a generalization of the IIB supergravity equations. Their solutions are related by T-duality to solutions of type IIA supergravity with non-isometric linear dilaton. We show how the generalized IIB supergravity equations can be naturally obtained from exceptional field theory. Within this manifestly duality covariant formulation of maximal supergravity, the generalized IIB supergravity equations emerge upon imposing on the fields a simple Scherk-Schwarz ansatz which respects the section constraint.

  16. Generating Quasigroups: A Group Theory Investigation

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lynch, Mark A. M.

    2011-01-01

    A procedure for generating quasigroups from groups is described, and the properties of these derived quasigroups are investigated. Some practical examples of the procedure and related results are presented.

  17. The Supersymmetric Effective Field Theory of Inflation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Delacrétaz, Luca V.; Gorbenko, Victor; Senatore, Leonardo

    2017-03-01

    We construct the Supersymmetric Effective Field Theory of Inflation, that is the most general theory of inflationary fluctuations when time-translations and supersymmetry are spontaneously broken. The non-linear realization of these invariances allows us to define a complete SUGRA multiplet containing the graviton, the gravitino, the Goldstone of time translations and the Goldstino, with no auxiliary fields. Going to a unitary gauge where only the graviton and the gravitino are present, we write the most general Lagrangian built out of the fluctuations of these fields, invariant under time-dependent spatial diffeomorphisms, but softly-breaking time diffeomorphisms and gauged SUSY. With a suitable Stückelberg transformation, we introduce the Goldstone boson of time translation and the Goldstino of SUSY. No additional dynamical light field is needed. In the high energy limit, larger than the inflationary Hubble scale for the Goldstino, these fields decouple from the graviton and the gravitino, greatly simplifying the analysis in this regime. We study the phenomenology of this Lagrangian. The Goldstino can have a non-relativistic dispersion relation. Gravitino and Goldstino affect the primordial curvature perturbations at loop level. The UV modes running in the loops generate three-point functions which are degenerate with the ones coming from operators already present in the absence of supersymmetry. Their size is potentially as large as corresponding to f NL equil., orthog. ˜ 1 or, for particular operators, even ≫ 1. The non-degenerate contribution from modes of order H is estimated to be very small.

  18. Consistency relations in effective field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Munshi, Dipak; Regan, Donough

    2017-06-01

    The consistency relations in large scale structure relate the lower-order correlation functions with their higher-order counterparts. They are direct outcome of the underlying symmetries of a dynamical system and can be tested using data from future surveys such as Euclid. Using techniques from standard perturbation theory (SPT), previous studies of consistency relation have concentrated on continuity-momentum (Euler)-Poisson system of an ideal fluid. We investigate the consistency relations in effective field theory (EFT) which adjusts the SPT predictions to account for the departure from the ideal fluid description on small scales. We provide detailed results for the 3D density contrast δ as well as the scaled divergence of velocity bar theta. Assuming a ΛCDM background cosmology, we find the correction to SPT results becomes important at k gtrsim 0.05 h/Mpc and that the suppression from EFT to SPT results that scales as square of the wave number k, can reach 40% of the total at k ≈ 0.25 h/Mpc at z = 0. We have also investigated whether effective field theory corrections to models of primordial non-Gaussianity can alter the squeezed limit behaviour, finding the results to be rather insensitive to these counterterms. In addition, we present the EFT corrections to the squeezed limit of the bispectrum in redshift space which may be of interest for tests of theories of modified gravity.

  19. Backreacted axion field ranges in string theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Baume, Florent; Palti, Eran

    2016-08-01

    String theory axions are interesting candidates for fields whose potential might be controllable over super-Planckian field ranges and therefore as possible candidates for inflatons in large field inflation. Axion monodromy scenarios are setups where the axion shift symmetry is broken by some effect such that the axion can traverse a large number of periods potentially leading to super-Planckian excursions. We study such scenarios in type IIA string theory where the axion shift symmetry is broken by background fluxes. In particular we calculate the backreaction of the energy density induced by the axion vacuum expectation value on its own field space metric. We find universal behaviour for all the compactifications studied where up to a certain critical axion value there is only a small backreaction effect. Beyond the critical value the backreaction is strong and implies that the proper field distance as measured by the backreacted metric increases at best logarithmically with the axion vev, thereby placing strong limitations on extending the field distance any further. The critical axion value can be made arbitrarily large by the choice of fluxes. However the backreaction of these fluxes on the axion field space metric ensures a precise cancellation such that the proper field distance up to the critical axion value is flux independent and remains sub-Planckian. We also study an axion alignment scenario for type IIA compactifications on a twisted torus with four fundamental axions mixing to leave an axion with an effective decay constant which is flux dependent. There is a choice of fluxes for which the alignment parameter controlling the effective decay constant is unconstrained by tadpoles and can in principle lead to an arbitrarily large effective decay constant. However we show that these fluxes backreact on the fundamental decay constants so as to precisely cancel any enhancement leaving a sub-Planckian effective decay constant.

  20. Closed string field theory from polyhedra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Saadi, Maha; Zwiebach, Barton

    1989-05-01

    A fully nonpolynomial framework for closed string field theory is studied. All interactions are geometrical, the pattern of string overlaps gives polyhedra with equal perimeter faces and three edges at each vertex. All interactions are cubic in the sense that at most three strings can coincide at a point. The three point vertex used is that of Witten which is seen to be quite natural in the framework of quadratic differentials and to induce a very symmetric decomposition of moduli space.

  1. Hamiltonian formulation of string field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Siopsis, George

    1987-09-01

    Witten's string field theory is quantized in the hamiltonian formalism. The constraints are solved and the hamiltonian is expressed in terms of only physical degrees of freedom. Thus, no Faddeev-Popov ghosts are introduced. Instead, the action contains terms of arbitrarily high order in the string functionals. Agreement with the standard results is demonstrated by an explicit calculation of the residues of the first few poles of the four-tachyon tree amplitude.

  2. Conformal field theory, anomalies and superstrings

    SciTech Connect

    Baaquie, B.E.; Chew, C.H.; Oh, C.H.; Phua, K.K. . Dept. of Physics)

    1988-01-01

    This workshop was the first of a planned series of workshops on high energy physics. The emphasis that t was on the theoretical and mathematical of high energy physics; the next workshop to be held in Beijing in 1988 will have emphasis on the experimental and phenomenological aspects. The workshop was intended to introduce in a pedagogical manner the recent advances in superstrings, anomalies and field theory.

  3. Magnetic fields in Local Group dwarf irregulars

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chyży, K. T.; Weżgowiec, M.; Beck, R.; Bomans, D. J.

    2011-05-01

    Aims: We wish to clarify whether strong magnetic fields can be effectively generated in typically low-mass dwarf galaxies and to assess the role of dwarf galaxies in the magnetization of the Universe. Methods: We performed a search for radio emission and magnetic fields in an unbiased sample of 12 Local Group (LG) irregular and dwarf irregular galaxies with the 100-m Effelsberg telescope at 2.64 GHz. Three galaxies were detected. A higher frequency (4.85 GHz) was used to search for polarized emission in five dwarfs that are the most luminous ones in the infrared domain, of which three were detected. Results: Magnetic fields in LG dwarfs are weak, with a mean value of the total field strength of <4.2 ± 1.8 μG, three times lower than in the normal spirals. The strongest field among all LG dwarfs of 10 μG (at 2.64 GHz) is observed in the starburst dwarf IC 10. The production of total magnetic fields in dwarf systems appears to be regulated mainly by the star-formation surface density (with the power-law exponent of 0.30 ± 0.04) or by the gas surface density (with the exponent 0.47 ± 0.09). In addition, we find systematically stronger fields in objects of higher global star-formation rate. The dwarf galaxies follow a similar far-infrared relationship (with a slope of 0.91 ± 0.08) to that determined for high surface brightness spiral galaxies. The magnetic field strength in dwarf galaxies does not correlate with their maximum rotational velocity, indicating that a small-scale rather than a large-scale dynamo process is responsible for producting magnetic fields in dwarfs. If magnetization of the Universe by galactic outflows is coeval with its metal enrichment, we show that more massive objects (such as Lyman break galaxies) can efficiently magnetize the intergalactic medium with a magnetic field strength of about 0.8 nG out to a distance of 160-530 kpc at redshifts 5-3, respectively. Magnetic fields that are several times weaker and shorter magnetization

  4. Fermionic ghosts in Moyal string field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bars, Itzhak; Kishimoto, Isao; Matsuo, Yutaka

    2003-07-01

    We complete the construction of the Moyal star formulation of bosonic open string field theory (MSFT) by providing a detailed study of the fermionic ghost sector. In particular, as in the case of the matter sector, (1) we construct a map from Witten's star product to the Moyal product, (2) we propose a regularization scheme which is consistent with the matter sector and (3) as a check of the formalism, we derive the ghost Neumann coefficients algebraically directly from the Moyal product. The latter satisfy the Gross-Jevicki nonlinear relations even in the presence of the regulator, and when the regulator is removed they coincide numerically with the expression derived from conformal field theory. After this basic construction, we derive a regularized action of string field theory in the Siegel gauge and define the Feynman rules. We give explicitly the analytic expression of the off-shell four point function for tachyons, including the ghost contribution. Some of the results in this paper have already been used in our previous publications. This paper provides the technical details of the computations which were omitted there.

  5. Superconformal partial waves in Grassmannian field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Doobary, Reza; Heslop, Paul

    2015-12-01

    We derive superconformal partial waves for all scalar four-point functions on a super Grassmannian space Gr( m| n, 2 m|2 n) for all m, n. This family of four-point functions includes those of all (arbitrary weight) half BPS operators in both N=4 SYM ( m = n = 2) and in N = 2 superconformal field theories in four dimensions ( m = 2 , n = 1) on analytic superspace. It also includes four-point functions of all (arbitrary dimension) scalar fields in non-supersymmetric conformal field theories ( m = 2 , n = 0) on Minkowski space, as well as those of a certain class of representations of the compact SU(2 n) coset spaces. As an application we then specialise to N=4 SYM and use these results to perform a detailed superconformal partial wave analysis of the four-point functions of arbitrary weight half BPS operators. We discuss the non-trivial separation of protected and unprotected sectors for the <2222>, <2233> and <3333> cases in an SU( N) gauge theory at finite N. The <2233> correlator predicts a non-trivial protected twist four sector for <3333> which we can completely determine using the knowledge that there is precisely one such protected twist four operator for each spin.

  6. Group-III Nitride Field Emitters

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bensaoula, Abdelhak; Berishev, Igor

    2008-01-01

    Field-emission devices (cold cathodes) having low electron affinities can be fabricated through lattice-mismatched epitaxial growth of nitrides of elements from group III of the periodic table. Field emission of electrons from solid surfaces is typically utilized in vacuum microelectronic devices, including some display devices. The present field-emission devices and the method of fabricating them were developed to satisfy needs to reduce the cost of fabricating field emitters, make them compatible with established techniques for deposition of and on silicon, and enable monolithic integration of field emitters with silicon-based driving circuitry. In fabricating a device of this type, one deposits a nitride of one or more group-III elements on a substrate of (111) silicon or other suitable material. One example of a suitable deposition process is chemical vapor deposition in a reactor that contains plasma generated by use of electron cyclotron resonance. Under properly chosen growth conditions, the large mismatch between the crystal lattices of the substrate and the nitride causes strains to accumulate in the growing nitride film, such that the associated stresses cause the film to crack. The cracks lie in planes parallel to the direction of growth, so that the growing nitride film becomes divided into microscopic growing single-crystal columns. The outer ends of the fully-grown columns can serve as field-emission tips. By virtue of their chemical compositions and crystalline structures, the columns have low work functions and high electrical conductivities, both of which are desirable for field emission of electrons. From examination of transmission electron micrographs of a prototype device, the average column width was determined to be about 100 nm and the sharpness of the tips was determined to be characterized by a dimension somewhat less than 100 nm. The areal density of the columns was found to about 5 x 10(exp 9)/sq cm . about 4 to 5 orders of magnitude

  7. Nonperturbative studies in quantum field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Abada, A.

    1992-01-01

    This dissertation is composed of three different research topics. The first part deals with the Study of the so-called local lattice Yukawa theory. The motivation for this study is to investigate the interior of the phase diagram of this theory. A strong y expansion (y being the bare Yukawa coupling) is performed of the partition function and show that within the (finite) range of convergence of the series expansion, the lattice Yukawa theory is equivalent to a purely bosonic theory, with a shifted action. The author explicitly calculated the shifted action to the fourth order in 1/y and find that it is composed of competing interactions. This suggests that away from y = [infinity] towards the interior of the phase diagram, there is a more complicated ordering than simple ferromagnetic or antiferromagnetic. In the second part, the question is addressed of formation of bound states out of constituent fields in an exactly soluble theory, i.e. multifermion electro-dynamics in two space-time dimensions. The author exactly calculates the correlation function corresponding to a neutral composite fermion operator and discuss the pole structure of its Fourier transform. It does not exhibit a simple pole in p[sup 2], hence the corresponding neutral composite operator does not create an asymptotic state in the spectrum of the theory. In part three, the author puts multifermion QED[sub 2] in a heat bath and address the same question as in part two. The author first exactly calculates a bosonic correlation function at finite temperature and density, and discuss its behavior. The author then exactly calculates the correlation function corresponding to the neutral composite fermion operator at finite temperature and density and discusses its behavior. It is concluded that the temperature does not help the composite fermion operator create a particle in the spectrum of the theory.

  8. Heavy Quarks, QCD, and Effective Field Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Thomas Mehen

    2012-10-09

    The research supported by this OJI award is in the area of heavy quark and quarkonium production, especially the application Soft-Collinear E ective Theory (SCET) to the hadronic production of quarkonia. SCET is an e ffective theory which allows one to derive factorization theorems and perform all order resummations for QCD processes. Factorization theorems allow one to separate the various scales entering a QCD process, and in particular, separate perturbative scales from nonperturbative scales. The perturbative physics can then be calculated using QCD perturbation theory. Universal functions with precise fi eld theoretic de nitions describe the nonperturbative physics. In addition, higher order perturbative QCD corrections that are enhanced by large logarithms can be resummed using the renormalization group equations of SCET. The applies SCET to the physics of heavy quarks, heavy quarkonium, and similar particles.

  9. Noncommutative Gravity and Quantum Field Theory on Noncommutative Curved Spacetimes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schenkel, Alexander

    2012-10-01

    The focus of this PhD thesis is on applications, new developments and extensions of the noncommutative gravity theory proposed by Julius Wess and his group. In part one we propose an extension of the usual symmetry reduction procedure to noncommutative gravity. We classify in the case of abelian Drinfel'd twists all consistent deformations of spatially flat Friedmann-Robertson-Walker cosmologies and of the Schwarzschild black hole. The deformed symmetry structure allows us to obtain exact solutions of the noncommutative Einstein equations in many of our models. In part two we develop a new formalism for quantum field theory on noncommutative curved spacetimes by combining methods from the algebraic approach to quantum field theory with noncommutative differential geometry. We also study explicit examples of deformed wave operators and find that there can be noncommutative corrections even on the level of free field theories. The convergent deformation of simple toy models is investigated and it is found that these theories have an improved behaviour at short distances, i.e. in the ultraviolet. In part three we study homomorphisms between and connections on noncommutative vector bundles. We prove that all homomorphisms and connections of the deformed theory can be obtained by applying a quantization isomorphism to undeformed homomorphisms and connections. The extension of homomorphisms and connections to tensor products of bimodules is clarified. As a nontrivial application of the new mathematical formalism we extend our studies of exact noncommutative gravity solutions to more general deformations.

  10. Emergent coherent structures in nonequilibrium field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Thorarinson, Joel Larus Marvin

    2008-10-01

    In this thesis we study the properties of time-dependent, nontopological configurations and their effect on the macroscopic properties of a system described by a nonlinear field theory. These structures seem to be ubiquitous in relativistic field theories with symmetry breaking scenarios and since they drastically change the power spectrum, understanding their properties and lifetimes is essential for characterization of the equilibration time scales of a given system. To understand the mechanisms of their creation we rely on large scale computations to solve the fully nonlinear equations of motion. By using both Langevin thermalization techniques and various ansatz we find information about both the individual formation and stability properties of these structures and their effect on global observables such as the decay rate of a metastable vacuum. Each of these aspects contains surprises and radical departures from the linearized theories. We also show examples of how these structures can be examined in momentum space from computing several correlation functions. We extend 2d results on the effect of these emergent structures to the decay rate of a false vacuum to 3d and confirm that these time-dependent structures modify the decay, after a quench, to a power law in pure scalar theories. Adding gauge fields, we present new time dependent nontopological solutions in the 2d Abelian Higgs model which show the creation of oscillons from vortex antivortex annihilations. A phase transition in configuration space is then constructed from the stability properties of these oscillons in parameter space. Similarly, in 3 d we show that oscillons may be formed through toroidal ux-tube annihilations. Finally, these properties are shown to also apply to more complex situations, such as the condensed proton-neutron system, which exhibits all the previous oscillon results as well as a new nontrivial vortex-vortex bound state.

  11. Haag's Theorem and Parameterized Quantum Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Seidewitz, Edwin

    2017-01-01

    ``Haag's theorem is very inconvenient; it means that the interaction picture exists only if there is no interaction''. In traditional quantum field theory (QFT), Haag's theorem states that any field unitarily equivalent to a free field must itself be a free field. But the derivation of the Dyson series perturbation expansion relies on the use of the interaction picture, in which the interacting field is unitarily equivalent to the free field, but which must still account for interactions. So, the usual derivation of the scattering matrix in QFT is mathematically ill defined. Nevertheless, perturbative QFT is currently the only practical approach for addressing realistic scattering, and it has been very successful in making empirical predictions. This success can be understood through an alternative derivation of the Dyson series in a covariant formulation of QFT using an invariant, fifth path parameter in addition to the usual four position parameters. The parameterization provides an additional degree of freedom that allows Haag's Theorem to be avoided, permitting the consistent use of a form of interaction picture in deriving the Dyson expansion. The extra symmetry so introduced is then broken by the choice of an interacting vacuum.

  12. Causality constraints in conformal field theory

    DOE PAGES

    Hartman, Thomas; Jain, Sachin; Kundu, Sandipan

    2016-05-17

    Causality places nontrivial constraints on QFT in Lorentzian signature, for example fixing the signs of certain terms in the low energy Lagrangian. In d dimensional conformal field theory, we show how such constraints are encoded in crossing symmetry of Euclidean correlators, and derive analogous constraints directly from the conformal bootstrap (analytically). The bootstrap setup is a Lorentzian four-point function corresponding to propagation through a shockwave. Crossing symmetry fixes the signs of certain log terms that appear in the conformal block expansion, which constrains the interactions of low-lying operators. As an application, we use the bootstrap to rederive the well knownmore » sign constraint on the (Φ)4 coupling in effective field theory, from a dual CFT. We also find constraints on theories with higher spin conserved currents. As a result, our analysis is restricted to scalar correlators, but we argue that similar methods should also impose nontrivial constraints on the interactions of spinning operators« less

  13. Inhomogeneous field theory inside the arctic circle

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Allegra, Nicolas; Dubail, Jérôme; Stéphan, Jean-Marie; Viti, Jacopo

    2016-05-01

    Motivated by quantum quenches in spin chains, a one-dimensional toy-model of fermionic particles evolving in imaginary-time from a domain-wall initial state is solved. The main interest of this toy-model is that it exhibits the arctic circle phenomenon, namely a spatial phase separation between a critically fluctuating region and a frozen region. Large-scale correlations inside the critical region are expressed in terms of correlators in a (euclidean) two-dimensional massless Dirac field theory. It is observed that this theory is inhomogenous: the metric is position-dependent, so it is in fact a Dirac theory in curved space. The technique used to solve the toy-model is then extended to deal with the transfer matrices of other models: dimers on the honeycomb and square lattice, and the six-vertex model at the free fermion point (Δ =0 ). In all cases, explicit expressions are given for the long-range correlations in the critical region, as well as for the underlying Dirac action. Although the setup developed here is heavily based on fermionic observables, the results can be translated into the language of height configurations and of the gaussian free field, via bosonization. Correlations close to the phase boundary and the generic appearance of Airy processes in all these models are also briefly revisited in the appendix.

  14. Theory of Metal Surface Field Evaporation.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    McMullen, Edward Richard

    This work addresses the effects of intense positive electric fields applied to two metal surfaces. In particular, the outward shifting of the surface layer in response to the fields, the redistribution of electronic charge within the metal initiated by the fields, and prediction of the minimum field strength which will produce evaporation of the surface monolayer of positive charge and attendant electrons are investigated. Density functional theory, a powerful method of treating the inhomogeneous electron gas, is the theoretical approach taken in this work. Its utility and success within the local density approximation have been proven for many systems, diverse in size and nature, including the metal surface. By positioning the surface monolayer at a particular separation measured along the surface normal and calculating the surface energy from the semi-self-consistent electronic density generated via the Schrodinger equation with a one -electron effective potential, and repeating the procedure for other separations, an energy-displacement curve for a particular applied field can be mapped. A minimum in the curve for fields less than the least required for field evaporation locates the equilibrium position of the surface layer. The minimum will just disappear for the critical field. In this way, the critical field for the uniform positive-background-charge metal, herein named sodium-jellium (NaJ), is found to be 1.8 V/(ANGSTROM); that for Al (lll) is found to be 4.5 V/(ANGSTROM). The zero-field energies for both metals are found to map onto a curve obtained from a universal binding energy expression. This expression, which scales according to two parameters which can be related to known empirical quantities, is extended by a simple method to predict the critical fields for surface layer evaporation of a range of metals. Comparison is made of the predicted values with experimentally available critical fields for field evaporating atoms/ions singly from rounded

  15. Mean-field theory for inhomogeneous electrolytes.

    PubMed

    Yeh, Shin-Shing; Chen, Peilong

    2005-09-01

    We calculate the free energy density for inhomogeneous electrolytes based on the mean-field Debye-Hückel theory. Derived are the contributions of (1) the differential term for the electrolyte density being slow varying in one direction and (2) the boundary term for an electrolyte confined to one side of a planar interface. These contributions are shown to cause an electrolyte depletion near the air-water interfaces, which makes the surface tension increase, to be significantly larger than those predicted by previous theories. Nonuniform electrolyte densities are also computed near the water-electrolyte and electrolyte-electrolyte interfaces. Finally we calculate the interaction of two uncharged macrospheres due to the electrolyte depletion.

  16. Bayesian parameter estimation for effective field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wesolowski, S.; Klco, N.; Furnstahl, R. J.; Phillips, D. R.; Thapaliya, A.

    2016-07-01

    We present procedures based on Bayesian statistics for estimating, from data, the parameters of effective field theories (EFTs). The extraction of low-energy constants (LECs) is guided by theoretical expectations in a quantifiable way through the specification of Bayesian priors. A prior for natural-sized LECs reduces the possibility of overfitting, and leads to a consistent accounting of different sources of uncertainty. A set of diagnostic tools is developed that analyzes the fit and ensures that the priors do not bias the EFT parameter estimation. The procedures are illustrated using representative model problems, including the extraction of LECs for the nucleon-mass expansion in SU(2) chiral perturbation theory from synthetic lattice data.

  17. The effective field theory of dark energy

    SciTech Connect

    Gubitosi, Giulia; Vernizzi, Filippo; Piazza, Federico E-mail: fpiazza@apc.univ-paris7.fr

    2013-02-01

    We propose a universal description of dark energy and modified gravity that includes all single-field models. By extending a formalism previously applied to inflation, we consider the metric universally coupled to matter fields and we write in terms of it the most general unitary gauge action consistent with the residual unbroken symmetries of spatial diffeomorphisms. Our action is particularly suited for cosmological perturbation theory: the background evolution depends on only three operators. All other operators start at least at quadratic order in the perturbations and their effects can be studied independently and systematically. In particular, we focus on the properties of a few operators which appear in non-minimally coupled scalar-tensor gravity and galileon theories. In this context, we study the mixing between gravity and the scalar degree of freedom. We assess the quantum and classical stability, derive the speed of sound of fluctuations and the renormalization of the Newton constant. The scalar can always be de-mixed from gravity at quadratic order in the perturbations, but not necessarily through a conformal rescaling of the metric. We show how to express covariant field-operators in our formalism and give several explicit examples of dark energy and modified gravity models in our language. Finally, we discuss the relation with the covariant EFT methods recently appeared in the literature.

  18. Renormalization-group theory of plasma microturbulence

    SciTech Connect

    Carati, D.; Chriaa, K.; Balescu, R. )

    1994-08-01

    The dynamical renormalization-group methods are applied to the gyrokinetic equation describing drift-wave turbulence in plasmas. As in both magnetohydrodynamic and neutral turbulence, small-scale fluctuations appear to act as effective dissipative processes on large-scale phenomena. A linear renormalized gyrokinetic equation is derived. No artificial forcing is introduced into the equations and all the renormalized corrections are expressed in terms of the fluctuating electric potential. The link with the quasilinear limit and the direct interaction approximation is investigated. Simple analytical expressions for the anomalous transport coefficients are derived by using the linear renormalized gyrokinetic equation. Examples show that both quasilinear and Bohm scalings can be recovered depending on the spectral amplitude of the electric potential fluctuations.

  19. Towards a quantum field theory of primitive string fields

    SciTech Connect

    Ruehl, W.

    2012-10-15

    We denote generating functions of massless even higher-spin fields 'primitive string fields' (PSF's). In an introduction we present the necessary definitions and derive propagators and currents of these PDF's on flat space. Their off-shell cubic interaction can be derived after all off-shell cubic interactions of triplets of higher-spin fields have become known. Then we discuss four-point functions of any quartet of PSF's. In subsequent sections we exploit the fact that higher-spin field theories in AdS{sub d+1} are determined by AdS/CFT correspondence from universality classes of critical systems in d-dimensional flat spaces. The O(N) invariant sectors of the O(N) vector models for 1 {<=} N {<=}{infinity} play for us the role of 'standard models', for varying N, they contain, e.g., the Ising model for N = 1 and the spherical model for N = {infinity}. A formula for the masses squared that break gauge symmetry for these O(N) classes is presented for d = 3. For the PSF on AdS space it is shown that it can be derived by lifting the PSF on flat space by a simple kernel which contains the sum over all spins. Finally we use an algorithm to derive all symmetric tensor higher-spin fields. They arise from monomials of scalar fields by derivation and selection of conformal (quasiprimary) fields. Typically one monomial produces a multiplet of spin s conformal higher-spin fields for all s {>=} 4, they are distinguished by their anomalous dimensions (in CFT{sub 3}) or by theirmass (in AdS{sub 4}). We sum over these multiplets and the spins to obtain 'string type fields', one for each such monomial.

  20. Group-kinetic theory of turbulence

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tchen, C. M.

    1986-01-01

    The two phases are governed by two coupled systems of Navier-Stokes equations. The couplings are nonlinear. These equations describe the microdynamical state of turbulence, and are transformed into a master equation. By scaling, a kinetic hierarchy is generated in the form of groups, representing the spectral evolution, the diffusivity and the relaxation. The loss of memory in formulating the relaxation yields the closure. The network of sub-distributions that participates in the relaxation is simulated by a self-consistent porous medium, so that the average effect on the diffusivity is to make it approach equilibrium. The kinetic equation of turbulence is derived. The method of moments reverts it to the continuum. The equation of spectral evolution is obtained and the transport properties are calculated. In inertia turbulence, the Kolmogoroff law for weak coupling and the spectrum for the strong coupling are found. As the fluid analog, the nonlinear Schrodinger equation has a driving force in the form of emission of solitons by velocity fluctuations, and is used to describe the microdynamical state of turbulence. In order for the emission together with the modulation to participate in the transport processes, the non-homogeneous Schrodinger equation is transformed into a homogeneous master equation. By group-scaling, the master equation is decomposed into a system of transport equations, replacing the Bogoliubov system of equations of many-particle distributions. It is in the relaxation that the memory is lost when the ensemble of higher-order distributions is simulated by an effective porous medium. The closure is thus found. The kinetic equation is derived and transformed into the equation of spectral flow.

  1. The Supersymmetric Effective Field Theory of Inflation

    DOE PAGES

    Delacrétaz, Luca V.; Gorbenko, Victor; Senatore, Leonardo

    2017-03-10

    We construct the Supersymmetric Effective Field Theory of Inflation, that is the most general theory of inflationary fluctuations when time-translations and supersymmetry are spontaneously broken. The non-linear realization of these invariances allows us to define a complete SUGRA multiplet containing the graviton, the gravitino, the Goldstone of time translations and the Goldstino, with no auxiliary fields. Going to a unitary gauge where only the graviton and the gravitino are present, we write the most general Lagrangian built out of the fluctuations of these fields, invariant under time-dependent spatial diffeomorphisms, but softly-breaking time diffeomorphisms and gauged SUSY. With a suitable Stückelbergmore » transformation, we introduce the Goldstone boson of time translation and the Goldstino of SUSY. No additional dynamical light field is needed. In the high energy limit, larger than the inflationary Hubble scale for the Goldstino, these fields decouple from the graviton and the gravitino, greatly simplifying the analysis in this regime. We study the phenomenology of this Lagrangian. The Goldstino can have a non-relativistic dispersion relation. Gravitino and Goldstino affect the primordial curvature perturbations at loop level. The UV modes running in the loops generate three-point functions which are degenerate with the ones coming from operators already present in the absence of supersymmetry. Their size is potentially as large as corresponding to fNLequil.,orthog.~1 or, for particular operators, even >> 1. The non-degenerate contribution from modes of order H is estimated to be very small.« less

  2. The impact of renormalization group theory on magnetism

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Köbler, U.; Hoser, A.

    2007-11-01

    The basic issues of renormalization group (RG) theory, i.e. universality, crossover phenomena, relevant interactions etc. are verified experimentally on magnetic materials. Universality is demonstrated on account of the saturation of the magnetic order parameter for T ↦ 0. Universal means that the deviations with respect to saturation at T = 0 can perfectly be described by a power function of absolute temperature with an exponent ɛ that is independent of spin structure and lattice symmetry. Normally the Tɛ function holds up to ~0.85Tc where crossover to the critical power function occurs. Universality for T ↦ 0 cannot be explained on the basis of the material specific magnon dispersions that are due to atomistic symmetry. Instead, continuous dynamic symmetry has to be assumed. The quasi particles of the continuous symmetry can be described by plane waves and have linear dispersion in all solids. This then explains universality. However, those quasi particles cannot be observed using inelastic neutron scattering. The principle of relevance is demonstrated using the competition between crystal field interaction and exchange interaction as an example. If the ratio of crystal field interaction to exchange interaction is below some threshold value the local crystal field is not relevant under the continuous symmetry of the ordered state and the saturation moment of the free ion is observed for T ↦ 0. Crossover phenomena either between different exponents or between discrete changes of the pre-factor of the Tɛ function are demonstrated for the spontaneous magnetization and for the heat capacity.

  3. Point-form quantum field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Biernat, E.P. Klink, W.H. Schweiger, W. Zelzer, S.

    2008-06-15

    We examine canonical quantization of relativistic field theories on the forward hyperboloid, a Lorentz-invariant surface of the form x{sub {mu}}x{sup {mu}} = {tau}{sup 2}. This choice of quantization surface implies that all components of the 4-momentum operator are affected by interactions (if present), whereas rotation and boost generators remain interaction free-a feature characteristic of Dirac's 'point-form' of relativistic dynamics. Unlike previous attempts to quantize fields on space-time hyperboloids, we keep the usual plane-wave expansion of the field operators and consider evolution of the system generated by the 4-momentum operator. We verify that the Fock-space representations of the Poincare generators for free scalar and spin-1/2 fields look the same as for equal-time quantization. Scattering is formulated for interacting fields in a covariant interaction picture and it is shown that the familiar perturbative expansion of the S-operator is recovered by our approach. An appendix analyzes special distributions, integrals over the forward hyperboloid, that are used repeatedly in the paper.

  4. Pauli-Villars regulatization of supergravity and field theory anomalies

    SciTech Connect

    Gaillard, M.K.

    1995-06-01

    A procedure for Pauli-Villars regularization of locally and globally supersymmetric theories is described. Implications for specific theories, especially those obtained from superstrings, are discussed with emphasis on the role of field theory anomalies.

  5. Purely cubic action for string field theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Horowitz, G. T.; Lykken, J.; Rohm, R.; Strominger, A.

    1986-01-01

    It is shown that Witten's (1986) open-bosonic-string field-theory action and a closed-string analog can be written as a purely cubic interaction term. The conventional form of the action arises by expansion around particular solutions of the classical equations of motion. The explicit background dependence of the conventional action via the Becchi-Rouet-Stora-Tyutin operator is eliminated in the cubic formulation. A closed-form expression is found for the full nonlinear gauge-transformation law.

  6. Exact integrability in quantum field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Thacker, H.B.

    1980-08-01

    The treatment of exactly integrable systems in various branches of two-dimensional classical and quantum physics has recently been placed in a unified framework by the development of the quantum inverse method. This method consolidates a broad range of developments in classical nonlinear wave (soliton) physics, statistical mechanics, and quantum field theory. The essential technique for analyzing exactly integrable quantum systems was invested by Bethe in 1931. The quantum-mechanical extension of the inverse scattering method and its relationship to the methods associated with Bethe's ansatz are examined here. (RWR)

  7. Theory of microemulsions in a gravitational field

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jeng, J. F.; Miller, Clarence A.

    1989-01-01

    A theory of microemulsions developed previously is extended to include the effect of a gravitational field. It predicts variation with position of drop size, drop volume fraction, and area per molecule in the surfactant films within a microemulsion phase. Variation in volume fraction is greatest and occurs in such a way that oil content increases with increasing elevation, as has been found experimentally. Large composition variations are predicted within a middle phase microemulsion near optimal conditions because inversion from the water-continuous to the oil-continuous arrangement occurs with increasing elevation. Generally speaking, gravity reduces solubilization within microemulsions and promotes separation of excess phases.

  8. Theory of microemulsions in a gravitational field

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jeng, J. F.; Miller, Clarence A.

    1989-01-01

    A theory of microemulsions developed previously is extended to include the effect of a gravitational field. It predicts variation with position of drop size, drop volume fraction, and area per molecule in the surfactant films within a microemulsion phase. Variation in volume fraction is greatest and occurs in such a way that oil content increases with increasing elevation, as has been found experimentally. Large composition variations are predicted within a middle phase microemulsion near optimal conditions because inversion from the water-continuous to the oil-continuous arrangement occurs with increasing elevation. Generally speaking, gravity reduces solubilization within microemulsions and promotes separation of excess phases.

  9. Constructing Parton Convolution in Effective Field Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Chen, Jiunn-Wei; Ji, Xiangdong

    2001-10-08

    Parton convolution models have been used extensively in describing the sea quarks in the nucleon and explaining quark distributions in nuclei (the EMC effect). From the effective field theory point of view, we construct the parton convolution formalism which has been the underlying conception of all convolution models. We explain the significance of scheme and scale dependence of the auxiliary quantities such as the pion distributions in a nucleon. As an application, we calculate the complete leading nonanalytic chiral contribution to the isovector component of the nucleon sea.

  10. The Effective Field Theory of nonsingular cosmology

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cai, Yong; Wan, Youping; Li, Hai-Guang; Qiu, Taotao; Piao, Yun-Song

    2017-01-01

    In this paper, we explore the nonsingular cosmology within the framework of the Effective Field Theory (EFT) of cosmological perturbations. Due to the recently proved no-go theorem, any nonsingular cosmological models based on the cubic Galileon suffer from pathologies. We show how the EFT could help us clarify the origin of the no-go theorem, and offer us solutions to break the no-go. Particularly, we point out that the gradient instability can be removed by using some spatial derivative operators in EFT. Based on the EFT description, we obtain a realistic healthy nonsingular cosmological model, and show the perturbation spectrum can be consistent with the observations.

  11. A matrix model from string field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zeze, Syoji

    2016-09-01

    We demonstrate that a Hermitian matrix model can be derived from level truncated open string field theory with Chan-Paton factors. The Hermitian matrix is coupled with a scalar and U(N) vectors which are responsible for the D-brane at the tachyon vacuum. Effective potential for the scalar is evaluated both for finite and large N. Increase of potential height is observed in both cases. The large N matrix integral is identified with a system of N ZZ branes and a ghost FZZT brane.

  12. Temperature Gradient Field Theory of Nucleation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Das, S.; Ain, W. Q.; Azhari, A.; Prasada Rao, A. K.

    2016-02-01

    According to the proposed theory, ceramic particles present in molten metal, lose heat at a slower rate than the metallic liquid during cooling. Such condition results in the formation of a spherical thermal gradient field (TGF) around each particle. Hence, the interstitials (low temperature) of such TGFs are the regions to reach the nucleation temperature first, owing to low energy barrier than the liquid-particle interface (higher temperature). Analytics also indicate that the nucleation rate is higher at the TGF interstitials, than at the liquid-particle interface. Such TGF network results in simultaneous nucleation throughout the system, resulting in grain refinement.

  13. Examples of Subfactors from Conformal Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xu, Feng

    2017-07-01

    Conformal field theory (CFT) in two dimensions provides a rich source of subfactors. The fact that there are so many subfactors coming from CFT have led people to conjecture that perhaps all finite depth subfactors are related to CFT. In this paper we examine classes of subfactors from known CFT. In particular we identify the so called 3^{Z}_2× {Z}_2 subfactor with an intermediate subfactor from conformal inclusion, and construct new subfactors from recent work on holomorphic CFT with central charge 24.

  14. Feynman-Schwinger technique in field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Şavkli, Çetin

    2001-02-01

    In these lectures we introduce the Feynman-Schwinger representation method for solying nonperturbative problems in field theory. As an introduction we first give a brief overview of integral equations and path integral methods for solving nonperturbative problems. Then we discuss the Feynman-Schwinger (FSR) representation method with applications to scalar interactions. The FSR approach is a continuum path integral integral approach in terms of covariant trajectories of particles. Using the exact results provided by the FSR approach we test the reliability of commonly used approximations for nonperturbative summation of interactions for few body systems.

  15. Supersymmetry in open superstring field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Erler, Theodore

    2017-05-01

    We realize the 16 unbroken supersymmetries on a BPS D-brane as invariances of the action of the corresponding open superstring field theory. We work in the small Hilbert space approach, where a symmetry of the action translates into a symmetry of the associated cyclic A ∞ structure. We compute the supersymmetry algebra, being careful to disentangle the components which produce a translation, a gauge transformation, and a symmetry transformation which vanishes on-shell. Via the minimal model theorem, we illustrate how supersymmetry of the action implies supersymmetry of the tree level open string scattering amplitudes.

  16. Pomeron-Odderon interactions in a Reggeon field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bartels, Jochen; Contreras, Carlos; Vacca, Gian Paolo

    2017-01-01

    In this paper we extend our recent nonperturbative functional renormalization group analysis of Reggeon field theory to the interactions of Pomeron and Odderon fields. We establish the existence of a fixed point and its universal properties, which exhibits a novel symmetry structure in the space of Odderon-Pomeron interactions. As in our previous analysis, this part of our program aims at the investigation of the IR limit of Reggeon field theory (the limit of high energies and large transverse distances). It should be seen in the broader context of trying to connect the nonperturbative infrared region (large transverse distances) with the UV region of small transverse distances where the high energy limit of perturbative QCD applies. We briefly discuss the implications of our findings for the existence of an Odderon in high energy scattering.

  17. Characters for Coset Conformal Field Theories and Maverick Examples

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dunbar, David C.; Joshi, Keith G.

    We present an example of a coset conformal field theory which cannot be described by the identification current method. To study such examples we determine formulae for the characters of coset conformal field theories.

  18. Toward a quantum theory of tachyon fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schwartz, Charles

    2016-03-01

    We construct momentum space expansions for the wave functions that solve the Klein-Gordon and Dirac equations for tachyons, recognizing that the mass shell for such fields is very different from what we are used to for ordinary (slower than light) particles. We find that we can postulate commutation or anticommutation rules for the operators that lead to physically sensible results: causality, for tachyon fields, means that there is no connection between space-time points separated by a timelike interval. Calculating the conserved charge and four-momentum for these fields allows us to interpret the number operators for particles and antiparticles in a consistent manner; and we see that helicity plays a critical role for the spinor field. Some questions about Lorentz invariance are addressed and some remain unresolved; and we show how to handle the group representation for tachyon spinors.

  19. Tricritical behavior in a two-dimensional field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hamber, Herbert

    1980-05-01

    The critical behavior of a two-dimensional scalar Euclidean field theory with a potential term that allows for three minima is analyzed using an approximate position-space renormalization-group transformation on the equivalent quantum spin Hamiltonian. The global phase diagram shows a tricritical point separating a critical line from a line of first-order transitions. Other critical properties are examined, and good agreement is found with results on classical spin models belonging to the same universality class.

  20. Causality Is Inconsistent With Quantum Field Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Wolf, Fred Alan

    2011-11-29

    Causality in quantum field theory means the vanishing of commutators for spacelike separated fields (VCSSF). I will show that VCSSF is not tenable. For VCSSF to be tenable, and therefore, to have both retarded and advanced propagators vanish in the elsewhere, a superposition of negative energy antiparticle and positive energy particle propagators, traveling forward in time, and a superposition of negative energy particle and positive energy antiparticle propagators, traveling backward in time, are required. Hence VCSSF predicts non-vanishing probabilities for both negative energy particles in the forward-through-time direction and positive energy antiparticles in the backwards-through-time direction. Therefore, since VCSSF is unrealizable in a stable universe, tachyonic propagation must occur in denial of causality.

  1. Bondi Mass in Classical Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jezierski, J.

    1998-03-01

    We discuss three classical field theories based on the wave equation: scalar field, electrodynamics and linearized gravity. Certain generating formula on a hyperboloid and on a null surface are derived for them. The linearized Einstein equations are analyzed around the null infinity. It is shown how the dynamics can be reduced to gauge invariant quanitities in a quasi-local way. The quasi-local gauge-invariant ``density'' of the Hamiltonian is derived on the hyperboloid and on the future null infinity cal J+. The result gives a new interpretation of the Bondi mass loss formula. We show also how to define the angular momentum. Starting from an affine approach for Einstein equations we obtain variational formulae for Bondi--Sachs type metrics related to energy and angular momentum generators. The original van der Burg asymptotic hierarchy is revisited and the relations between linearized and asymptotic nonlinear situations are established. We discuss also supertranslations, Newman--Penrose charges and Janis solutions.

  2. Quantum Corrections and Effective Action in Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dalvit, Diego A. R.

    1998-07-01

    In this Thesis we study quantum corrections to the classical dynamics for mean values in field theory. To that end we make use of the formalism of the closed time path effective action to get real and causal equations of motion. We introduce a coarse grained effective action, which is useful in the study of phase transitions in field theory. We derive an exact renormalization group equation that describes how this action varies with the coarse graining scale. We develop different approximation methods to solve that equation, and we obtain non perturbative improvements to the effective potential for a self interacting scalar field theory. We also discuss the stochastic aspects contained in this action. On the other hand, using the effective action, we find low energy and large distance quantum corrections for the gravitational potential, treating relativity as an effective low energy theory. We include the effect of scalar fields, fermions and gravitons. The inclusion of metric fluctuations causes Einstein semiclassical equations to depend on the gauge fixing parameters, and they are therefore non physical. We solve this problem identifying as a physical observable the trayectory of a test particle. We explicitly show that the geodesic equation for such particle is independent of the arbitrary parameters of the gauge fixing.

  3. The effective field theory treatment of quantum gravity

    SciTech Connect

    Donoghue, John F.

    2012-09-24

    This is a pedagogical introduction to the treatment of quantum general relativity as an effective field theory. It starts with an overview of the methods of effective field theory and includes an explicit example. Quantum general relativity matches this framework and I discuss gravitational examples as well as the limits of the effective field theory. I also discuss the insights from effective field theory on the gravitational effects on running couplings in the perturbative regime.

  4. Consistent Kaluza-Klein truncations via exceptional field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hohm, Olaf; Samtleben, Henning

    2015-01-01

    We present the generalized Scherk-Schwarz reduction ansatz for the full supersymmetric exceptional field theory in terms of group valued twist matrices subject to consistency equations. With this ansatz the field equations precisely reduce to those of lower-dimensional gauged supergravity parametrized by an embedding tensor. We explicitly construct a family of twist matrices as solutions of the consistency equations. They induce gauged supergravities with gauge groups SO( p, q) and CSO( p, q, r). Geometrically, they describe compactifications on internal spaces given by spheres and (warped) hyperboloides H p,q , thus extending the applicability of generalized Scherk-Schwarz reductions beyond homogeneous spaces. Together with the dictionary that relates exceptional field theory to D = 11 and IIB supergravity, respectively, the construction defines an entire new family of consistent truncations of the original theories. These include not only compactifications on spheres of different dimensions (such as AdS5 × S 5), but also various hyperboloid compactifications giving rise to a higher-dimensional embedding of supergravities with non-compact and non-semisimple gauge groups.

  5. Continuum regularization of quantum field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Bern, Z.

    1986-04-01

    Possible nonperturbative continuum regularization schemes for quantum field theory are discussed which are based upon the Langevin equation of Parisi and Wu. Breit, Gupta and Zaks made the first proposal for new gauge invariant nonperturbative regularization. The scheme is based on smearing in the ''fifth-time'' of the Langevin equation. An analysis of their stochastic regularization scheme for the case of scalar electrodynamics with the standard covariant gauge fixing is given. Their scheme is shown to preserve the masslessness of the photon and the tensor structure of the photon vacuum polarization at the one-loop level. Although stochastic regularization is viable in one-loop electrodynamics, two difficulties arise which, in general, ruins the scheme. One problem is that the superficial quadratic divergences force a bottomless action for the noise. Another difficulty is that stochastic regularization by fifth-time smearing is incompatible with Zwanziger's gauge fixing, which is the only known nonperturbaive covariant gauge fixing for nonabelian gauge theories. Finally, a successful covariant derivative scheme is discussed which avoids the difficulties encountered with the earlier stochastic regularization by fifth-time smearing. For QCD the regularized formulation is manifestly Lorentz invariant, gauge invariant, ghost free and finite to all orders. A vanishing gluon mass is explicitly verified at one loop. The method is designed to respect relevant symmetries, and is expected to provide suitable regularization for any theory of interest. Hopefully, the scheme will lend itself to nonperturbative analysis. 44 refs., 16 figs.

  6. Thermal field theories and shifted boundary conditions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Giusti, L.; Meyer, H.

    The analytic continuation to an imaginary velocity of the canonical partition function of a thermal system expressed in a moving frame has a natural implementation in the Euclidean path-integral formulation in terms of shifted boundary conditions. The Poincare' invariance underlying a relativistic theory implies a dependence of the free-energy on the compact length L_0 and the shift xi only through the combination beta=L_0(1+xi^2)^(1/2). This in turn implies that the energy and the momentum distributions of the thermal theory are related, a fact which is encoded in a set of Ward identities among the correlators of the energy-momentum tensor. The latter have interesting applications in lattice field theory: they offer novel ways to compute thermodynamic potentials, and a set of identities to renormalize non-perturbatively the energy-momentum tensor. At fixed bare parameters the shifted boundary conditions also provide a simple method to vary the temperature in much smaller steps than with the standard procedure.

  7. Space-time resolved quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grobe, R.

    2009-11-01

    We have solved simplified model versions of the time-dependent Dirac and Yukawa equation numerically to study the time evolution of electrons, positrons and photons with full spatial resolution. The goal is to better understand how various particle creation and annihilation processes that require quantum field theory can be visualized. There are many open ended questions that we will address. Are particles and their antimatter companions created instantly, or do they require a certain minimum amount of time? Are they created at precisely the same location? What is the difference between a bare and a physical particle? Forces between two particles are usually understood on a microscopic level as the result of an exchange of bosonic particles. How can the same microscopic exchange mechanism lead to a repulsion as well as an attraction? Do these force intermediating particles ``know'' about the charges of the two interacting particles? How can one visualize this exchange? Does it really make sense to distinguish between virtual and real particles? We also examine how a bare electron can trigger the creation of a cloud of virtual photons around it.[4pt] In collaboration with R. Wagner, Intense Laser Physics Theory Unit, Illinois State University; C. Gerry, Lehman College and ILP-ISU; T. Cheng and Q. Su, Intense Laser Physics Theory Unit, Illinois State University.

  8. Entanglement negativity in quantum field theory.

    PubMed

    Calabrese, Pasquale; Cardy, John; Tonni, Erik

    2012-09-28

    We develop a systematic method to extract the negativity in the ground state of a 1+1 dimensional relativistic quantum field theory, using a path integral formalism to construct the partial transpose ρ(A)(T(2) of the reduced density matrix of a subsystem [formula: see text], and introducing a replica approach to obtain its trace norm which gives the logarithmic negativity E=ln//ρ(A)(T(2))//. This is shown to reproduce standard results for a pure state. We then apply this method to conformal field theories, deriving the result E~(c/4)ln[ℓ(1)ℓ(2)/(ℓ(1)+ℓ(2))] for the case of two adjacent intervals of lengths ℓ(1), ℓ(2) in an infinite system, where c is the central charge. For two disjoint intervals it depends only on the harmonic ratio of the four end points and so is manifestly scale invariant. We check our findings against exact numerical results in the harmonic chain.

  9. Reading Discussion Groups for Teachers: Connecting Theory to Practice

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Fenton-Smith, Ben; Stillwell, Christopher

    2011-01-01

    This article explores how teachers can engage with ideas (research findings, theory, and professional knowledge) through participation in a reading discussion group. Focusing on one group formed by English language teachers at a Japanese university, the study employs survey data, attendance statistics, and observational notes regarding the group's…

  10. Replicating Small Group Research Using the Functional Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cragan, John F.; Wright, David W.

    A replication study tested functional theory utilizing untrained full-fledged groups. One hundred forty undergraduate students who were enrolled in a small group communication course at a large midwestern university participated in small group discussions analyzing a plagiarism case used in an original study by R. Y. Hirokawa. Results indicated…

  11. Reading Discussion Groups for Teachers: Connecting Theory to Practice

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Fenton-Smith, Ben; Stillwell, Christopher

    2011-01-01

    This article explores how teachers can engage with ideas (research findings, theory, and professional knowledge) through participation in a reading discussion group. Focusing on one group formed by English language teachers at a Japanese university, the study employs survey data, attendance statistics, and observational notes regarding the group's…

  12. Refringence, field theory and normal modes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Barceló, Carlos; Liberati, Stefano; Visser, Matt

    2002-06-01

    In a previous paper [Barceló C et al 2001 Class. Quantum Grav. 18 3595-610 (Preprint gr-qc/0104001)] we have shown that the occurrence of curved spacetime 'effective Lorentzian geometries' is a generic result of linearizing an arbitrary classical field theory around some nontrivial background configuration. This observation explains the ubiquitous nature of the 'analogue models' for general relativity that have recently been developed based on condensed matter physics. In the simple (single scalar field) situation analysed in our previous paper, there is a single unique effective metric; more complicated situations can lead to bi-metric and multi-metric theories. In the present paper we will investigate the conditions required to keep the situation under control and compatible with experiment - either by enforcing a unique effective metric (as would be required to be strictly compatible with the Einstein equivalence principle), or at the worst by arranging things so that there are multiple metrics that are all 'close' to each other (in order to be compatible with the Eötvös experiment). The algebraically most general situation leads to a physical model whose mathematical description requires an extension of the usual notion of Finsler geometry to a Lorentzian-signature pseudo-Finsler geometry; while this is possibly of some interest in its own right, this particular case does not seem to be immediately relevant for either particle physics or gravitation. The key result is that wide classes of theories lend themselves to an effective metric description. This observation provides further evidence that the notion of 'analogue gravity' is rather generic.

  13. Aspects of integrable and conformal field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Moriconi, Marco

    1997-08-01

    In this thesis we study integrable N = 1 supersymmetric theories in two dimensions that are described as deformations of certain superconformal field theories. These superconformal field theories are non-unitary minimal models of central charges given by cn = [- ]3n(4n + 3)/(2n + 2)/ (cn models) where n = 1,2,/.... These models are the supersymmetrization of the generalized Yang-Lee model and can be obtained as reductions of the supersymmetric sine-Gordon model at some specific values of the coupling constant. After an introduction where we review some of the main aspects of two-dimensional CFT and factorizable scattering we study the thermodynamics of the supersymmetric generalized Yang-Lee models and diagonalize the transfer matrix, obtaining the Thermodynamic Bethe Ansatz (TBA) equations. These equations allow us to compute the ground state energy for a system of N particles in a circle of radius R and we compare the results against the predictions from CFT. This check rules out the necessity of CDD factors and confirms the conjectured S-matrix. We prove a conjecture put forward by E. Melzer relating some TBA systems of N = 2 models and the ones we study. We study the supersymmetric generalized Yang-Lee models on a half-line and find their exact reflection matrix. We prove that the ratio of the amplitudes of reflection for bosons and fermions in the same super-multiplet is universal and extend these results to systems with topological charges. We also find the reflection matrices fur the breathers in the susy sine-Gordon model. Based on a semiclassical analysis we relate the reflection matrices to the actions that preserve integrability and supersymmetry proposed by Inami, Odake and Zhang.

  14. The origin of three-cocycles in quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Carey, A. L.

    1987-08-01

    When quantising a classical field theory it is not automatic that a group of symmetries of the classical system is preserved as a symmetry of the quantum system. Apart from the phenomenon of symmetry breaking it can also happen (as in Faddeev's Gauss law anomaly) that only an extension of the classical group acts as a symmetry group of the quantum system. We show here that rather than signalling a failure of the associative law as has been suggested in the literature, the occurrence of a non-trivial three-cocycle on the local gauge group is an ``anomaly'' or obstruction to the existence of an extension of the local gauge group acting as a symmetry group of the quantum system. Permanent address: Department of Pure Mathematics, University of Adelaide, G.P.O. Box 498, Adelaide, SA 5000, Australia.

  15. Theory of gain in group-III nitride lasers

    SciTech Connect

    Chow, W.W.; Wright, A.F.; Girndt, A.

    1997-06-01

    A microscopic theory of gain in a group-III nitride quantum well laser is presented. The approach, which treats carrier correlations at the level of quantum kinetic theory, gives a consistent account of plasma and excitonic effects in an inhomogeneously broadened system.

  16. Practicing Social Movement Theory in Case Study Groups

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Ormrod, James S.

    2011-01-01

    This article evaluates the use of a "case study group" method for teaching social movement theory. The aim was to give students the opportunity to practice theorizing actively rather than simply learning theory passively. The method provides this by requiring students to undertake case studies on social movements of their choice for the…

  17. An Intuitive Approach to Group Representation Theory, II.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wolbarst, A. B.

    1979-01-01

    This is the second of several papers which attempts to introduce group representation theory to students of molecular or solid-state physics in as intuitive and simple a fashion as possible. (Author/BB)

  18. A Grounded Theory of Western-Trained Asian Group Leaders Leading Groups in Asia

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Taephant, Nattasuda; Rubel, Deborah; Champe, Julia

    2015-01-01

    This grounded theory research explored the experiences of Western-trained Asian group leaders leading groups in Asia. A total of 6 participants from Japan, Taiwan, and Thailand were interviewed 3 times over 9 months. The recursive process of data collection and analysis yielded substantive theory describing the participants' process of reconciling…

  19. A Grounded Theory of Western-Trained Asian Group Leaders Leading Groups in Asia

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Taephant, Nattasuda; Rubel, Deborah; Champe, Julia

    2015-01-01

    This grounded theory research explored the experiences of Western-trained Asian group leaders leading groups in Asia. A total of 6 participants from Japan, Taiwan, and Thailand were interviewed 3 times over 9 months. The recursive process of data collection and analysis yielded substantive theory describing the participants' process of reconciling…

  20. Random Vector and Matrix Theories: A Renormalization Group Approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zinn-Justin, Jean

    2014-09-01

    Random matrices in the large N expansion and the so-called double scaling limit can be used as toy models for quantum gravity: 2D quantum gravity coupled to conformal matter. This has generated a tremendous expansion of random matrix theory, tackled with increasingly sophisticated mathematical methods and number of matrix models have been solved exactly. However, the somewhat paradoxical situation is that either models can be solved exactly or little can be said. Since the solved models display critical points and universal properties, it is tempting to use renormalization group ideas to determine universal properties, without solving models explicitly. Initiated by Br\\'ezin and Zinn-Justin, the approach has led to encouraging results, first for matrix integrals and then quantum mechanics with matrices, but has not yet become a universal tool as initially hoped. In particular, general quantum field theories with matrix fields require more detailed investigations. To better understand some of the encountered difficulties, we first apply analogous ideas to the simpler O(N) symmetric vector models, models that can be solved quite generally in the large N limit. Unlike other attempts, our method is a close extension of Br\\'ezin and Zinn-Justin. Discussing vector and matrix models with similar approximation scheme, we notice that in all cases (vector and matrix integrals, vector and matrix path integrals in the local approximation), at leading order, non-trivial fixed points satisfy the same universal algebraic equation, and this is the main result of this work. However, its precise meaning and role have still to be better understood.

  1. BOOK REVIEW: Classical Solutions in Quantum Field Theory Classical Solutions in Quantum Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mann, Robert

    2013-02-01

    Quantum field theory has evolved from its early beginnings as a tool for understanding the interaction of light with matter into a rather formidable technical paradigm, one that has successfully provided the mathematical underpinnings of all non-gravitational interactions. Over the eight decades since it was first contemplated the methods have become increasingly more streamlined and sophisticated, yielding new insights into our understanding of the subatomic world and our abilities to make clear and precise predictions. Some of the more elegant methods have to do with non-perturbative and semiclassical approaches to the subject. The chief players here are solitons, instantons, and anomalies. Over the past three decades there has been a steady rise in our understanding of these objects and of our ability to calculate their effects and implications for the rest of quantum field theory. This book is a welcome contribution to this subject. In 12 chapters it provides a clear synthesis of the key developments in these subjects at a level accessible to graduate students that have had an introductory course to quantum field theory. In the author's own words it provides both 'a survey and an overview of this field'. The first half of the book concentrates on solitons--kinks, vortices, and magnetic monopoles--and their implications for the subject. The reader is led first through the simplest models in one spatial dimension, into more sophisticated cases that required more advanced topological methods. The author does quite a nice job of introducing the various concepts as required, and beginning students should be able to get a good grasp of the subject directly from the text without having to first go through the primary literature. The middle part of the book deals with the implications of these solitons for both cosmology and for duality. While the cosmological discussion is quite nice, the discussion on BPS solitons, supersymmetry and duality is rather condensed. It is

  2. Power counting and Wilsonian renormalization in nuclear effective field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Valderrama, Manuel Pavón

    2016-05-01

    Effective field theories are the most general tool for the description of low energy phenomena. They are universal and systematic: they can be formulated for any low energy systems we can think of and offer a clear guide on how to calculate predictions with reliable error estimates, a feature that is called power counting. These properties can be easily understood in Wilsonian renormalization, in which effective field theories are the low energy renormalization group evolution of a more fundamental — perhaps unknown or unsolvable — high energy theory. In nuclear physics they provide the possibility of a theoretically sound derivation of nuclear forces without having to solve quantum chromodynamics explicitly. However there is the problem of how to organize calculations within nuclear effective field theory: the traditional knowledge about power counting is perturbative but nuclear physics is not. Yet power counting can be derived in Wilsonian renormalization and there is already a fairly good understanding of how to apply these ideas to non-perturbative phenomena and in particular to nuclear physics. Here we review a few of these ideas, explain power counting in two-nucleon scattering and reactions with external probes and hint at how to extend the present analysis beyond the two-body problem.

  3. Unexpected connections between Burnside groups and knot theory

    PubMed Central

    Dabkowski, Mieczyslaw K.; Przytycki, Józef H.

    2004-01-01

    In classical knot theory and the theory of quantum invariants substantial effort was directed toward the search for unknotting moves on links. We solve, in this article, several classical problems concerning unknotting moves. Our approach uses a concept, Burnside groups of links, that establishes an unexpected relationship between knot theory and group theory. Our method has the potential to be used in computational biology in the analysis of DNA via tangle embedding theory, as developed by D. W. Sumners [Sumners, D. W., ed. (1992) New Scientific Applications of Geometry and Topology (Am Math. Soc., Washington, DC) and Ernst, C. & Sumners, D. W. (1999) Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 126, 23–36]. PMID:15576510

  4. Spontaneous symmetry breaking in replica field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Diaz, R. Acosta; Menezes, G.; Svaiter, N. F.; Zarro, C. A. D.

    2017-09-01

    In this paper we discuss a disordered d -dimensional Euclidean λ φ4 model. The dominant contribution to the average free energy of this system is written as a series of the replica partition functions of the model. In each replica partition function, using the saddle-point equations and imposing the replica symmetric ansatz, we show the presence of a spontaneous symmetry breaking mechanism in the disordered model. Moreover, the leading replica partition function must be described by a large-N Euclidean replica field theory. We discuss finite temperature effects considering periodic boundary condition in Euclidean time and also using the Landau-Ginzburg approach. In the low temperature regime we prove the existence of N instantons in the model.

  5. Takiff superalgebras and conformal field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Babichenko, Andrei; Ridout, David

    2013-03-01

    A class of non-semisimple extensions of Lie superalgebras is studied. They are obtained by adjoining to the superalgebra its adjoint representation as an Abelian ideal. When the superalgebra is of affine Kac-Moody type, a generalization of Sugawara’s construction is shown to give rise to a copy of the Virasoro algebra and so, presumably, to a conformal field theory. Evidence for this is detailed for the extension of the affinization of the superalgebra \\mathfrak {gl} ( 1 \\vert 1): its highest weight irreducible modules are classified using spectral flow, the irreducible supercharacters are computed and a continuum version of the Verlinde formula is verified to give non-negative integer structure coefficients. Interpreting these coefficients as those of the Grothendieck ring of fusion, partial results on the true fusion ring and its indecomposable structures are deduced.

  6. Machine Learning for Dynamical Mean Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Arsenault, Louis-Francois; Lopez-Bezanilla, Alejandro; von Lilienfeld, O. Anatole; Littlewood, P. B.; Millis, Andy

    2014-03-01

    Machine Learning (ML), an approach that infers new results from accumulated knowledge, is in use for a variety of tasks ranging from face and voice recognition to internet searching and has recently been gaining increasing importance in chemistry and physics. In this talk, we investigate the possibility of using ML to solve the equations of dynamical mean field theory which otherwise requires the (numerically very expensive) solution of a quantum impurity model. Our ML scheme requires the relation between two functions: the hybridization function describing the bare (local) electronic structure of a material and the self-energy describing the many body physics. We discuss the parameterization of the two functions for the exact diagonalization solver and present examples, beginning with the Anderson Impurity model with a fixed bath density of states, demonstrating the advantages and the pitfalls of the method. DOE contract DE-AC02-06CH11357.

  7. Star democracy in open string field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Maccaferri, Carlo; Mamone, Davide

    2003-09-01

    We study three types of star products in SFT: the ghosts, the twisted ghosts and the matter. We find that their Neumann coefficients are related to each other in a compact way which includes the Gross-Jevicki relation between matter and ghost sector: we explicitly show that the same relation, with a minus sign, holds for the twisted and nontwisted ghosts (which are different but define the same solution). In agreement with this, we prove that matter and twisted ghost coefficients just differ by a minus sign. As a consistency check, we also compute the spectrum of the twisted ghost vertices from conformal field theory and, using equality of twisted and reduced slivers, we derive the spectrum of the non twisted ghost star.

  8. Effective field theory for cold atoms

    SciTech Connect

    Hammer, H.-W.

    2005-05-06

    Effective Field Theory (EFT) provides a powerful framework that exploits a separation of scales in physical systems to perform systematically improvable, model-independent calculations. Particularly interesting are few-body systems with short-range interactions and large two-body scattering length. Such systems display remarkable universal features. In systems with more than two particles, a three-body force with limit cycle behavior is required for consistent renormalization already at leading order. We will review this EFT and some of its applications in the physics of cold atoms. Recent extensions of this approach to the four-body system and N-boson droplets in two spatial dimensions will also be discussed.

  9. Effective field theory analysis of Higgs naturalness

    SciTech Connect

    Bar-Shalom, Shaouly; Soni, Amarjit; Wudka, Jose

    2015-07-20

    Assuming the presence of physics beyond the Standard Model ( SM) with a characteristic scale M ~ O (10) TeV, we investigate the naturalness of the Higgs sector at scales below M using an effective field theory (EFT) approach. We obtain the leading 1 -loop EFT contributions to the Higgs mass with a Wilsonian-like hard cutoff, and determine t he constraints on the corresponding operator coefficients for these effects to alleviate the little hierarchy problem up to the scale of the effective action Λ < M , a condition we denote by “EFT-naturalness”. We also determine the types of physics that can lead to EFT-naturalness and show that these types of new physics are best probed in vector-boson and multiple-Higgs production. The current experimental constraints on these coefficients are also discussed.

  10. Matrix product states for gauge field theories.

    PubMed

    Buyens, Boye; Haegeman, Jutho; Van Acoleyen, Karel; Verschelde, Henri; Verstraete, Frank

    2014-08-29

    The matrix product state formalism is used to simulate Hamiltonian lattice gauge theories. To this end, we define matrix product state manifolds which are manifestly gauge invariant. As an application, we study (1+1)-dimensional one flavor quantum electrodynamics, also known as the massive Schwinger model, and are able to determine very accurately the ground-state properties and elementary one-particle excitations in the continuum limit. In particular, a novel particle excitation in the form of a heavy vector boson is uncovered, compatible with the strong coupling expansion in the continuum. We also study full quantum nonequilibrium dynamics by simulating the real-time evolution of the system induced by a quench in the form of a uniform background electric field.

  11. The $\\hbar$ Expansion in Quantum Field Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Brodsky, Stanley J.; Hoyer, Paul; /Southern Denmark U., CP3-Origins /Helsinki U. /Helsinki Inst. of Phys.

    2010-10-27

    We show how expansions in powers of Planck's constant {h_bar} = h = 2{pi} can give new insights into perturbative and nonperturbative properties of quantum field theories. Since {h_bar} is a fundamental parameter, exact Lorentz invariance and gauge invariance are maintained at each order of the expansion. The physics of the {h_bar} expansion depends on the scheme; i.e., different expansions are obtained depending on which quantities (momenta, couplings and masses) are assumed to be independent of {h_bar}. We show that if the coupling and mass parameters appearing in the Lagrangian density are taken to be independent of {h_bar}, then each loop in perturbation theory brings a factor of {h_bar}. In the case of quantum electrodynamics, this scheme implies that the classical charge e, as well as the fine structure constant are linear in {h_bar}. The connection between the number of loops and factors of {h_bar} is more subtle for bound states since the binding energies and bound-state momenta themselves scale with {h_bar}. The {h_bar} expansion allows one to identify equal-time relativistic bound states in QED and QCD which are of lowest order in {h_bar} and transform dynamically under Lorentz boosts. The possibility to use retarded propagators at the Born level gives valence-like wave-functions which implicitly describe the sea constituents of the bound states normally present in its Fock state representation.

  12. Quantum spectral dimension in quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Calcagni, Gianluca; Modesto, Leonardo; Nardelli, Giuseppe

    2016-03-01

    We reinterpret the spectral dimension of spacetimes as the scaling of an effective self-energy transition amplitude in quantum field theory (QFT), when the system is probed at a given resolution. This picture has four main advantages: (a) it dispenses with the usual interpretation (unsatisfactory in covariant approaches) where, instead of a transition amplitude, one has a probability density solving a nonrelativistic diffusion equation in an abstract diffusion time; (b) it solves the problem of negative probabilities known for higher-order and nonlocal dispersion relations in classical and quantum gravity; (c) it clarifies the concept of quantum spectral dimension as opposed to the classical one. We then consider a class of logarithmic dispersion relations associated with quantum particles and show that the spectral dimension dS of spacetime as felt by these quantum probes can deviate from its classical value, equal to the topological dimension D. In particular, in the presence of higher momentum powers it changes with the scale, dropping from D in the infrared (IR) to a value dSUV ≤ D in the ultraviolet (UV). We apply this general result to Stelle theory of renormalizable gravity, which attains the universal value dSUV = 2 for any dimension D.

  13. Representations of spacetime diffeomorphisms. I. Canonical parametrized field theories

    SciTech Connect

    Isham, C.J.; Kuchar, K.V.

    1985-10-15

    The super-Hamiltonian and supermomentum in canonical geometrodynamics or in a parametried field theory on a given Riemannian background have Poisson brackets which obey the Dirac relations. By smearing the supermomentum with vector fields VepsilonL Diff..sigma.. on the space manifold ..sigma.., the Lie algebra L Diff ..sigma.. of the spatial diffeomorphism group Diff ..sigma.. can be mapped antihomomorphically into the Poisson bracket algebra on the phase space of the system. The explicit dependence of the Poisson brackets between two super-Hamiltonians on canonical coordinates (spatial metrics in geometrodynamics and embedding variables in parametrized theories) is usually regarded as an indication that the Dirac relations cannot be connected with a representation of the complete Lie algebra L Diff M of spacetime diffeomorphisms.

  14. Non-Abelian gauge field theory in scale relativity

    SciTech Connect

    Nottale, Laurent; Celerier, Marie-Noeelle; Lehner, Thierry

    2006-03-15

    Gauge field theory is developed in the framework of scale relativity. In this theory, space-time is described as a nondifferentiable continuum, which implies it is fractal, i.e., explicitly dependent on internal scale variables. Owing to the principle of relativity that has been extended to scales, these scale variables can themselves become functions of the space-time coordinates. Therefore, a coupling is expected between displacements in the fractal space-time and the transformations of these scale variables. In previous works, an Abelian gauge theory (electromagnetism) has been derived as a consequence of this coupling for global dilations and/or contractions. We consider here more general transformations of the scale variables by taking into account separate dilations for each of them, which yield non-Abelian gauge theories. We identify these transformations with the usual gauge transformations. The gauge fields naturally appear as a new geometric contribution to the total variation of the action involving these scale variables, while the gauge charges emerge as the generators of the scale transformation group. A generalized action is identified with the scale-relativistic invariant. The gauge charges are the conservative quantities, conjugates of the scale variables through the action, which find their origin in the symmetries of the ''scale-space.'' We thus found in a geometric way and recover the expression for the covariant derivative of gauge theory. Adding the requirement that under the scale transformations the fermion multiplets and the boson fields transform such that the derived Lagrangian remains invariant, we obtain gauge theories as a consequence of scale symmetries issued from a geometric space-time description.

  15. An Application of General System Theory (GST) to Group Therapy.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Matthews, Charles O.

    1992-01-01

    Demonstrates the compatibility of General System Theory (GST) with the traditional counseling literature in explicating a therapy group's progression through Tuckman's (1965, 1977) developmental stages (forming, storming, norming, performing, and adjourning). Description uses both traditional group literature and GST concepts. (Author/NB)

  16. Supporting Alternative Strategies for Learning Chemical Applications of Group Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Southam, Daniel C.; Lewis, Jennifer E.

    2013-01-01

    A group theory course for chemists was taught entirely with process oriented guided inquiry learning (POGIL) to facilitate alternative strategies for learning. Students completed a test of one aspect of visuospatial aptitude to determine their individual approaches to solving spatial tasks, and were sorted into groups for analysis on the basis of…

  17. The Application of Games Theory to Group Project Assessment.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Pitt, M. J.

    2000-01-01

    Application of game theory to small-group project evaluation in higher education instruction finds that the best strategy for students wishing high grades may not be a strategy that promotes teamwork and cooperation. Suggests that putting students into groups may randomly disadvantage some students relative to others, producing serious unfairness…

  18. An Application of General System Theory (GST) to Group Therapy.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Matthews, Charles O.

    1992-01-01

    Demonstrates the compatibility of General System Theory (GST) with the traditional counseling literature in explicating a therapy group's progression through Tuckman's (1965, 1977) developmental stages (forming, storming, norming, performing, and adjourning). Description uses both traditional group literature and GST concepts. (Author/NB)

  19. Resource Letter SP-2: Symmetry and Group Theory in Physics.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rosen, Joe

    1981-01-01

    Presents listings of selected reference materials relevant to symmetry and group theory in college physics and chemistry. Entries are classified according to a scheme involving 34 subject areas divided into four major groups. Comments on these materials and suggestions for future topics will be welcomed. (Author/SK)

  20. Supporting Alternative Strategies for Learning Chemical Applications of Group Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Southam, Daniel C.; Lewis, Jennifer E.

    2013-01-01

    A group theory course for chemists was taught entirely with process oriented guided inquiry learning (POGIL) to facilitate alternative strategies for learning. Students completed a test of one aspect of visuospatial aptitude to determine their individual approaches to solving spatial tasks, and were sorted into groups for analysis on the basis of…

  1. DsixTools: the standard model effective field theory toolkit

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Celis, Alejandro; Fuentes-Martín, Javier; Vicente, Avelino; Virto, Javier

    2017-06-01

    We present DsixTools, a Mathematica package for the handling of the dimension-six standard model effective field theory. Among other features, DsixTools allows the user to perform the full one-loop renormalization group evolution of the Wilson coefficients in the Warsaw basis. This is achieved thanks to the SMEFTrunner module, which implements the full one-loop anomalous dimension matrix previously derived in the literature. In addition, DsixTools also contains modules devoted to the matching to the Δ B = Δ S = 1,2 and Δ B = Δ C = 1 operators of the Weak Effective Theory at the electroweak scale, and their QCD and QED Renormalization group evolution below the electroweak scale.

  2. Topological field theory of dynamical systems

    SciTech Connect

    Ovchinnikov, Igor V.

    2012-09-15

    Here, it is shown that the path-integral representation of any stochastic or deterministic continuous-time dynamical model is a cohomological or Witten-type topological field theory, i.e., a model with global topological supersymmetry (Q-symmetry). As many other supersymmetries, Q-symmetry must be perturbatively stable due to what is generically known as non-renormalization theorems. As a result, all (equilibrium) dynamical models are divided into three major categories: Markovian models with unbroken Q-symmetry, chaotic models with Q-symmetry spontaneously broken on the mean-field level by, e.g., fractal invariant sets (e.g., strange attractors), and intermittent or self-organized critical (SOC) models with Q-symmetry dynamically broken by the condensation of instanton-antiinstanton configurations (earthquakes, avalanches, etc.) SOC is a full-dimensional phase separating chaos and Markovian dynamics. In the deterministic limit, however, antiinstantons disappear and SOC collapses into the 'edge of chaos.' Goldstone theorem stands behind spatio-temporal self-similarity of Q-broken phases known under such names as algebraic statistics of avalanches, 1/f noise, sensitivity to initial conditions, etc. Other fundamental differences of Q-broken phases is that they can be effectively viewed as quantum dynamics and that they must also have time-reversal symmetry spontaneously broken. Q-symmetry breaking in non-equilibrium situations (quenches, Barkhausen effect, etc.) is also briefly discussed.

  3. Neural field theory with variance dynamics.

    PubMed

    Robinson, P A

    2013-06-01

    Previous neural field models have mostly been concerned with prediction of mean neural activity and with second order quantities such as its variance, but without feedback of second order quantities on the dynamics. Here the effects of feedback of the variance on the steady states and adiabatic dynamics of neural systems are calculated using linear neural field theory to estimate the neural voltage variance, then including this quantity in the total variance parameter of the nonlinear firing rate-voltage response function, and thus into determination of the fixed points and the variance itself. The general results further clarify the limits of validity of approaches with and without inclusion of variance dynamics. Specific applications show that stability against a saddle-node bifurcation is reduced in a purely cortical system, but can be either increased or decreased in the corticothalamic case, depending on the initial state. Estimates of critical variance scalings near saddle-node bifurcation are also found, including physiologically based normalizations and new scalings for mean firing rate and the position of the bifurcation.

  4. Topological field theory of dynamical systems.

    PubMed

    Ovchinnikov, Igor V

    2012-09-01

    Here, it is shown that the path-integral representation of any stochastic or deterministic continuous-time dynamical model is a cohomological or Witten-type topological field theory, i.e., a model with global topological supersymmetry (Q-symmetry). As many other supersymmetries, Q-symmetry must be perturbatively stable due to what is generically known as non-renormalization theorems. As a result, all (equilibrium) dynamical models are divided into three major categories: Markovian models with unbroken Q-symmetry, chaotic models with Q-symmetry spontaneously broken on the mean-field level by, e.g., fractal invariant sets (e.g., strange attractors), and intermittent or self-organized critical (SOC) models with Q-symmetry dynamically broken by the condensation of instanton-antiinstanton configurations (earthquakes, avalanches, etc.) SOC is a full-dimensional phase separating chaos and Markovian dynamics. In the deterministic limit, however, antiinstantons disappear and SOC collapses into the "edge of chaos." Goldstone theorem stands behind spatio-temporal self-similarity of Q-broken phases known under such names as algebraic statistics of avalanches, 1/f noise, sensitivity to initial conditions, etc. Other fundamental differences of Q-broken phases is that they can be effectively viewed as quantum dynamics and that they must also have time-reversal symmetry spontaneously broken. Q-symmetry breaking in non-equilibrium situations (quenches, Barkhausen effect, etc.) is also briefly discussed.

  5. Propagation in polymer parameterised field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Varadarajan, Madhavan

    2017-01-01

    The Hamiltonian constraint operator in loop quantum gravity acts ultralocally. Smolin has argued that this ultralocality seems incompatible with the existence of a quantum dynamics which propagates perturbations between macroscopically seperated regions of quantum geometry. We present evidence to the contrary within an LQG type ‘polymer’ quantization of two dimensional parameterised field theory (PFT). PFT is a generally covariant reformulation of free field propagation on flat spacetime. We show explicitly that while, as in LQG, the Hamiltonian constraint operator in PFT acts ultralocally, states in the joint kernel of the Hamiltonian and diffeomorphism constraints of PFT necessarily describe propagation effects. The particular structure of the finite triangulation Hamiltonian constraint operator plays a crucial role, as does the necessity of imposing (the continuum limit of) its kinematic adjoint as a constraint. Propagation is seen as a property encoded by physical states in the kernel of the constraints rather than that of repeated actions of the finite triangulation Hamiltonian constraint on kinematic states. The analysis yields robust structural lessons for putative constructions of the Hamiltonian constraint in LQG for which ultralocal action co-exists with a description of propagation effects by physical states.

  6. Topological field theory of dynamical systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ovchinnikov, Igor V.

    2012-09-01

    Here, it is shown that the path-integral representation of any stochastic or deterministic continuous-time dynamical model is a cohomological or Witten-type topological field theory, i.e., a model with global topological supersymmetry (Q-symmetry). As many other supersymmetries, Q-symmetry must be perturbatively stable due to what is generically known as non-renormalization theorems. As a result, all (equilibrium) dynamical models are divided into three major categories: Markovian models with unbroken Q-symmetry, chaotic models with Q-symmetry spontaneously broken on the mean-field level by, e.g., fractal invariant sets (e.g., strange attractors), and intermittent or self-organized critical (SOC) models with Q-symmetry dynamically broken by the condensation of instanton-antiinstanton configurations (earthquakes, avalanches, etc.) SOC is a full-dimensional phase separating chaos and Markovian dynamics. In the deterministic limit, however, antiinstantons disappear and SOC collapses into the "edge of chaos." Goldstone theorem stands behind spatio-temporal self-similarity of Q-broken phases known under such names as algebraic statistics of avalanches, 1/f noise, sensitivity to initial conditions, etc. Other fundamental differences of Q-broken phases is that they can be effectively viewed as quantum dynamics and that they must also have time-reversal symmetry spontaneously broken. Q-symmetry breaking in non-equilibrium situations (quenches, Barkhausen effect, etc.) is also briefly discussed.

  7. On Finite Groups and Finite Fields.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Reid, J. D.

    1991-01-01

    Given a multiplicative group of nonzero elements with order n, the explicit relationship between the number of cyclic subgroups of order d, which divides n, is used in the proof concerning the cyclic nature of that given multiplicative group. (JJK)

  8. Quantum field theory in non-integer dimensions

    SciTech Connect

    Eyink, G.L.

    1987-01-01

    In a 1973 paper entitled Quantum Field-Theory Models in Less Than 4 Dimensions, Kenneth G. Wilson studied field-theories for spacetime dimension d between 2 and 4. With unconventional renormalizations, these models were found to have non-Gaussian ultraviolet renormalization group fixed points. Wilson's method was perturbative dimensional regularization: the Feynman-graph integrals were analytically continued to non-integer d. His work left open the question of the nonperturbative existence of the models. Since that landmark paper, Yuval Gefen, Amnon Aharony and Benoit B. Mandelbrot have shown that Ising spin models on fractal lattices have critical properties like those predicted for non-integer dimensions by the analytic continuation, or {epsilon}-expansion method. This work shows that fractal lattices and continua provide also a nonperturbative definition of field-theories in non-integer dimensions. The fractal point-sets employed are the Sierpinski carpets and their higher-dimensional generalizations. This class of point-sets has a tunable dimension which allows the approach to four from below. Furthermore, the carpets have discrete groups of scale or dilation invariances and infinite order of ramification. A class of scalar field models are defined on these sets which should reduce to the standard models when d {nearrow}4. The propagator for these models is given by a proper-time or heat-kernel representation. For this propagator, reflection-positivity is established, a general scaling law is conjectured (and established in a special case), and the perturbative renormalizability shown to be governed by the spectral dimensionality. Scalar models with another choice of propagator, the hierarchical propagator, are studied by rigorous renormalization-group methods.

  9. Efficient perturbation theory to improve the density matrix renormalization group

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tirrito, Emanuele; Ran, Shi-Ju; Ferris, Andrew J.; McCulloch, Ian P.; Lewenstein, Maciej

    2017-02-01

    The density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) is one of the most powerful numerical methods available for many-body systems. It has been applied to solve many physical problems, including the calculation of ground states and dynamical properties. In this work, we develop a perturbation theory of the DMRG (PT-DMRG) to greatly increase its accuracy in an extremely simple and efficient way. Using the canonical matrix product state (MPS) representation for the ground state of the considered system, a set of orthogonal basis functions {| ψi> } is introduced to describe the perturbations to the ground state obtained by the conventional DMRG. The Schmidt numbers of the MPS that are beyond the bond dimension cutoff are used to define these perturbation terms. The perturbed Hamiltonian is then defined as H˜i j=< ψi| H ̂|ψj> ; its ground state permits us to calculate physical observables with a considerably improved accuracy compared to the original DMRG results. We benchmark the second-order perturbation theory with the help of a one-dimensional Ising chain in a transverse field and the Heisenberg chain, where the precision of the DMRG is shown to be improved O (10 ) times. Furthermore, for moderate L the errors of the DMRG and PT-DMRG both scale linearly with L-1 (with L being the length of the chain). The linear relation between the dimension cutoff of the DMRG and that of the PT-DMRG at the same precision shows a considerable improvement in efficiency, especially for large dimension cutoffs. In the thermodynamic limit we show that the errors of the PT-DMRG scale with √{L-1}. Our work suggests an effective way to define the tangent space of the ground-state MPS, which may shed light on the properties beyond the ground state. This second-order PT-DMRG can be readily generalized to higher orders, as well as applied to models in higher dimensions.

  10. An integral equation arising in two group neutron transport theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cassell, J. S.; Williams, M. M. R.

    2003-07-01

    An integral equation describing the fuel distribution necessary to maintain a flat flux in a nuclear reactor in two group transport theory is reduced to the solution of a singular integral equation. The formalism developed enables the physical aspects of the problem to be better understood and its relationship with the corresponding diffusion theory model is highlighted. The integral equation is solved by reducing it to a non-singular Fredholm equation which is then evaluated numerically.

  11. The monster sporadic group and a theory underlying superstring models

    SciTech Connect

    Chapline, G.

    1996-09-01

    The pattern of duality symmetries acting on the states of compactified superstring models reinforces an earlier suggestion that the Monster sporadic group is a hidden symmetry for superstring models. This in turn points to a supersymmetric theory of self-dual and anti-self-dual K3 manifolds joined by Dirac strings and evolving in a 13 dimensional spacetime as the fundamental theory. In addition to the usual graviton and dilaton this theory contains matter-like degrees of freedom resembling the massless states of the heterotic string, thus providing a completely geometric interpretation for ordinary matter. 25 refs.

  12. Group Dynamics in Janis's Theory of Groupthink: Backward and Forward.

    PubMed

    McCauley

    1998-02-01

    Janis's groupthink theory is an appealing explanation of how group process can get in the way of optimal decision making. Unfortunately, Janis was selective and not always consistent in his application of research in group dynamics. This paper traces groupthink to its theoretical roots in order to suggest how a broader and more consistent use of research in group dynamics can advance understanding of decision-making problems. In particular, the paper explores and reinterprets the groupthink prediction that poor decision making is most likely when group cohesion is based on the personal attractiveness of group members. Copyright 1998 Academic Press.

  13. Multispectral iris recognition based on group selection and game theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ahmad, Foysal; Roy, Kaushik

    2017-05-01

    A commercially available iris recognition system uses only a narrow band of the near infrared spectrum (700-900 nm) while iris images captured in the wide range of 405 nm to 1550 nm offer potential benefits to enhance recognition performance of an iris biometric system. The novelty of this research is that a group selection algorithm based on coalition game theory is explored to select the best patch subsets. In this algorithm, patches are divided into several groups based on their maximum contribution in different groups. Shapley values are used to evaluate the contribution of patches in different groups. Results show that this group selection based iris recognition

  14. The Physical Renormalization of Quantum Field Theories

    SciTech Connect

    Binger, Michael William.; /Stanford U., Phys. Dept. /SLAC

    2007-02-20

    The profound revolutions in particle physics likely to emerge from current and future experiments motivates an improved understanding of the precise predictions of the Standard Model and new physics models. Higher order predictions in quantum field theories inevitably requires the renormalization procedure, which makes sensible predictions out of the naively divergent results of perturbation theory. Thus, a robust understanding of renormalization is crucial for identifying and interpreting the possible discovery of new physics. The results of this thesis represent a broad set of investigations in to the nature of renormalization. The author begins by motivating a more physical approach to renormalization based on gauge-invariant Green's functions. The resulting effective charges are first applied to gauge coupling unification. This approach provides an elegant formalism for understanding all threshold corrections, and the gauge couplings unify in a more physical manner compared to the usual methods. Next, the gauge-invariant three-gluon vertex is studied in detail, revealing an interesting and rich structure. The effective coupling for the three-gluon vertex, {alpha}(k{sub 1}{sup 2}, k{sub 2}{sup 2}, k{sub 3}{sup 2}), depends on three momentum scales and gives rise to an effective scale Q{sub eff}{sup 2}(k{sub 1}{sup 2}, k{sub 2}{sup 2}, k{sub 3}{sup 2}) which governs the (sometimes surprising) behavior of the vertex. The effects of nonzero internal masses are important and have a complicated threshold and pseudo-threshold structure. The pinch-technique effective charge is also calculated to two-loops and several applications are discussed. The Higgs boson mass in Split Supersymmetry is calculated to two-loops, including all one-loop threshold effects, leading to a downward shift in the Higgs mass of a few GeV. Finally, the author discusses some ideas regarding the overall structure of perturbation theory. This thesis lays the foundation for a comprehensive multi

  15. Challenging gender stereotypes: Theory of mind and peer group dynamics.

    PubMed

    Mulvey, Kelly Lynn; Rizzo, Michael T; Killen, Melanie

    2016-11-01

    To investigate the social cognitive skills related to challenging gender stereotypes, children (N = 61, 3-6 years) evaluated a peer who challenged gender stereotypic norms held by the peer's group. Participants with false belief theory of mind (FB ToM) competence were more likely than participants who did not have FB ToM to expect a peer to challenge the group's stereotypes and propose that the group engage in a non-stereotypic activity. Further, participants with FB ToM rated challenging the peer group more positively. Participants without FB ToM did not differentiate between their own and the group's evaluation of challenges to the group's stereotypic norms, but those with ToM competence asserted that they would be more supportive of challenging the group norm than would the peer group. Results reveal the importance of social-cognitive competencies for recognizing the legitimacy of challenging stereotypes, and for understanding one's own and other group perspectives.

  16. Group psychology and the structural theory: a revised psychoanalytic model of group psychology.

    PubMed

    Saravay, S M

    1975-01-01

    It has been my aim in this paper to revise the existing psychoanalytic theory of group psychology in accordance with current structural concepts. The need for fundamental revision in the existing theory of group organization is demonstrated by its restriction to an oedipal paradigm, which cannot account for the regression to an oral paradigm of group organization during group formation. Freud's explanation of regression in crowds is reviewed. The limitations inherent in Freud's topographic and narcisistic models are demonstrated; irreconcilable contradictions are shown to exist between the two theories. A structural model of group psychology that is free from internal contradictions and provides a unifying explanation for both regression and merging in the crowd is developed. As a consequence of these revisions it is possible to conceptualize preoedipal organizations of group structure in addition to the oedipal paradigm proposed by Freud.

  17. Anomalies in non-polynomial closed string field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kaku, Michio

    1990-11-01

    The complete classical action for the non-polynomial closed string field theory was written down last year by the author and the Kyoto group. It successfully reproduces all closed string tree diagrams, but fails to reproduce modular invariant loop amplitudes. In this paper we show that the classical action is also riddled with gauge anomalies. Thus, the classical action is not really gauge invariant and fails as a quantum theory. The presence of gauge anomalies and the violation of modular invariance appear to be a disaster for the theory. Actually, this is a blessing in disguise. We show that by adding new non-polynomial terms to the action, we can simultaneously eliminate both the gauge anomalies and the modular-violating loop diagrams. We show this explicitly at the one loop level and also for an infinite class of p-puncture, genus- g amplitudes, making use of a series of non-trivial identities. The theory is thus an acceptable quantum theory. We comment on the origin of this strange link between local gauge anomalies and global modular invariance.

  18. New Advocacy Groups Shaking up Education Field

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sawchuk, Stephen

    2012-01-01

    A new generation of education advocacy groups has emerged to play a formidable political role in states and communities across the country. Those groups are shaping policy through aggressive lobbying and campaign activity--an evolution in advocacy that is primed to continue in the 2012 elections and beyond. Though the record of their electoral…

  19. New Advocacy Groups Shaking up Education Field

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sawchuk, Stephen

    2012-01-01

    A new generation of education advocacy groups has emerged to play a formidable political role in states and communities across the country. Those groups are shaping policy through aggressive lobbying and campaign activity--an evolution in advocacy that is primed to continue in the 2012 elections and beyond. Though the record of their electoral…

  20. Group theory and biomolecular conformation: I. Mathematical and computational models

    PubMed Central

    Chirikjian, Gregory S

    2010-01-01

    Biological macromolecules, and the complexes that they form, can be described in a variety of ways ranging from quantum mechanical and atomic chemical models, to coarser grained models of secondary structure and domains, to continuum models. At each of these levels, group theory can be used to describe both geometric symmetries and conformational motion. In this survey, a detailed account is provided of how group theory has been applied across computational structural biology to analyze the conformational shape and motion of macromolecules and complexes. PMID:20827378

  1. Symmetrical group theory for mathematical complexity reduction of digital holograms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Perez-Ramirez, A.; Guerrero-Juk, J.; Sanchez-Lara, R.; Perez-Ramirez, M.; Rodriguez-Blanco, M. A.; May-Alarcon, M.

    2017-08-01

    This work presents the use of mathematical group theory through an algorithm to reduce the multiplicative computational complexity in the process of creating digital holograms. An object is considered as a set of point sources using mathematical symmetry properties of both the core in the Fresnel integral and the image, where the image is modeled using group theory. This algorithm has multiplicative complexity equal to zero and an additive complexity (k - 1) × N for the case of sparse matrices and binary images, where k is the number of pixels other than zero and N is the total points in the image.

  2. Gravitational consequences of modern field theories

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Horowitz, Gary T.

    1989-01-01

    Some gravitational consequences of certain extensions of Einstein's general theory of relativity are discussed. These theories are not alternative theories of gravity in the usual sense. It is assumed that general relativity is the appropriate description of all gravitational phenomena which were observed to date.

  3. Collinear factorization violation and effective field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schwartz, Matthew D.; Yan, Kai; Zhu, Hua Xing

    2017-09-01

    The factorization of amplitudes into hard, soft and collinear parts is known to be violated in situations where incoming particles are collinear to outgoing ones. This result was first derived by studying limits where noncollinear particles become collinear. We show that through an effective field theory framework with Glauber operators, these factorization-violating effects can be reproduced from an amplitude that is factorized before the splitting occurs. We confirm results at one loop, through single Glauber exchange, and at two loops, through double Glauber exchange. To approach the calculation, we begin by reviewing the importance of Glauber scaling for factorization. We show that for any situation where initial-state and final-state particles are not collinear, the Glauber contribution is entirely contained in the soft contribution. The contributions coming from Glauber operators are necessarily nonanalytic functions of external momentum, with the nonanalyticity arising from the rapidity regulator. The nonanalyticity is critical so that Glauber operators can both preserve factorization when it holds and produce factorization-violating effects when they are present.

  4. Quarkonium hybrids with nonrelativistic effective field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berwein, Matthias; Brambilla, Nora; Tarrús Castellà, Jaume; Vairo, Antonio

    2015-12-01

    We construct a nonrelativistic effective field theory description of heavy quarkonium hybrids from QCD. We identify the symmetries of the system made of a heavy quark, a heavy antiquark, and glue in the static limit. Corrections to this limit can be obtained order by order in an expansion in the inverse of the mass m of the heavy quark. At order 1 /m in the expansion, we obtain, at the level of potential nonrelativistic QCD, a system of coupled Schrödinger equations that describes hybrid spin-symmetry multiplets, including the mixing of different static energies into the hybrid states, an effect known as Λ doubling in molecular physics. In the short distance, the static potentials depend on two nonperturbative parameters, the gluelump mass and the quadratic slope, which can be determined from lattice calculations. We adopt a renormalon subtraction scheme for the calculation of the perturbative part of the potential. We numerically solve the coupled Schrödinger equations and obtain the masses for the lowest lying spin-symmetry multiplets for c c ¯, b c ¯, and b b ¯ hybrids. The Λ -doubling effect breaks the degeneracy between opposite-parity spin-symmetry multiplets and lowers the mass of the multiplets that get mixed contributions of different static energies. We compare our findings to the experimental data, direct lattice computations, and sum rule calculations, and discuss the relation to the Born-Oppenheimer approximation.

  5. Superconformal field theory and Jack superpolynomials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Desrosiers, Patrick; Lapointe, Luc; Mathieu, Pierre

    2012-09-01

    We uncover a deep connection between the {N} = {1} superconformal field theory in 2 D and eigenfunctions of the supersymmetric Sutherland model known as Jack super-polynomials (sJacks). Specifically, the singular vector at level rs/2 of the Kac module labeled by the two integers r and s are given explicitly as a sum of sJacks whose indexing diagrams are contained in a rectangle with r columns and s rows. As a second compelling evidence for the distinguished status of the sJack-basis in SCFT, we find that the degenerate Whittaker vectors (Gaiotto states) can be expressed as a remarkably simple linear combination of sJacks. As a consequence, we are able to reformulate the supersymmetric version of the (degenerate) AGT conjecture in terms of the combinatorics of sJacks. The closed-form formulas for the singular vectors and the degenerate Whittaker vectors, although only conjectured in general, have been heavily tested (in some cases, up to level 33/2). Both the Neveu-Schwarz and Ramond sectors are treated.

  6. Logarithmic conformal field theory: a lattice approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gainutdinov, A. M.; Jacobsen, J. L.; Read, N.; Saleur, H.; Vasseur, R.

    2013-12-01

    Logarithmic conformal field theories (LCFT) play a key role, for instance, in the description of critical geometrical problems (percolation, self-avoiding walks, etc), or of critical points in several classes of disordered systems (transition between plateaux in the integer and spin quantum Hall effects). Much progress in their understanding has been obtained by studying algebraic features of their lattice regularizations. For reasons which are not entirely understood, the non-semi-simple associative algebras underlying these lattice models—such as the Temperley-Lieb algebra or the blob algebra—indeed exhibit, in finite size, properties that are in full correspondence with those of their continuum limits. This applies not only to the structure of indecomposable modules, but also to fusion rules, and provides an ‘experimental’ way of measuring couplings, such as the ‘number b’ quantifying the logarithmic coupling of the stress-energy tensor with its partner. Most results obtained so far have concerned boundary LCFTs and the associated indecomposability in the chiral sector. While the bulk case is considerably more involved (mixing in general left and right moving sectors), progress has also recently been made in this direction, uncovering fascinating structures. This study provides a short general review of our work in this area.

  7. Thermality of eigenstates in conformal field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Basu, Pallab; Das, Diptarka; Datta, Shouvik; Pal, Sridip

    2017-08-01

    The eigenstate thermalization hypothesis (ETH) provides a way to understand how an isolated quantum mechanical system can be approximated by a thermal density matrix. We find a class of operators in (1+1)-dimensional conformal field theories, consisting of quasiprimaries of the identity module, which satisfy the hypothesis only at the leading order in large central charge. In the context of subsystem ETH, this plays a role in the deviation of the reduced density matrices, corresponding to a finite energy density eigenstate from its hypothesized thermal approximation. The universal deviation in terms of the square of the trace-square distance goes as the eighth power of the subsystem fraction and is suppressed by powers of inverse central charge (c ). Furthermore, the nonuniversal deviations from subsystem ETH are found to be proportional to the heavy-light-heavy structure constants which are typically exponentially suppressed in √{h /c }, where h is the conformal scaling dimension of the finite energy density state. We also examine the effects of the leading finite-size corrections.

  8. Field Theories from the Relativistic Law of Motion

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Singh, Parampreet; Dadhich, Naresh

    From the relativistic law of motion we attempt to deduce the field theories corresponding to the force law being linear and quadratic in four-velocity of the particle. The linear law leads to the vector gauge theory which could be the Abelian Maxwell electrodynamics or the non-Abelian Yang-Mills theory. On the other hand, the quadratic law demands space-time metric as its potential which is equivalent to demanding the principle of equivalence. It leads to the tensor theory of gravitational field - general relativity. It is remarkable that a purely dynamical property of the force law leads uniquely to the corresponding field theories.

  9. Wilsonian renormalisation of CFT correlation functions: field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lizana, J. M.; Pérez-Victoria, M.

    2017-06-01

    We examine the precise connection between the exact renormalisation group with local couplings and the renormalisation of correlation functions of composite operators in scale-invariant theories. A geometric description of theory space allows us to select convenient non-linear parametrisations that serve different purposes. First, we identify normal parameters in which the renormalisation group flows take their simplest form; normal correlators are defined by functional differentiation with respect to these parameters. The renormalised correlation functions are given by the continuum limit of correlators associated to a cutoff-dependent parametrisation, which can be related to the renormalisation group flows. The necessary linear and non-linear counterterms in any arbitrary parametrisation arise in a natural way from a change of coordinates. We show that, in a class of minimal subtraction schemes, the renormalised correlators are exactly equal to normal correlators evaluated at a finite cutoff. To illustrate the formalism and the main results, we compare standard diagrammatic calculations in a scalar free-field theory with the structure of the perturbative solutions to the Polchinski equation close to the Gaussian fixed point.

  10. Does there exist a sensible quantum theory of an ``algebra-valued'' scalar field\\?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Anco, Stephen C.; Wald, Robert M.

    1989-04-01

    Consider a scalar field φ in Minkowski spacetime, but let φ be valued in an associative, commutative algebra openA rather than openR. One may view the resulting theory as describing a collection of coupled real scalar fields. At the classical level, theories of this type are completely well behaved and have a global symmetry group which is a nontrivial enlargement of the Poincaré group. (They are analogs of the new class of gauge theories for massless spin-2 fields found recently by one of us, whose gauge group is a nontrivial enlargement of the usual diffeomorphism group.) We investigate the quantization of such scalar field theories here by studying the case of a λφ4 field, with φ valued in the two-dimensional algebra generated by an identity element e and a nilpotent element v satisfying v2=0. The Coleman-Mandula theorem, which states that the symmetry group of a nontrivial quantum field theory cannot be a nontrivial enlargement of the Poincaré group, is evaded here because the finite ``extra'' symmetries of the classical theory fail to be implemented in the quantum theory by unitary operators and the infinitesimal symmetries (which can be represented in the quantum theory by quadratic forms) connect the one-particle Hilbert space to multiparticle states. Nevertheless, we find that the conventional Feynman rules for this theory lead to vacuum decay at the tree level and fail to yield a well-defined S matrix. Some alternative approaches are investigated, but these also appear to fail. Thus, although the classical theory is perfectly well behaved, it seems that there does not exist a sensible quantum theory of an algebra-valued scalar field.

  11. A Geometrically Nonlinear Phase Field Theory of Brittle Fracture

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2014-10-01

    A Geometrically Nonlinear Phase Field Theory of Brittle Fracture by JD Clayton and J Knap ARL-RP-0511 October 2014...21005-5069 ARL-RP-0511 October 2014 A Geometrically Nonlinear Phase Field Theory of Brittle Fracture JD Clayton and J Knap Weapons and...Nonlinear Phase Field Theory of Brittle Fracture 5a. CONTRACT NUMBER 5b. GRANT NUMBER 5c. PROGRAM ELEMENT NUMBER 6. AUTHOR(S) JD Clayton

  12. Wilsonian matching of effective field theory with underlying QCD

    SciTech Connect

    Harada, Masayasu; Yamawaki, Koichi

    2001-07-01

    We propose a novel way of matching effective field theory with the underlying QCD in the sense of a Wilsonian renormalization group equation (RGE). We derive Wilsonian matching conditions between current correlators obtained by the operator product expansion in QCD and those by the hidden local symmetry (HLS) model. This determines without much ambiguity the bare parameters of the HLS at the cutoff scale in terms of the QCD parameters. Physical quantities for the {pi} and {rho} system are calculated by the Wilsonian RGE{close_quote}s from the bare parameters in remarkable agreement with the experiment.

  13. Renormalization group theory for turbulence: Assessment of the Yakhot-Orszag-Smith theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nagano, Yasutaka; Itazu, Yoshihiro

    1997-02-01

    The purpose of this paper is to estimate the renormalization group theory for turbulence developed by Yakhot and Orszag [J. Sci. Comput. 1 (1986) 3] and reformulated by Yakhot and Smith [J. Sci. Comput. 7 (1992) 35]. We go into details of their basic theory for the Navier-Stokes equations, the transport equations for the turbulent kinetic energy K, and its dissipation rate ɛ. As a result, it becomes evident that their theory bears no relationship to Wilson's renormalization group theory for critical phenomena. Their overlineK- overlineɛ model is not directly obtained from the renormalization group theory. They evaluated the Kolmogorov constant by setting the expansion parameter ɛ = 0 and ɛ = 4 in the same equations. Furthermore, all the constants in their overlineK- overlineɛ model are invalid because of the same problem.

  14. Geometric and Topological Methods for Quantum Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ocampo, Hernan; Pariguan, Eddy; Paycha, Sylvie

    2010-04-01

    Introduction; 1. The impact of QFT on low-dimensional topology Paul Kirk; 2. Differential equations aspects of quantum cohomology Martin A. Guest; 3. Index theory and groupoids Claire Debord and Jean-Marie Lescure; 4. Renormalization Hopf algebras and combinatorial groups Alessandra Frabetti; 5. BRS invariance for massive boson fields José M. Gracia-Bondía; 6. Large N field theories and geometry David Berenstein; 7. Functional renormalization group equations, asymptotic safety, and quantum Einstein gravity Martin Reuter and Frank Saueressig; 8. When is a differentiable manifold the boundary of an orbifold? Andrés Angel; 9. Canonical group quantization, rotation generators and quantum indistinguishability Carlos Benavides and Andrés Reyes-Lega; 10. Conserved currents in Kähler manifolds Jaime R. Camacaro and Juan Carlos Moreno; 11. A symmetrized canonical determinant on odd-class pseudodifferential operators Marie-Françoise Ouedraogo; 12. Some remarks about cosymplectic metrics on maximal flag manifolds Marlio Paredes and Sofia Pinzón; 13. Heisenberg modules over real multiplication noncommutative tori and related algebraic structures Jorge Plazas; Index.

  15. Non-rigid molecular group theory and its applications

    SciTech Connect

    Balasubramanian, K.

    1982-06-01

    The use of generalized wreath product groups as representations of symmetry groups of nonrigid molecules is considered. Generating function techniques are outlined for nuclear spin statistics and character tables of the symmetry groups of nonrigid molecules. Several applications of nonrigid molecular group theory to NMR spectroscopy, rovibronic splitting and nuclear spin statistics of nonrigid molecules, molecular beam deflection and electric resonance experiments of weakly bound Van der Waal complexes, isomerization processes, configuration interaction calculations and the symmetry of crystals with structural distortions are described. 81 references.

  16. Quantum Field Theory of Kosterlitz-Thouless Phase Transitions.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ogilvie, Michael Charles

    1980-12-01

    A general quantum field-theoretic formalism for the study of Kosterlitz-Thouless phase transition is developed and applied to several models. The structure of the free, massless scalar field is discussed, making explicit its connection with the Gaussian model. The close connection of the spin-wave and vortex operators with two-dimensional fermion-boson equivalences is stressed. The critical behavior of the planar model is reviewed, using field-theoretic methods applied to the sine-Gordon model. The Kosterlitz -Thouless phase transition in two-dimensional dislocation -mediated melting is studied using a vector generalization of the sine-Gordon model. Recent second-order renormalization group calculations are confirmed, and the issue of universal third-order corrections is discussed. It is shown that the Gross-Neveu model can be interpreted as a massive theory associated with a Kosterlitz-Thouless critical point. Finally, the Ising and Baxter models are studied using the methods developed here. It is shown that the vortex and spin-wave excitations in the Ising model conspire to produce a free, massive Majorana fermion field theory in the continuum limit. The formalism is then extended to the Baxter model. Recent results on the Baxter and Ashkin-Teller models are rederived and extended.

  17. Dimensional reduction of Markov state models from renormalization group theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Orioli, S.; Faccioli, P.

    2016-09-01

    Renormalization Group (RG) theory provides the theoretical framework to define rigorous effective theories, i.e., systematic low-resolution approximations of arbitrary microscopic models. Markov state models are shown to be rigorous effective theories for Molecular Dynamics (MD). Based on this fact, we use real space RG to vary the resolution of the stochastic model and define an algorithm for clustering microstates into macrostates. The result is a lower dimensional stochastic model which, by construction, provides the optimal coarse-grained Markovian representation of the system's relaxation kinetics. To illustrate and validate our theory, we analyze a number of test systems of increasing complexity, ranging from synthetic toy models to two realistic applications, built form all-atom MD simulations. The computational cost of computing the low-dimensional model remains affordable on a desktop computer even for thousands of microstates.

  18. Dimensional reduction of Markov state models from renormalization group theory.

    PubMed

    Orioli, S; Faccioli, P

    2016-09-28

    Renormalization Group (RG) theory provides the theoretical framework to define rigorous effective theories, i.e., systematic low-resolution approximations of arbitrary microscopic models. Markov state models are shown to be rigorous effective theories for Molecular Dynamics (MD). Based on this fact, we use real space RG to vary the resolution of the stochastic model and define an algorithm for clustering microstates into macrostates. The result is a lower dimensional stochastic model which, by construction, provides the optimal coarse-grained Markovian representation of the system's relaxation kinetics. To illustrate and validate our theory, we analyze a number of test systems of increasing complexity, ranging from synthetic toy models to two realistic applications, built form all-atom MD simulations. The computational cost of computing the low-dimensional model remains affordable on a desktop computer even for thousands of microstates.

  19. Teaching Group Work: Modeling Group Leader and Member Behaviors in the Classroom to Demonstrate Group Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Riva, Maria T.; Korinek, Lauri

    2004-01-01

    Training in group counseling typically includes an academic component, although little has been written about how to teach a group course except for what specific content should be included. This article suggests that while teaching group counseling courses, instructors can intentionally model effective group leader behaviors and use these…

  20. Teaching Group Work: Modeling Group Leader and Member Behaviors in the Classroom to Demonstrate Group Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Riva, Maria T.; Korinek, Lauri

    2004-01-01

    Training in group counseling typically includes an academic component, although little has been written about how to teach a group course except for what specific content should be included. This article suggests that while teaching group counseling courses, instructors can intentionally model effective group leader behaviors and use these…

  1. Clusterization in a class of models of classical field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Makhankov, V. G.

    Using a simple nonlinear field theory as an example, problems of soliton existence, stability, dynamics, and statistics for the U (p,q) internal symmetry group in the R sub D,1 space-time are discussed. A number of mathematical and physical models belonging to this class are considered: in particular, the sine-Gordon equation (SG), 'phi-four' theory, the nonlinear Schroedinger equation (NSE), and the Landau-Lifshitz (LL) model, gauge equivalent to the latter. The existence of small-amplitude expansions makes it possible to calculate the soliton formfactors not only for solvable models such as SG, NSE, and LL in R sub 1,1 space, but also for a broader class of models in R sub D,1. Soliton stability properties imply that clustering (soliton creation) occurs at finite temperature in the framework of the models of more than one spatial dimension considered and may be regarded as a phase transition.

  2. Membrane stress profiles from self-consistent field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ting, Christina L.; Müller, Marcus

    2017-03-01

    Using self-consistent field theory (SCFT), we develop an accurate, local expression for the stress profiles in membranes and soft matter interfaces, in general. The bond stresses are expressed in terms of pre-computed chain propagators, which are used to describe the statistical weight of the molecules and therefore require minimal additional calculations. In addition, we overcome the resolution limit of the molecular bond length by including the Irving and Kirkwood bond assignment and recover a constant normal stress profile across an interface. Using this theory, we find that the membrane lateral stress profile contains repulsive (positive) stresses in the regions of the head and tail groups, and attractive (negative) stresses near the hydrophobic/hydrophilic interface. We also verify that the zeroth and first moments of the stress profile correspond to the thermodynamic tension and product of the bending modulus and the spontaneous curvature, respectively.

  3. Generally covariant vs. gauge structure for conformal field theories

    SciTech Connect

    Campigotto, M.; Fatibene, L.

    2015-11-15

    We introduce the natural lift of spacetime diffeomorphisms for conformal gravity and discuss the physical equivalence between the natural and gauge natural structure of the theory. Accordingly, we argue that conformal transformations must be introduced as gauge transformations (affecting fields but not spacetime point) and then discuss special structures implied by the splitting of the conformal group. -- Highlights: •Both a natural and a gauge natural structure for conformal gravity are defined. •Global properties and natural lift of spacetime transformations are described. •The possible definitions of physical state are considered and discussed. •The gauge natural theory has less physical states than the corresponding natural one. •The dynamics forces to prefer the gauge natural structure over the natural one.

  4. Group Games in Early Education: Implications of Piaget's Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kamii, Constance; DeVries, Rheta

    Based on Piaget's theory, this book discusses the educational value of group games for the young child's social and intellectual development, suggesting ways to select or modify both new and familiar games to make them more appropriate for children's learning. Part 1 of the book provides a theoretical introduction to what is meant by good group…

  5. Male Reference Group Identity Dependence: A Theory of Male Identity.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wade, Jay C.

    1998-01-01

    Presents a theory of male identity developed to address the question of why men vary in their masculinity ideology and in their conformity to standards of masculinity. An overview of relevant masculinity research, theoretical foundations for the construct of reference group identity dependence, theoretical postulates, associated behavioral, and…

  6. Quantum Hall Physics Equals Noncommutive Field Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Rammsdonk , Mark van

    2001-08-09

    In this note, we study a matrix-regularized version of non-commutative U(1) Chern-Simons theory proposed recently by Polychronakos. We determine a complete minimal basis of exact wavefunctions for the theory at arbitrary level k and rank N and show that these are in one-to-one correspondence with Laughlin-type wavefunctions describing excitations of a quantum Hall droplet composed of N electrons at filling fraction 1/k. The finite matrix Chern-Simons theory is shown to be precisely equivalent to the theory of composite fermions in the lowest Landau level, believed to provide an accurate description of the filling fraction 1/k fractional quantum Hall state. In the large N limit, this implies that level k noncommutative U(1) Chern-Simons theory is equivalent to the Laughlin theory of the filling fraction 1k quantum Hall fluid, as conjectured recently by Susskind.

  7. Translational symmetry breaking in field theories and the cosmological constant

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Evans, Nick; Morris, Tim R.; Scott, Marc

    2016-01-01

    We argue, at a very basic effective field theory level, that higher dimension operators in scalar theories that break symmetries at scales close to their ultraviolet completion cutoff include terms that favor the breaking of translation (Lorentz) invariance, potentially resulting in striped, checkerboard or general crystal-like phases. Such descriptions can be thought of as the effective low energy description of QCD-like gauge theories near their strong coupling scale where terms involving higher dimension operators are generated. Our low energy theory consists of scalar fields describing operators such as q ¯q and q ¯F(2 n )q . Such scalars can have kinetic mixing terms that generate effective momentum dependent contributions to the mass matrix. We show that these can destabilize the translationally invariant vacuum. It is possible that in some real gauge theory such operators could become sufficiently dominant to realize such phases, and it would be interesting to look for them in lattice simulations. We present a holographic model of the same phenomena which includes renormalization group running. A key phenomenological motive to look at such states is recent work that shows that the nonlinear response in R2 gravity to such short-range fluctuations can mimic a cosmological constant. Intriguingly in a cosmology with such a Starobinsky inflation term, to generate the observed value of the present day acceleration would require stripes at the electroweak scale. Unfortunately, low energy phenomenological constraints on Lorentz violation in the electron-photon system appear to strongly rule out any such possibility outside of a disconnected dark sector.

  8. Effective field theories for muonic hydrogen

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Peset, Clara

    2017-03-01

    Experimental measurements of muonic hydrogen bound states have recently started to take place and provide a powerful setting in which to study the properties of QCD. We profit from the power of effective field theories (EFTs) to provide a theoretical framework in which to study muonic hydrogen in a model independent fashion. In particular, we compute expressions for the Lamb shift and the hyperfine splitting. These expressions include the leading logarithmic O(mμα6) terms, as well as the leading {\\cal O}≤ft( {{m_μ }{α ^5}{{m_μ ^2} \\over {Λ {{QCD}}^2}}} \\right) hadronic effects. Most remarkably, our analyses include the determination of the spin-dependent and spin-independent structure functions of the forward virtualphoton Compton tensor of the proton to O(p3) in HBET and including the Delta particle. Using these results we obtain the leading hadronic contributions to the Wilson coeffcients of the lepton-proton four fermion operators in NRQED. The spin-independent coeffcient yields a pure prediction for the two-photon exchange contribution to the muonic hydrogen Lamb shift, which is the main source of uncertainty in our computation. The spindependent coeffcient yields the prediction of the hyperfine splitting. The use of EFTs crucially helps us organizing the computation, in such a way that we can clearly address the parametric accuracy of our result. Furthermore, we review in the context of NRQED all the contributions to the energy shift of O(mμα5, as well as those that scale like mrα6× logarithms.

  9. Effective field theory description of halo nuclei

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hammer, H.-W.; Ji, C.; Phillips, D. R.

    2017-10-01

    Nuclear halos emerge as new degrees of freedom near the neutron and proton driplines. They consist of a core and one or a few nucleons which spend most of their time in the classically-forbidden region outside the range of the interaction. Individual nucleons inside the core are thus unresolved in the halo configuration, and the low-energy effective interactions are short-range forces between the core and the valence nucleons. Similar phenomena occur in clusters of 4He atoms, cold atomic gases near a Feshbach resonance, and some exotic hadrons. In these weakly-bound quantum systems universal scaling laws for s-wave binding emerge that are independent of the details of the interaction. Effective field theory (EFT) exposes these correlations and permits the calculation of non-universal corrections to them due to short-distance effects, as well as the extension of these ideas to systems involving the Coulomb interaction and/or binding in higher angular-momentum channels. Halo nuclei exhibit all these features. Halo EFT, the EFT for halo nuclei, has been used to compute the properties of single-neutron, two-neutron, and single-proton halos of s-wave and p-wave type. This review summarizes these results for halo binding energies, radii, Coulomb dissociation, and radiative capture, as well as the connection of these properties to scattering parameters, thereby elucidating the universal correlations between all these observables. We also discuss how Halo EFT's encoding of the long-distance physics of halo nuclei can be used to check and extend ab initio calculations that include detailed modeling of their short-distance dynamics.

  10. Variational principles for multisymplectic second-order classical field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Prieto-Martínez, Pedro Daniel; Román-Roy, Narciso

    2015-06-01

    We state a unified geometrical version of the variational principles for second-order classical field theories. The standard Lagrangian and Hamiltonian variational principles and the corresponding field equations are recovered from this unified framework.

  11. Topics in topological and holomorphic quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vyas, Ketan

    We investigate topological quantum field theories (TQFTs) in two, three, and four dimensions, as well as holomorphic quantum field theories (HQFTs) in four dimensions. After a brief overview of the two-dimensional (gauged) A and B models and the corresponding the category of branes, we construct analogous three-dimensional (gauged) A and B models and discuss the two-category of boundary conditions. Compactification allows us to identify the category of line operators in the three-dimensional A and B models with the category of branes in the corresponding two-dimensional A and B models. Furthermore, we use compactification to identify the two-category of surface operators in the four-dimensional GL theory at t = 1 and t = i with the two-category of boundary conditions in the corresponding three-dimensional A and B model, respectively. We construct a four-dimensional HQFT related to N = 1 supersymmetric quantum chromodynamics (SQCD) with gauge group SU(2) and two flavors, as well as a four-dimensional HQFT related to the Seiberg dual chiral model. On closed K ̈ahler surfaces with h^(2,0) > 0, we show that the correlation functions of holomorphic SQCD formally compute certain Donaldson invariants. For simply-connected elliptic surfaces (and their blow-ups), we show that the corresponding correlation functions in the holomorphic chiral model explicitly compute these Donaldson invariants.

  12. Field theory on R× S 3 topology. VI: Gravitation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Carmeli, M.; Malin, S.

    1987-04-01

    We extend to curved space-time the field theory on R×S3 topology in which field equations were obtained for scalar particles, spin one-half particles, the electromagnetic field of magnetic moments, an SU2 gauge theory, and a Schrödinger-type equation, as compared to ordinary field equations that are formulated on a Minkowskian metric. The theory obtained is an angular-momentum representation of gravitation. Gravitational field equations are presented and compared to the Einstein field equations, and the mathematical and physical similarity and differences between them are pointed out. The problem of motion is discussed, and the equations of motion of a rigid body are developed and given explicitly. One result which is worth emphazing is that while general relativity theory yields Newton's law of motion in the lowest approximation, our theory gives Euler's equations of motion for a rigid body in its lowest approximation.

  13. The State of the Field: Interdisciplinary Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Newell, William H.

    2013-01-01

    This chronological overview of the development of interdisciplinary theory starts with the pre-cursors of theory: the development and elaboration of the definition of interdisciplinary studies, influential but problematic images of interdisciplinary studies proposed by Donald Campbell and Erich Jantsch, and best practices in interdisciplinary…

  14. Differential cohomology and locally covariant quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Becker, Christian; Schenkel, Alexander; Szabo, Richard J.

    We study differential cohomology on categories of globally hyperbolic Lorentzian manifolds. The Lorentzian metric allows us to define a natural transformation whose kernel generalizes Maxwell's equations and fits into a restriction of the fundamental exact sequences of differential cohomology. We consider smooth Pontryagin duals of differential cohomology groups, which are subgroups of the character groups. We prove that these groups fit into smooth duals of the fundamental exact sequences of differential cohomology and equip them with a natural presymplectic structure derived from a generalized Maxwell Lagrangian. The resulting presymplectic Abelian groups are quantized using the CCR-functor, which yields a covariant functor from our categories of globally hyperbolic Lorentzian manifolds to the category of C∗-algebras. We prove that this functor satisfies the causality and time-slice axioms of locally covariant quantum field theory, but that it violates the locality axiom. We show that this violation is precisely due to the fact that our functor has topological subfunctors describing the Pontryagin duals of certain singular cohomology groups. As a byproduct, we develop a Fréchet-Lie group structure on differential cohomology groups.

  15. Renormalization Group Theory of Bolgiano Scaling in Boussinesq Turbulence

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Rubinstein, Robert

    1994-01-01

    Bolgiano scaling in Boussinesq turbulence is analyzed using the Yakhot-Orszag renormalization group. For this purpose, an isotropic model is introduced. Scaling exponents are calculated by forcing the temperature equation so that the temperature variance flux is constant in the inertial range. Universal amplitudes associated with the scaling laws are computed by expanding about a logarithmic theory. Connections between this formalism and the direct interaction approximation are discussed. It is suggested that the Yakhot-Orszag theory yields a lowest order approximate solution of a regularized direct interaction approximation which can be corrected by a simple iterative procedure.

  16. Gauge theories on compact toric surfaces, conformal field theories and equivariant Donaldson invariants

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bershtein, Mikhail; Bonelli, Giulio; Ronzani, Massimiliano; Tanzini, Alessandro

    2017-08-01

    We show that equivariant Donaldson polynomials of compact toric surfaces can be calculated as residues of suitable combinations of Virasoro conformal blocks, by building on AGT correspondence between N = 2 supersymmetric gauge theories and two-dimensional conformal field theory.

  17. Parastatistics and conformal field theories in two dimensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mansouri, Freydoon; Wu, Xizeng

    1989-04-01

    The relation between parafermion field theories of order Q and the corresponding fermion field theories with SO(Q) symmetry is studied. It is shown that these theories are related but not identical. The explicit relation between the states and the observables of the two classes of theories are given without using the Klein transformations. The formalism is applied to the free conformally invariant parafermion theories in two dimensions. Their Virasoro algebra and SO(N) Kac-Moody algebra are given. The equivalence of their canonical form of the energy-momentum tensor with the Sugawara-Sommerfield form is also elucidated.

  18. Towards a double field theory on para-Hermitian manifolds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vaisman, Izu

    2013-12-01

    In a previous paper, we have shown that the geometry of double field theory has a natural interpretation on flat para-Kähler manifolds. In this paper, we show that the same geometric constructions can be made on any para-Hermitian manifold. The field is interpreted as a compatible (pseudo-)Riemannian metric. The tangent bundle of the manifold has a natural, metric-compatible bracket that extends the C-bracket of double field theory. In the para-Kähler case, this bracket is equal to the sum of the Courant brackets of the two Lagrangian foliations of the manifold. Then, we define a canonical connection and an action of the field that correspond to similar objects of double field theory. Another section is devoted to the Marsden-Weinstein reduction in double field theory on para-Hermitian manifolds. Finally, we give examples of fields on some well-known para-Hermitian manifolds.

  19. Towards a double field theory on para-Hermitian manifolds

    SciTech Connect

    Vaisman, Izu

    2013-12-15

    In a previous paper, we have shown that the geometry of double field theory has a natural interpretation on flat para-Kähler manifolds. In this paper, we show that the same geometric constructions can be made on any para-Hermitian manifold. The field is interpreted as a compatible (pseudo-)Riemannian metric. The tangent bundle of the manifold has a natural, metric-compatible bracket that extends the C-bracket of double field theory. In the para-Kähler case, this bracket is equal to the sum of the Courant brackets of the two Lagrangian foliations of the manifold. Then, we define a canonical connection and an action of the field that correspond to similar objects of double field theory. Another section is devoted to the Marsden-Weinstein reduction in double field theory on para-Hermitian manifolds. Finally, we give examples of fields on some well-known para-Hermitian manifolds.

  20. Notes on the Verlinde formula in nonrational conformal field theories

    SciTech Connect

    Jego, Charles; Troost, Jan

    2006-11-15

    We review and extend evidence for the validity of a generalized Verlinde formula, in particular, nonrational conformal field theories. We identify a subset of representations of the chiral algebra in nonrational conformal field theories that give rise to an analogue of the relation between modular S-matrices and fusion coefficients in rational conformal field theories. To that end we review and extend the Cardy-type brane calculations in bosonic and supersymmetric Liouville theory (and its duals) as well as in H{sub 3}{sup +}. We analyze the three-point functions of Liouville theory and of H{sub 3}{sup +} in detail to directly identify the fusion coefficients from the operator product expansion. Moreover, we check the validity of a proposed generic formula for localized brane one-point functions in nonrational conformal field theories.

  1. How Group Dynamics Research Can Inform the Theory and Practice of Postsecondary Small Group Learning

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sweet, Michael; Michaelsen, Larry K.

    2007-01-01

    After a brief review of integrative small group learning models that have appeared in the educational psychology literature, this article then looks into the group dynamics literature and describes one of that field's most well-documented findings: that interactions among group members change somewhat predictably over time. How theorists from…

  2. GravitoMagnetic Field in Tensor-Vector-Scalar Theory

    SciTech Connect

    Exirifard, Qasem

    2013-04-01

    We study the gravitomagnetism in the TeVeS theory. We compute the gravitomagnetic field that a slow moving mass distribution produces in its Newtonian regime. We report that the consistency between the TeVeS gravitomagnetic field and that predicted by the Einstein-Hilbert theory leads to a relation between the vector and scalar coupling constants of the theory. We translate the Lunar Laser Ranging measurement's data into a constraint on the deviation from this relation.

  3. Stability in higher-derivative matter fields theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tretyakov, Petr V.

    2016-09-01

    We discuss possible instabilities in higher-derivative matter field theories. These theories have two free parameters β _1 and β _4. By using a dynamical system approach we explicitly demonstrate that for the stability of Minkowski space in an expanding universe we need the condition β _4<0. By using the quantum field theory approach we also find an additional restriction for the parameters, β _1>-1/3β _4, which is needed to avoid a tachyon-like instability.

  4. Quantum field theory on toroidal topology: Algebraic structure and applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Khanna, F. C.; Malbouisson, A. P. C.; Malbouisson, J. M. C.; Santana, A. E.

    2014-05-01

    The development of quantum theory on a torus has a long history, and can be traced back to the 1920s, with the attempts by Nordström, Kaluza and Klein to define a fourth spatial dimension with a finite size, being curved in the form of a torus, such that Einstein and Maxwell equations would be unified. Many developments were carried out considering cosmological problems in association with particle physics, leading to methods that are useful for areas of physics, in which size effects play an important role. This interest in finite size effect systems has been increasing rapidly over the last decades, due principally to experimental improvements. In this review, the foundations of compactified quantum field theory on a torus are presented in a unified way, in order to consider applications in particle and condensed matter physics. The theory on a torus ΓDd=(S1)d×RD-d is developed from a Lie-group representation and c*c*-algebra formalisms. As a first application, the quantum field theory at finite temperature, in its real- and imaginary-time versions, is addressed by focusing on its topological structure, the torus Γ41. The toroidal quantum-field theory provides the basis for a consistent approach of spontaneous symmetry breaking driven by both temperature and spatial boundaries. Then the superconductivity in films, wires and grains are analyzed, leading to some results that are comparable with experiments. The Casimir effect is studied taking the electromagnetic and Dirac fields on a torus. In this case, the method of analysis is based on a generalized Bogoliubov transformation, that separates the Green function into two parts: one is associated with the empty space-time, while the other describes the impact of compactification. This provides a natural procedure for calculating the renormalized energy-momentum tensor. Self interacting four-fermion systems, described by the Gross-Neveu and Nambu-Jona-Lasinio models, are considered. Then finite size effects on

  5. Effective field theory of broken spatial diffeomorphisms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lin, Chunshan; Labun, Lance Z.

    2016-03-01

    We study the low energy effective theory describing gravity with broken spatial diffeomorphism invariance. In the unitary gauge, the Goldstone bosons associated with broken diffeomorphisms are eaten and the graviton becomes a massive spin-2 particle with 5 well-behaved degrees of freedom. In this gauge, the most general theory is built with the lowest dimension operators invariant under only temporal diffeomorphisms. Imposing the additional shift and SO(3) internal symmetries, we analyze the perturbations on a FRW background. At linear perturbation level, the observables of this theory are characterized by five parameters, including the usual cosmological parameters and one additional coupling constant for the symmetry-breaking scalars. In the de Sitter and Minkowski limit, the three Goldstone bosons are supermassive and can be integrated out, leaving two massive tensor modes as the only propagating degrees of freedom. We discuss several examples relevant to theories of massive gravity.

  6. Effective field theory of broken spatial diffeomorphisms

    SciTech Connect

    Lin, Chunshan; Labun, Lance Z.

    2016-03-17

    We study the low energy effective theory describing gravity with broken spatial diffeomorphism invariance. In the unitary gauge, the Goldstone bosons associated with broken diffeomorphisms are eaten and the graviton becomes a massive spin-2 particle with 5 well-behaved degrees of freedom. In this gauge, the most general theory is built with the lowest dimension operators invariant under only temporal diffeomorphisms. Imposing the additional shift and SO(3) internal symmetries, we analyze the perturbations on a FRW background. At linear perturbation level, the observables of this theory are characterized by five parameters, including the usual cosmological parameters and one additional coupling constant for the symmetry-breaking scalars. In the de Sitter and Minkowski limit, the three Goldstone bosons are supermassive and can be integrated out, leaving two massive tensor modes as the only propagating degrees of freedom. In conclusion, we discuss several examples relevant to theories of massive gravity.

  7. Effective field theory of broken spatial diffeomorphisms

    DOE PAGES

    Lin, Chunshan; Labun, Lance Z.

    2016-03-17

    We study the low energy effective theory describing gravity with broken spatial diffeomorphism invariance. In the unitary gauge, the Goldstone bosons associated with broken diffeomorphisms are eaten and the graviton becomes a massive spin-2 particle with 5 well-behaved degrees of freedom. In this gauge, the most general theory is built with the lowest dimension operators invariant under only temporal diffeomorphisms. Imposing the additional shift and SO(3) internal symmetries, we analyze the perturbations on a FRW background. At linear perturbation level, the observables of this theory are characterized by five parameters, including the usual cosmological parameters and one additional coupling constantmore » for the symmetry-breaking scalars. In the de Sitter and Minkowski limit, the three Goldstone bosons are supermassive and can be integrated out, leaving two massive tensor modes as the only propagating degrees of freedom. In conclusion, we discuss several examples relevant to theories of massive gravity.« less

  8. Wick rotation for quantum field theories on degenerate Moyal space(-time)

    SciTech Connect

    Grosse, Harald; Lechner, Gandalf; Ludwig, Thomas; Verch, Rainer

    2013-02-15

    In this paper the connection between quantum field theories on flat noncommutative space(-times) in Euclidean and Lorentzian signature is studied for the case that time is still commutative. By making use of the algebraic framework of quantum field theory and an analytic continuation of the symmetry groups which are compatible with the structure of Moyal space, a general correspondence between field theories on Euclidean space satisfying a time zero condition and quantum field theories on Moyal Minkowski space is presented ('Wick rotation'). It is then shown that field theories transferred to Moyal space(-time) by Rieffel deformation and warped convolution fit into this framework, and that the processes of Wick rotation and deformation commute.

  9. Mean-field theory for Bose-Hubbard model under a magnetic field

    SciTech Connect

    Oktel, M. Oe.; Tanatar, B.; Nita, M.

    2007-01-15

    We consider the superfluid-insulator transition for cold bosons under an effective magnetic field. We investigate how the applied magnetic field affects the Mott transition within mean-field theory and find that the critical hopping strength (t/U){sub c} increases with the applied field. The increase in the critical hopping follows the bandwidth of the Hofstadter butterfly at the given value of the magnetic field. We also calculate the magnetization and superfluid density within mean-field theory.

  10. Crossing symmetry and modular invariance in conformal field theory and S duality in gauge theory

    SciTech Connect

    Nanopoulos, Dimitri V.; Xie, Dan

    2009-11-15

    In this paper, we explore the relation between crossing symmetry and modular invariance in conformal field theory and S duality in gauge theory. It is shown that partition functions of different S dual theories of N=2 SU(2) gauge theory with four fundamentals can be derived from the crossing symmetry of the Liouville four-point function. We also show that the partition function of N=4 SU(2) gauge theory can be derived from the Liouville partition function on torus.

  11. Scattering matrix theory for stochastic scalar fields.

    PubMed

    Korotkova, Olga; Wolf, Emil

    2007-05-01

    We consider scattering of stochastic scalar fields on deterministic as well as on random media, occupying a finite domain. The scattering is characterized by a generalized scattering matrix which transforms the angular correlation function of the incident field into the angular correlation function of the scattered field. Within the accuracy of the first Born approximation this matrix can be expressed in a simple manner in terms of the scattering potential of the scatterer. Apart from determining the angular distribution of the spectral intensity of the scattered field, the scattering matrix makes it possible also to determine the changes in the state of coherence of the field produced on scattering.

  12. Matter-enhanced transition probabilities in quantum field theory

    SciTech Connect

    Ishikawa, Kenzo Tobita, Yutaka

    2014-05-15

    The relativistic quantum field theory is the unique theory that combines the relativity and quantum theory and is invariant under the Poincaré transformation. The ground state, vacuum, is singlet and one particle states are transformed as elements of irreducible representation of the group. The covariant one particles are momentum eigenstates expressed by plane waves and extended in space. Although the S-matrix defined with initial and final states of these states hold the symmetries and are applied to isolated states, out-going states for the amplitude of the event that they are detected at a finite-time interval T in experiments are expressed by microscopic states that they interact with, and are surrounded by matters in detectors and are not plane waves. These matter-induced effects modify the probabilities observed in realistic situations. The transition amplitudes and probabilities of the events are studied with the S-matrix, S[T], that satisfies the boundary condition at T. Using S[T], the finite-size corrections of the form of 1/T are found. The corrections to Fermi’s golden rule become larger than the original values in some situations for light particles. They break Lorentz invariance even in high energy region of short de Broglie wave lengths. -- Highlights: •S-matrix S[T] for the finite-time interval in relativistic field theory. •S[T] satisfies the boundary condition and gives correction of 1/T . •The large corrections for light particles breaks Lorentz invariance. •The corrections have implications to neutrino experiments.

  13. Group psychotherapy and neuro-plasticity: an attachment theory perspective.

    PubMed

    Flores, Philip J

    2010-10-01

    This article selectively highlights relevant areas of neuroscience research which have direct application for attachment theory and group psychotherapy. Emerging evidence from the neurosciences is revealing that the developing brain of the infant, sculpted by the earliest attachment relationships, continues to be malleable in adulthood and can be profoundly influenced by ongoing relationships throughout one's lifespan. Advances in the neurosciences are also supporting the idea that strong attachment bonds and external interpersonal interactions that arise within the context of these attachments are registered as a person's neurophysiology and neurobiology. Attachment theory in particular provides a common language and conceptual framework from which the contributions from the neurosciences can be made applicable to group psychotherapy.

  14. Affine reflection groups for tiling applications: Knot theory and DNA

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bodner, M.; Patera, J.; Peterson, M.

    2012-01-01

    We present in this paper some non-conventional applications of affine Weyl groups Waff of rank 2, the symmetry group of the tiling/lattice. We first develop and present the tools for applications requiring tilings of a real Euclidean plane {R}^2. We then elucidate the equivalence of these tilings with 2D projections of knots. The resulting mathematical structure provides a framework within which is encompassed recent work utilizing knot theory for modeling the structure and function of genetic molecules, specifically the action of particular enzymes in altering the topology of DNA in site-specific recombination.

  15. Comparisons and connections between mean field dynamo theory and accretion disc theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Blackman, E. G.

    2010-01-01

    The origin of large scale magnetic fields in astrophysical rotators, and the conversion of gravitational energy into radiation near stars and compact objects via accretion have been subjects of active research for a half century. Magnetohydrodynamic turbulence makes both problems highly nonlinear, so both subjects have benefitted from numerical simulations.However, understanding the key principles and practical modeling of observations warrants testable semi-analytic mean field theories that distill the essential physics. Mean field dynamo (MFD) theory and alpha-viscosity accretion disc theory exemplify this pursuit. That the latter is a mean field theory is not always made explicit but the combination of turbulence and global symmetry imply such. The more commonly explicit presentation of assumptions in 20th century textbook MFDT has exposed it to arguably more widespread criticism than incurred by 20th century alpha-accretion theory despite complementary weaknesses. In the 21st century however, MFDT has experienced a breakthrough with a dynamical saturation theory that consistently agrees with simulations. Such has not yet occurred in accretion disc theory, though progress is emerging. Ironically however, for accretion engines, MFDT and accretion theory are presently two artificially uncoupled pieces of what should be a single coupled theory. Large scale fields and accretion flows are dynamically intertwined because large scale fields likely play a key role in angular momentum transport. I discuss and synthesize aspects of recent progress in MFDT and accretion disc theory to suggest why the two likely conspire in a unified theory.

  16. Theory of Near-Field Scanning with a Probe Array

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2014-01-01

    AFRL-RY-WP-TR-2013-0239 THEORY OF NEAR-FIELD SCANNING WITH A PROBE ARRAY Kristopher T. Kim and Bradley A. Kramer Antennas...Final 15 March 2010 – 30 September 2013 4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE THEORY OF NEAR-FIELD SCANNING WITH A PROBE ARRAY 5a. CONTRACT NUMBER IN-HOUSE 5b...December 2013. Report contains color. 14. ABSTRACT In near-field scanning , as the electrical size of a device under test increases, it becomes

  17. Quantum field theory of the Casimir effect for real media

    SciTech Connect

    Mostepanenko, V.M.; Trunov, N.N.

    1985-11-01

    The quantum field theory is developed for the corrections to the Casimir force arising when the field penetrates the material of the plates. A new type of divergence arising from the corresponding modification of the boundary conditions is analyzed. General expressions are obtained for the vacuum energy of the electromagnetic field in the space between nonideal plates, and the actual corrections to the Casimir force are calculated in first-order perturbation theory in the penetration depth.

  18. Application of Group Theory to Some Problems in Atomic Physics.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Suskin, Mark Albert

    This work comprises three problems, each of which lends itself to investigation via the theory of groups and group representations. The first problem is to complete a set of operators used in the fitting of atomic energy levels of atoms whose ground configuration is f ^ 3. The role of group theory in the labelling of these operators and in their construction is explained. Values of parameters associated with a subset of the operators are also calculated via their group labels. The second problem is to explain the term inversion that occurs between states of the configuration of two equivalent electrons and certain of the states of the half-filled shell. This leads to generalizations that make it possible to investigate correspondences between matrix elements of effective operators taken between states of other configurations besides the two mentioned. This is made possible through the notion of quasispin. The third problem is the construction of recoupling coefficients for groups other than SO(3). Questions of phase convention and Kronecker-product multiplicities are taken up. Several methods of calculation are given and their relative advantages discussed. Tables of values of the calculated 6-j symbols are provided.

  19. An Analogue of the Coleman-Mandula Theorem for Quantum Field Theory in Curved Spacetimes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fewster, Christopher J.

    2017-07-01

    The Coleman-Mandula (CM) theorem states that the Poincaré and internal symmetries of a Minkowski spacetime quantum field theory cannot combine nontrivially in an extended symmetry group. We establish an analogous result for quantum field theory in curved spacetimes, assuming local covariance, the timeslice property, a local dynamical form of Lorentz invariance, and additivity. Unlike the CM theorem, our result is valid in dimensions {n≥ 2} and for free or interacting theories. It is formulated for theories defined on a category of all globally hyperbolic spacetimes equipped with a global coframe, on which the restricted Lorentz group acts, and makes use of a general analysis of symmetries induced by the action of a group G on the category of spacetimes. Such symmetries are shown to be canonically associated with a cohomology class in the second degree nonabelian cohomology of G with coefficients in the global gauge group of the theory. Our main result proves that the cohomology class is trivial if G is the universal cover S of the restricted Lorentz group. Among other consequences, it follows that the extended symmetry group is a direct product of the global gauge group and S, all fields transform in multiplets of S, fields of different spin do not mix under the extended group, and the occurrence of noninteger spin is controlled by the centre of the global gauge group. The general analysis is also applied to rigid scale covariance.

  20. On the stability of the asymptotically free scalar field theories

    SciTech Connect

    Shalaby, A M.

    2015-03-30

    Asymptotic freedom plays a vital role in our understanding of the theory of particle interactions. To have this property, one has to resort to a Non-abelian gauge theory with the number of colors equal to or greater than three (QCD). However, recent studies have shown that simple scalar field theories can possess this interesting property. These theories have non-Hermitian effective field forms but their classical potentials are bounded from above. In this work, we shall address the stability of the vacua of the bounded from above (−Φ{sup 4+n}) scalar field theories. Moreover, we shall cover the effect of the distribution of the Stokes wedges in the complex Φ-plane on the features of the vacuum condensate within these theories.

  1. Does there exist a sensible quantum theory of an ''algebra-valued'' scalar field

    SciTech Connect

    Anco, S.C.; Wald, R.M.

    1989-04-15

    Consider a scalar field phi in Minkowski spacetime, but let phi be valued in an associative, commutative algebra openA rather than openR. One may view the resulting theory as describing a collection of coupled real scalar fields. At the classical level, theories of this type are completely well behaved and have a global symmetry group which is a nontrivial enlargement of the Poincare group. (They are analogs of the new class of gauge theories for massless spin-2 fields found recently by one of us, whose gauge group is a nontrivial enlargement of the usual diffeomorphism group.) We investigate the quantization of such scalar field theories here by studying the case of a lambdaphi/sup 4/ field, with phi valued in the two-dimensional algebra generated by an identity element e and a nilpotent element v satisfying v/sup 2/ = 0. The Coleman-Mandula theorem, which states that the symmetry group of a nontrivial quantum field theory cannot be a nontrivial enlargement of the Poincare group, is evaded here because the finite ''extra'' symmetries of the classical theory fail to be implemented in the quantum theory by unitary operators and the infinitesimal symmetries (which can be represented in the quantum theory by quadratic forms) connect the one-particle Hilbert space to multiparticle states. Nevertheless, we find that the conventional Feynman rules for this theory lead to vacuum decay at the tree level and fail to yield a well-defined S matrix. Some alternative approaches are investigated, but these also appear to fail.

  2. Group-theoretic relations for amplitudes in gauge theories with orthogonal and symplectic groups

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huang, Jia-Hui

    2017-01-01

    It is important to find nontrivial constraint relations for color-ordered amplitudes in gauge theories. In the past several years, a pure group-theoretic iterative method has been proposed for deriving linear constraints on color-ordered amplitudes in S U (N ) gauge theories. In this paper, we use the same method to derive linear constraints on four-point gluon amplitudes in S O (N ) and S p (2 N ) gauge theories. These constraints are derived up to four-loop order. It is found that there are n =1 , 6, 10, 13, 16 constraint relations at L =0 , 1, 2, 3, 4 loop orders in both S O (N ) and S p (2 N ) cases. Correspondingly, there are 2,3,5,8, and 11 independent four-point color-ordered amplitudes at L =0 , 1, 2, 3, 4 loop orders in both theories.

  3. Splitting fields and general differential Galois theory

    SciTech Connect

    Trushin, Dmitry V

    2010-11-11

    An algebraic technique is presented that does not use results of model theory and makes it possible to construct a general Galois theory of arbitrary nonlinear systems of partial differential equations. The algebraic technique is based on the search for prime differential ideals of special form in tensor products of differential rings. The main results demonstrating the work of the technique obtained are the theorem on the constructedness of the differential closure and the general theorem on the Galois correspondence for normal extensions. Bibliography: 14 titles.

  4. Universal behavior after a quantum quench in interacting field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mitra, Aditi

    The dynamics of an isolated quantum system represented by a field theory with O(N) symmetry, and in d>2 spatial dimensions, is investigated after a quantum quench from a disordered initial state to the critical point. A perturbative renormalization-group approach involving an expansion around d=4 is employed to study the time-evolution, and is supplemented by an exact solution of the Hartree-Fock equations in the large-N limit. The results show that the dynamics is characterized by a prethermal regime controlled by elastic dephasing where excitations propagate ballistically, and a light cone emerges in correlation functions in real space. The memory of the initial state, together with the absence of time-scales at the critical point, gives rise to universal power-law aging which is characterized by a new non-equilibrium short-time exponent. The dynamics of the entanglement following a quench is also explored, and reveals that while the time evolution of the entanglement entropy itself is not much different between a free bosonic theory and an interacting bosonic theory, the low-energy entanglement spectrum on the other hand shows clear signature of the non-equilibrium short-time exponent related to aging. This work was done in collaboration with Y. Lemonik (NYU), M. Tavora (NYU), A. Chiocchetta (SISSA), A. Maraga (SISSA), and A. Gambassi (SISSA). Supported by NSF-DMR 1303177.

  5. Group Decisions in Biodiversity Conservation: Implications from Game Theory

    PubMed Central

    Frank, David M.; Sarkar, Sahotra

    2010-01-01

    Background Decision analysis and game theory [1], [2] have proved useful tools in various biodiversity conservation planning and modeling contexts [3]–[5]. This paper shows how game theory may be used to inform group decisions in biodiversity conservation scenarios by modeling conflicts between stakeholders to identify Pareto–inefficient Nash equilibria. These are cases in which each agent pursuing individual self–interest leads to a worse outcome for all, relative to other feasible outcomes. Three case studies from biodiversity conservation contexts showing this feature are modeled to demonstrate how game–theoretical representation can inform group decision-making. Methodology and Principal Findings The mathematical theory of games is used to model three biodiversity conservation scenarios with Pareto–inefficient Nash equilibria: (i) a two–agent case involving wild dogs in South Africa; (ii) a three–agent raptor and grouse conservation scenario from the United Kingdom; and (iii) an n–agent fish and coral conservation scenario from the Philippines. In each case there is reason to believe that traditional mechanism–design solutions that appeal to material incentives may be inadequate, and the game–theoretical analysis recommends a resumption of further deliberation between agents and the initiation of trust—and confidence—building measures. Conclusions and Significance Game theory can and should be used as a normative tool in biodiversity conservation contexts: identifying scenarios with Pareto–inefficient Nash equilibria enables constructive action in order to achieve (closer to) optimal conservation outcomes, whether by policy solutions based on mechanism design or otherwise. However, there is mounting evidence [6] that formal mechanism–design solutions may backfire in certain cases. Such scenarios demand a return to group deliberation and the creation of reciprocal relationships of trust. PMID:20523732

  6. Semiclassical theory of unimolecular dissociation induced by a laser field

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yuan, J.-M.; George, T. F.

    1978-01-01

    A semiclassical nonperturbative theory of direct photodissociation in a laser field is developed in which photon absorption and dissociation are treated in a unified fashion. This is achieved by visualizing nuclear dynamics as a representative particle moving on electronic-field surfaces. Methods are described for calculating dissociation rates and probabilities by Monte Carlo selection of initial conditions and integration of classical trajectories on these surfaces. This unified theory reduces to the golden rule expression in the weak-field and short-time limits, and predicts nonlinear behavior, i.e., breakdown of the golden rule expression in intense fields. Field strengths above which lowest-order perturbation theory fails to work have been estimated for some systems. Useful physical insights provided by the electronic-field representation have been illustrated. Intense field effects are discussed which are amenable to experimental observation. The semiclassical methods used here are also applicable to multiple-surface dynamics in fieldfree unimolecular and bimolecular reactions.

  7. Quantum revivals in conformal field theories in higher dimensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cardy, John

    2016-10-01

    We investigate the behavior of the return amplitude { F }(t)=| < {{\\Psi }}(0)| {{\\Psi }}(t)> | following a quantum quench in a conformal field theory (CFT) on a compact spatial manifold of dimension d-1 and linear size O(L), from a state | {{\\Psi }}(0)> of extensive energy with short-range correlations. After an initial gaussian decay { F }(t) reaches a plateau value related to the density of available states at the initial energy. However for d=3,4 this value is attained from below after a single oscillation. For a holographic CFT the plateau persists up to times at least O({σ }1/(d-1)L), where σ \\gg 1 is the dimensionless Stefan-Boltzmann constant. On the other hand for a free field theory on manifolds with high symmetry there are typically revivals at times t˜ {{integer}}× L. In particular, on a sphere {S}d-1 of circumference 2π L, there is an action of the modular group on { F }(t) implying structure near all rational values of t/L, similar to what happens for rational CFTs in d=2.

  8. Integrable perturbations of conformal field theories and Yetter-Drinfeld modules

    SciTech Connect

    Bücher, David; Runkel, Ingo

    2014-11-15

    In this paper we relate a problem in representation theory — the study of Yetter-Drinfeld modules over certain braided Hopf algebras — to a problem in two-dimensional quantum field theory, namely, the identification of integrable perturbations of a conformal field theory. A prescription that parallels Lusztig's construction allows one to read off the quantum group governing the integrable symmetry. As an example, we illustrate how the quantum group for the loop algebra of sl(2) appears in the integrable structure of the perturbed uncompactified and compactified free boson.

  9. Higher derivative field theories: degeneracy conditions and classes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Crisostomi, Marco; Klein, Remko; Roest, Diederik

    2017-06-01

    We provide a full analysis of ghost free higher derivative field theories with coupled degrees of freedom. Assuming the absence of gauge symmetries, we derive the degeneracy conditions in order to evade the Ostrogradsky ghosts, and analyze which (non)trivial classes of solutions this allows for. It is shown explicitly how Lorentz invariance avoids the propagation of "half" degrees of freedom. Moreover, for a large class of theories, we construct the field redefinitions and/or (extended) contact transformations that put the theory in a manifestly first order form. Finally, we identify which class of theories cannot be brought to first order form by such transformations.

  10. Second order higher-derivative corrections in Double Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lescano, Eric; Marqués, Diego

    2017-06-01

    HSZ Double Field Theory is a higher-derivative theory of gravity with exact and manifest T-duality symmetry. The first order corrections in the massless sector were shown to be governed solely by Chern-Simons deformations of the three-form field strength. We compute the full action with up to six derivatives O({α}^' 2}) for the universal sector containing the metric, two-form and dilaton fields. The Green-Schwarz transformation of the two-form field remains uncorrected to second order. In addition to the expected Chern-Simons-squared and Riemann-cubed terms the theory contains a cubic Gauss-Bonnet interaction, plus other six-derivative unambiguous terms involving the three-form field strength whose presence indicates that the theory must contain further higher-derivative corrections.

  11. The tensor hierarchy of 8-dimensional field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Andino, Óscar Lasso; Ortín, Tomás

    2016-10-01

    We construct the tensor hierarchy of generic, bosonic, 8-dimensional field theories. We first study the form of the most general 8-dimensional bosonic theory with Abelian gauge symmetries only and no massive deformations. This study determines the tensors that occur in the Chern-Simons terms of the (electric and magnetic) field strengths and the action for the electric fields, which we determine. Having constructed the most general Abelian theory we study the most general gaugings of its global symmetries and the possible massive deformations using the embedding tensor formalism, constructing the complete tensor hierarchy using the Bianchi identities. We find the explicit form of all the field strengths of the gauged theory up to the 6-forms. Finally, we find the equations of motion comparing the Noether identities with the identities satisfied by the Bianchi identities themselves. We find that some equations of motion are not simply the Bianchi identities of the dual fields, but combinations of them.

  12. Unambiguous formalism for higher order Lagrangian field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Campos, Cédric M.; de León, Manuel; Martín de Diego, David; Vankerschaver, Joris

    2009-11-01

    The aim of this paper is to propose an unambiguous intrinsic formalism for higher order field theories which avoids the arbitrariness in the generalization of the conventional description of field theories, and implies the existence of different Cartan forms and Legendre transformations. We propose a differential-geometric setting for the dynamics of a higher order field theory, based on the Skinner and Rusk formalism for mechanics. This approach incorporates aspects of both the Lagrangian and the Hamiltonian description, since the field equations are formulated using the Lagrangian on a higher order jet bundle and the canonical multisymplectic form on its affine dual. As both of these objects are uniquely defined, the Skinner-Rusk approach has the advantage that it does not suffer from the arbitrariness in conventional descriptions. The result is that we obtain a unique and global intrinsic version of the Euler-Lagrange equations for higher order field theories. Several examples illustrate our construction.

  13. Avoiding Haag's Theorem with Parameterized Quantum Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Seidewitz, Ed

    2017-03-01

    Under the normal assumptions of quantum field theory, Haag's theorem states that any field unitarily equivalent to a free field must itself be a free field. Unfortunately, the derivation of the Dyson series perturbation expansion relies on the use of the interaction picture, in which the interacting field is unitarily equivalent to the free field but must still account for interactions. Thus, the traditional perturbative derivation of the scattering matrix in quantum field theory is mathematically ill defined. Nevertheless, perturbative quantum field theory is currently the only practical approach for addressing scattering for realistic interactions, and it has been spectacularly successful in making empirical predictions. This paper explains this success by showing that Haag's Theorem can be avoided when quantum field theory is formulated using an invariant, fifth path parameter in addition to the usual four position parameters, such that the Dyson perturbation expansion for the scattering matrix can still be reproduced. As a result, the parameterized formalism provides a consistent foundation for the interpretation of quantum field theory as used in practice and, perhaps, for better dealing with other mathematical issues.

  14. Driven similarity renormalization group: Third-order multireference perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A.

    2017-03-01

    A third-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT3) approach is presented. The DSRG-MRPT3 method has several appealing features: (a) it is intruder free, (b) it is size consistent, (c) it leads to a non-iterative algorithm with O (N6) scaling, and (d) it includes reference relaxation effects. The DSRG-MRPT3 scheme is benchmarked on the potential energy curves of F2, H2O2 , C2H6 , and N2 along the F-F, O-O, C-C, and N-N bond dissociation coordinates, respectively. The nonparallelism errors of DSRG-MRPT3 are consistent with those of complete active space third-order perturbation theory and multireference configuration interaction with singles and doubles and show significant improvements over those obtained from DSRG second-order multireference perturbation theory. Our efficient implementation of the DSRG-MRPT3 based on factorized electron repulsion integrals enables studies of medium-sized open-shell organic compounds. This point is demonstrated with computations of the singlet-triplet splitting (ΔST=ET-ES ) of 9,10-anthracyne. At the DSRG-MRPT3 level of theory, our best estimate of the adiabatic ΔST is 3.9 kcal mol-1, a value that is within 0.1 kcal mol-1 from multireference coupled cluster results.

  15. Driven similarity renormalization group: Third-order multireference perturbation theory

    DOE PAGES

    Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A.

    2017-03-28

    Here, a third-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT3) approach is presented. The DSRG-MRPT3 method has several appealing features: (a) it is intruder free, (b) it is size consistent, (c) it leads to a non-iterative algorithm with O(N6) scaling, and (d) it includes reference relaxation effects. The DSRG-MRPT3 scheme is benchmarked on the potential energy curves of F2, H2O2, C2H6, and N2 along the F–F, O–O, C–C, and N–N bond dissociation coordinates, respectively. The nonparallelism errors of DSRG-MRPT3 are consistent with those of complete active space third-order perturbation theory and multireference configuration interaction with singlesmore » and doubles and show significant improvements over those obtained from DSRG second-order multireference perturbation theory. Our efficient implementation of the DSRG-MRPT3 based on factorized electron repulsion integrals enables studies of medium-sized open-shell organic compounds. This point is demonstrated with computations of the singlet-triplet splitting (ΔST = ET–ES) of 9,10-anthracyne. At the DSRG-MRPT3 level of theory, our best estimate of the adiabatic ΔST is 3.9 kcal mol–1, a value that is within 0.1 kcal mol–1 from multireference coupled cluster results.« less

  16. Driven similarity renormalization group: Third-order multireference perturbation theory.

    PubMed

    Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A

    2017-03-28

    A third-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT3) approach is presented. The DSRG-MRPT3 method has several appealing features: (a) it is intruder free, (b) it is size consistent, (c) it leads to a non-iterative algorithm with O(N(6)) scaling, and (d) it includes reference relaxation effects. The DSRG-MRPT3 scheme is benchmarked on the potential energy curves of F2, H2O2, C2H6, and N2 along the F-F, O-O, C-C, and N-N bond dissociation coordinates, respectively. The nonparallelism errors of DSRG-MRPT3 are consistent with those of complete active space third-order perturbation theory and multireference configuration interaction with singles and doubles and show significant improvements over those obtained from DSRG second-order multireference perturbation theory. Our efficient implementation of the DSRG-MRPT3 based on factorized electron repulsion integrals enables studies of medium-sized open-shell organic compounds. This point is demonstrated with computations of the singlet-triplet splitting (ΔST=ET-ES) of 9,10-anthracyne. At the DSRG-MRPT3 level of theory, our best estimate of the adiabatic ΔST is 3.9 kcal mol(-1), a value that is within 0.1 kcal mol(-1) from multireference coupled cluster results.

  17. Quantum Simulation of Quantum Field Theories in Trapped Ions

    SciTech Connect

    Casanova, J.; Lamata, L.; Egusquiza, I. L.; Gerritsma, R.; Roos, C. F.; Garcia-Ripoll, J. J.; Solano, E.

    2011-12-23

    We propose the quantum simulation of fermion and antifermion field modes interacting via a bosonic field mode, and present a possible implementation with two trapped ions. This quantum platform allows for the scalable add up of bosonic and fermionic modes, and represents an avenue towards quantum simulations of quantum field theories in perturbative and nonperturbative regimes.

  18. A new generalized Wick theorem in conformal field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Takagi, T.

    2017-08-01

    We describe a new generalized Wick theorem for interacting fields in two-dimensional conformal field theory and briefly discuss its relation to the Borcherds identity and its derivation by an analytic method. We give examples of calculating operator product expansions using the generalized Wick theorem including fermionic fields.

  19. Quantum simulation of quantum field theories in trapped ions.

    PubMed

    Casanova, J; Lamata, L; Egusquiza, I L; Gerritsma, R; Roos, C F; García-Ripoll, J J; Solano, E

    2011-12-23

    We propose the quantum simulation of fermion and antifermion field modes interacting via a bosonic field mode, and present a possible implementation with two trapped ions. This quantum platform allows for the scalable add up of bosonic and fermionic modes, and represents an avenue towards quantum simulations of quantum field theories in perturbative and nonperturbative regimes.

  20. Exploring Group Cohesion in a Higher Education Field Experience

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Malcarne, Brian Keith

    2012-01-01

    The purpose of this study was to gain understanding into the experience of group cohesion for university students participating in an academic field experience. A mixed methods approach was used following a two-phase, sequential research design to help provide a more complete explanation of how group cohesion was impacted by the field experience.…